2010 Safety Manual

CORPORATE SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE

MANUAL MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY MILTON J. WOOD FIRE PROTECTION 3805 Faye Road Jacksonville, Florida 32226 May 2009 (Revised)

M J Wood Consolidated Corporate Safety Manual December 2009 Revision

i

ELEMENTS OF SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN

Section I. Hiring & Orientation

Hiring Procedures Employee Information Cards Jobsite Safety Orientation Safety Enforcement Policy Safety Bonus Program Non-Harassment Policy Workplace Violence Policy Behavior Based Safety (BBS)

II. Drug Free Workplace Policy Requires Pre-Employment Testing Requires Post-Accident Testing Requires Random/For Cause Testing

III. Accident Investigation/Reporting Policies & Procedures

Immediate Actions Investigation of Incident Return to Work Program Authorized Treatment Centers

IV. Corporate Safety Policy & Procedures

Establishes Responsibility and Accountability for Safety General Safety Rules and Procedures

V. Specialized Safety Programs 1. Hazard Communication Program 2. Bloodborne Pathogen Program 3. Confined Space Entry Program 4. Health Hazard Awareness 5. Emergency Response Program 6. Respiratory Protection Program 7. Fall Protection Program 8. Personal Protective Equipment Program 9. Excavation and Trenching Program 10. Working Over Water / Sheet Pile Operations 11. Hot Work / Fire Prevention Procedures 12. Security Program 13. Lockout / Tagout Program 14. Barricading Procedure

M J Wood Consolidated Corporate Safety Manual December 2009 Revision

ii

Section V. Specialized Safety Programs (Continued)

15. Hearing Conservation Program 16. Safety Policy for Forklift Operators 17. Safe Rigging Procedures 18. Tools and Equipment Inspection Procedure 19. Line Breaking Procedure & Pressurized Vessel Entry 20. Job Hazard Analysis 21. Reserved – Scaffold Planning (Under Development) 22. Hexavalent Chromium 23. Reserved 24. Asbestos 25. Process Safety Management 26. Basic First Aid

VI. Employee Training & Recordkeeping Weekly Documented Safety Meetings

VII. Site Inspections Daily Inspections Monthly Inspections

VIII. Fleet Policy Fleet Utilization Policy Fleet Safety Program

IX. Crane Maintenance & Recordkeeping(Pulled for Revision) Crane Inspection Reports Lift Determination

X. Site Safety Plan (if applicable)

M J Wood Consolidated Revised 12/09 Corporate Safety Manual

1

SECTION I

HIRING & ORIENTATION Hiring Procedures Step 1 Employee fully completes the W-4, signs all shaded areas, and presents a

non-expired Milton J. Wood drug card, current acceptable Union drug card, or takes a urine drug test at that time.

Step 2 Employee receives a copy of the Milton J. Wood Corporate Safety Policy and

Procedure Manual (Yellow Handbook). Step 3 Employee is given a jobsite orientation using the standard Milton J. Wood

form. The training is documented using the Safety Meeting Attendance Sheet

(See Section VI). Other required sign-offs by our clients cannot replace this form.

Step 4 The safety meeting attendance form is filed at the jobsite. Step 5 The foreman acquaints the new employee with his/her work area and

associated hazards. Official postings, Worker’s Compensation Act and Federal and State required posters.

Employee Information Cards It is the policy of Milton J. Wood that all employees shall complete all Employee information truthfully and not in any way misleading. Any employee found to be falsifying or providing misleading information on the Employee Information Section will be terminated and not eligible for rehire for a period not less than six months.


2

JOBSITE SAFETY ORIENTATION For Employees/Subcontractors/Visitors

Mandatory at Job Start-up Prior to Beginning Work

I. Introduction to Milton J. Wood Corporate Safety Policy & Procedures Manual. Discussion of safety rules and procedure.

A) General

1) Personal Protective Equipment (Safety Glasses/side shields, hard hats, safety shoes, hearing protection, hand protection).

2) Fall Protection- required at height of 6 foot or greater.

(a) Perimeter Guarding (b) Body Harness/ Lanyards

3) Ladder Safety

(a) Inspect before using (b) Proper procedure for climbing a ladder

4) Mobile Equipment

(a) Cards required for High Reach, Forklifts (b) Daily Inspection Required (c) Report any Unsafe Conditions

5) Slips and Falls

(a) Keep eyes on path (b) Clean Up Spills

6) Electrical

(a) Electrical Cords (b) GFIs (c) Lock, Tag, Try (d) Minimum 10 Ft. Rule

7) Fire Prevention

(a) Use of Fire Extinguisher (b) Check the Charge & Inspection Tag

8) Hot Work (a) Barricading (b) Personal Protective Equipment Needed (c) Firewatch duties

9) Permits (a) Site specific permits i.e. confined space, hot work (b) Job Hazard Analysis (JHAs)


3

B) Human Resource Policies 1) Non-Harassment Policy (See Attachment I) 2) Falsification of Records 3) Failure to Follow Safety Rules

First Infraction- Verbal Warning (Documented) Second Infraction – Written Warning -- Option to Terminate, Loss of Safety

Bonus Hours Third Infraction – Documented – Mandatory Termination

4) Workplace Violence (Fights & Threats) (See Attachment II) (a) Not Tolerated (b) Immediate Termination

C) Behavior Based Safety - P.O.W.E.R. (Providing Observations While Eliminating Risk)

1) Explanation of Process. (See Attachment III) 2) Required Participation 3) NO NAME – NO BLAME

D) Accident/Incident Reporting 1) Unsafe conditions reported immediately to foreman. 2) Accident/Incident and/or Injury Notification reported to foreman immediately. This

includes near misses. 3) Location of First Aid Supplies 4) Treatment Authorization – Approved by superintendent only 5) Emergency Numbers Alarms & Evacuation Procedures 6) State Workers Compensation Posters (Pink Panel of Doctors-GA)

a. Introduction to Hazard Communication Program (Employee Right-To-Know)

A. General Materials 1) Gasoline and Diesel Fuel 2) Compressed Gases Oxygen and Acetylene

B. Specific Materials 1) Paints 2) PVC Products 3) Fiberglass 4) Cement Products 5) Solvents, Corrosives, Epoxies

C. Specific Health Hazards

1) Asbestos 2) Lead 3) Welding fumes 4) Silica 5) Nuisance Dust


4

6) Other __________________

D. Explanation of MSDS Sheets (how to read) 1) MSDS – How to obtain information 2) How to use – Identification of hazards

E. Explanation of Labeling System

1) NFPA (if applicable)

II Discussion of Safe Uses of Tools and Equipment B) Hand Tools C) Power tools D) GFI’s

III Introduction to Job Site – Discussion of Hazards

E) Site Task Specifics

1) Motorized Vehicles, Speed Limits, etc.,_____________________ 2) Designated Areas, Smoking, etc.,__________________________

3) Process Safety Management Hazardous Chemicals (Ammonia, Chlorine,

Turpentine, LPG, etc.) _________________________________

4) Cell Phone Policy ______________________________________

5) Scaffolding Safety

6) Trenching Safety_____________________________________

7) Confined Space Entry_____________________________________ 8) Crane Safety______________________________________________


5

THE SECTION BELOW MUST BE EXPLAINED FULLY Disciplinary action for failure to follow safety rules or wear Personal Protective Equipment: (i.e. harnesses, respirators, hard hats, safety glasses, etc.)

FIRST INFRACTION: Verbal Warning (Jobsite Orientation)

SECOND INFRACTION Written Warning –Option to Terminate Loss of Safety Bonus Hours

THIRD INFRACTION Written Warning—Mandatory Termination

(Three (3) warnings for the same rule infraction or two (2) warnings for different rules require mandatory termination. Certain serious infractions may result in immediate termination without any warnings. These may include failure to report an incident/injury, lock tag try violation, fall protection violation or any other violation that could result in serious injury or death. When an employee is terminated for a safety violation a letter will be sent to the local detailing the reason he/she was terminated and how long he/she will be ineligible for rehire. When an employee’s safety hours are “zeroed” out for a serious or repeated safety violation, he/she will receive a letter from the safety department, explaining the reason why the hours were taken away. FOR FLORIDA JOBS AND OTHER APPLICABLE** STATES, FS 440.09(4) ALLOWS FOR A 25% REDUCTION IN WORKER’S COMPENSATION BENEFITS IF AN EMPLOYEE IS INJURED WHILE VIOLATING A KNOWN SAFETY RULE OR FOR FAILURE TO WEAR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. **Please note that many Florida laws apply in other states for Florida based contractors.


6

SAFETY BONUS PROGRAM One of our prime goals is to provide a safe and healthy work environment for all of our employees. Cooperation and good safe work Practices are the key to the success of this program. No one deliberately works in an unsafe manner. People often make mistakes and on a construction site, mistakes can be dangerous! It is our belief that accidents can be prevented. By emphasizing safety in every operation we perform, we can develop a safer project through safety conscious employees. The safety bonus program was initiated to create interest and participation in the Milton J. Wood safety program. This plan allows individuals to work towards his/her own goals without any outside influence. Awards are:

NUMBER OF INJURY FREE HOURS AWARD 600 Hours $50

Guidelines to determine eligibility are: 1) The employee must work the minimum hours without an “at-fault” injury or serious

safety infraction. A “at-fault” injury is defined as an injury or job related illness that results in a “Notice of Injury” being completed and one that resulted because of the employee’s actions. A serious safety infraction is defined as a violation that could result in the loss of life for the employee or others (i.e. lock-out, tag-out violations, fall protection violation, line-breaking infraction, etc.). A serious violation also includes a written violation resulting from a second warning for the same violation.

2) If an employee’s behavior contributes to a reportable injury or serious infraction, the

eligibility hours start over again at zero. The requirement for promptly reporting ALL injuries does not change.

3) Employees participating in the light duty program are not eligible during the time they

are enrolled in a “light-duty status”.

4) All not-administrative and non-supervisory employees of Milton J. Wood are eligible to participate in the program.

5) Employees returning to work after a layoff start with their pre-layoff hours. (Hours can

be transferred from job to job).

6) When an employee has reached the prescribed level of safe work hours, an award will be made. The hours are then zeroed out and the accumulation starts over.

The main office will keep track of each employee’s hours and will advise them when individuals are eligible for awards. It is suggested they retain their pay stubs.

This bonus program is our way of showing how much we appreciate our employees’ efforts in maintaining our safety policies. The employee is a vital part of our workplace and their safety is essential to the well being of Milton J. Wood.


7

Attachment I MILTON J. WOOD

NON- HARASSMENT PROGRAM Policy It is the policy of Milton J. Wood to prohibit harassment of one employee by another employee or supervisor on any basis including, but not limited to; age, race, color, handicap, national origin, religion and/or sex. Milton J. Wood has a “Zero Tolerance” for this behavior. While it is not easy to precisely define harassment, it certainly includes slurs, epithets, threats, derogatory comments, unwelcome jokes, teasing, sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and other similar physical conduct. Scope This policy applies to all employees of the Milton J. Wood including supervision, field personnel and office personnel. The types of harassment covered under this policy include sexual, race, handicap, color, national origin, age. Training Supervisory training is to be done on an annual basis. Each new employee shall be given a copy of the harassment policy and be briefed on its contents prior to commencing work. The safety director/human resource director will issue training material for field personnel on an annual basis. Filing of Complaints Any employee who feels that he or she is the victim of such harassment should immediately report the matter to the Chief Executive Officer, Mark Wood (904) 353-5527, your jobsite superintendent, or the Corporate Safety Director, Joan Haynes, (904) 353-5527. The Corporate Safety Director, Joan Haynes shall be notified of all complaints. Disciplinary Actions Violation of this policy will not be permitted and may result in discipline up to and including discharge. All complaints shall be investigated and every effort will be made to resolve the issue in a prompt, professional manner. Depending on the severity, disciplinary action may result in: Days off without pay Loss of PTO Days Loss of Bonus Termination Subcontractors If a Milton J. Wood employee or client feels that he or she is the victim of harassment by an employee of our subcontractor, immediately report the matter following the same procedures listed under Filing of Complaints.


8

Attachment II

MILTON J. WOOD WORKPLACE VIOLENCE POLICY

Policy and Scope It is the policy of Milton J. Wood to prohibit any acts or threats of violence in its workplaces. Milton J. Wood has a “Zero Tolerance” for this behavior. This policy applies to all employees of the Milton J. Wood including supervision, field personnel and office personnel. It also applies to subcontractors, vendors, client personnel and all other individuals on Milton J. Wood’s job sites while they are engaged in business with or on behalf of Milton J. Wood. Prohibited Conduct Milton J. Wood will not tolerate any type of workplace violence committed by or against its employees. Workplace violence, for the purpose of this policy, is defined as any physical assault, threatening behavior or verbal abuse occurring in the work setting. It includes, but is not limited to beating, stabbings, shootings, sexual assaults, psychological traumas such as threats, obscene phone calls, an intimidating presence, and harassment of any nature such as stalking, swearing or shouting. Filing of Complaints Any employee who feels that he or she is the victim of such violence should immediately report the matter to the Chief Executive Officer, Mark Wood (904) 353-5527, your jobsite superintendent, or the Corporate Safety Director, Joan Haynes, (904) 353-5527. The Corporate Safety Director, Joan Haynes shall be notified of all complaints. Reports or incidents warranting confidentiality will be handled appropriately and information will be disclosed to others on a need-to-know basis. To make deliberate false accusations violates this policy. In such instances, the complainant will be subject to disciplinary action. However, failure to prove a claim of workplace violence does not constitute proof of a false and/or malicious accusation. Employees who, in good faith, report what they believe to be workplace violence will not be subject to retaliation. If an employee believes he/she has been the victim of retaliation for reporting workplace violence, they should immediately report the matter to Joan Haynes or Mark Wood. Disciplinary Actions Violation of this policy will not be permitted and may result in disciplinary action up to and including discharge. All complaints shall be investigated and every effort will be made to resolve the issue in a prompt, professional manner. Appropriate action against customers, former employees, client personnel, subcontractors, vendors or visitors on Milton J. Wood jobsites, may include notifying the proper civil authorities and full prosecution.


9

Attachment III

MILTON J. WOOD BEHAVIOR BASED SAFETY PROGRAM

What is Behavior Based Safety? – Ongoing Employee Driven Safety Process. BBS is a process that will determine system failures through determining why at-risk behaviors occur and find ways to discourage and eliminate these behaviors. Milton J. Wood realizes that no employee wants to get hurt and at risk behaviors are most often due to a failure in the overall safety system. If we ever intend to be truly “accident free”, we must make every effort to determine what these failures are and find a way to eliminate them. What makes employees take risk that may lead to an injury?

Don’t recognize the risk. Believe they have accident immunity; I’ve done it this way 1,000 times before….. Poor communication of risks. Production pressure. Mistrust of Upper Management. “The last employee who complained got laid off”. Belief that safety is the company’s responsibility. Everybody else does it.

How does the Process Work?

Hourly employees will conduct observations, ask questions, and give feedback. No Name – No Blame. Observed Employees names will not be on observation cards

and no disciplinary action will be given. Employees will be encouraged to discuss hazards. Alliance is built between workers and leadership.

How does this affect me?

You may be asked to conduct observations. You will be asked to be observed. You may be asked for input. If you are observed, your name will not be on the observation. NO NAME, NO

BLAME. You will be given feedback on the observation.

How will this benefit me?

An improved, safer working environment. Improvements will decrease the chance of injury.


10

SECTION II

DRUG FREE WORKPLACE COMPANY POLICY TO OUR EMPLOYEES Dear Fellow Employee: It is a fact of life that alcohol and/or drug abuse is widespread in today's society. Its causes are many and complex, but one thing is certain, the use, sale, purchase, dispensing, or possession of illegal drugs and/or the abuse of alcohol are inconsistent with the company's commitment to provide a safe and productive work environment for all of its employees and to continue to deliver the high quality products and services which have made us an industry leader. While the company has no intention of intruding into the private lives of its employees, we recognize that serious involvement with drugs and/or alcohol eventually takes its toll on job performance. Our concern is that employees report to work in condition to perform their duties safely and efficiently in the interest of our clients, our fellow workers, the company, and themselves. To this end, we have instituted a "drug free workplace program" and therefore are obligated to notify you that it is a condition of employment that you refrain from using drugs on or off the job and that a drug testing program has been implemented. Hopefully, if we all do our part, our efforts will carryover into our community and reinforce our demonstrated concern for the health and safety of everyone.

Sincerely,

MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY MILTON J. WOOD FIRE PROTECTION, INC.


11

BACKGROUND: The company recognizes the dangers that the use of alcohol and/or drugs can have on the performance of its employees and on the safety and security of its work environment. In order to maintain productivity and especially, to protect the safety and well being of all employees, direct action must be taken when employees are under the influence of drugs and/or alcohol on a company jobsite or company property. The company recognizes that drug and/or alcohol abuse (SUBSTANCE ABUSE) is treatable and is committed to make an effort to assist current employees who may be experiencing problems due to substance abuse by helping them to understand and correct it, while supporting approved rehabilitation efforts. Milton J. Wood will have a drug and alcohol free workplace and the company is obligated to establish and communicate its policy to all employees. POLICY: 1. It is the policy of the company to maintain a drug free workplace as a condition of continued

employment. All employees must abide by the terms of this policy. 2. The use, sale, manufacture, distribution, purchase, possession, dispensing, or being under the

influence of illegal drugs, non-prescribed controlled substances or alcohol on a company jobsite, company property, while on company business, or while operating company owned or leased vehicles and/or equipment is strictly prohibited.

3. In order to detect the use of these substances as described above, employees may be directed

to submit to a urinalysis drug test, a blood test, a saliva test and/or breath test. Individuals under the influence of alcohol or with illegal or non-prescribed controlled drugs in their system are in violation of this policy and will be subject to discipline, up to and including termination of employment.

The use of alcoholic beverages by company employees on company premises or on company assignments may take place only during an approved company function.

IMPORTANT NOTE:

The authorization of alcoholic beverages at such functions DOES NOT relieve employees from the responsibility of exercising moderation and judgement so as not to present a danger to themselves, other employees, the general public, or the company's reputation.


12

4. The use of legal drugs, prescribed by a licensed physician for a specific treatment, will not

result in disciplinary action. Some of these prescriptions can have a direct impact on vigilance, judgement, and coordination. It is important, particularly in safety sensitive assignments involving the operation of vehicles or machinery, for example, for the company to assure itself that there is not a threat to safety as a result of such medication. It is therefore imperative that any employee taking such medication notify his supervisor and the drug free workplace administrator (hereinafter DFWP Administrator).

5. Employees experiencing problems as a result of substance abuse should contact the DFWP

Administrator for referral of treatment and/or counseling. This discussion will be kept confidential and will have no influence on appraising an employee's work performance. Work performance alone will be evaluated, not the fact that the employee may be granted an unpaid medical leave to undertake drug or alcohol rehabilitation treatment. After consultation with the treatment facility's counselor(s), the DFWP Administrator will determine whether the employee may continue to work during treatment or whether an unpaid medical leave should be granted. Such employee must cooperate fully with the approved treatment and/or counseling program and if medical leave is granted, the employee will not be permitted to return to work until a satisfactory release from the treatment program is presented to the DFWP Administrator certifying that the employee is capable of returning to work and has met the requirements of the program to date. An employee who undergoes treatment under this policy will be required to sign and comply with the substance abuse commitment letter. Upon return to work, such an employee will be subject to periodic testing to verify recovery from substance abuse. Failure to take or pass a random test will result in discipline which may include termination of employment.

6. The company utilizes a urinalysis drug test, blood test, hair, saliva and/or breath test under

the following circumstances:

6-1 For all applicants prior to employment. 6-2 For current employees on a for cause basis where there is reasonable suspicion that

an employee has violated this policy. Testing will only be done with the approval of two supervisors or one company supervisor and a Vice President and/or the DFWP Administrator.

6-3 Annual employee testing of all employees. 6-4 Random employee testing that shall equal or exceed 20% of the average number of

employees at the discretion of Milton J. Wood or its clients. 6-5 Upon return to work following treatment for substance abuse, testing will be

conducted on a periodic basis for up to three years and may include testing of the hair for drug use history.


13

6-6 Drug and/or alcohol testing will be required after an accident that results in a fatality,

bodily injury, damage or potential damage to property aggregating five hundred dollars ($500.00) or more based on actual cost or reliable estimates. If an employee is injured, the collection of samples will be completed as soon as the initial treatment is completed, in any case within thirty-two (32) hours after the accident. When there has been a determination by an attending law enforcement agency as to the degree of an employee's responsibility, and if drugs and/or alcohol are detected as a result of testing, the employee will be subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment depending on severity of the situation.

Any and all uninjured employees involved in an accident as described above will be required to submit to drug and/or alcohol testing within 32 hours of the accident. If not completed within that time frame, such employee will be deemed to have refused to submit to a test for drugs and/or alcohol and will be subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment.

7. Any employee who is arrested, indicted, or convicted of a drug and/or alcohol related violation must report this information to the DFWP Administrator no later than five (5) days after such arrest, indictment, or conviction. Failure to notify the DFWP Administrator within the specified time period may result in termination. An employee who is convicted of a drug or alcohol related charge or an employee who is arrested or indicted for a drug or alcohol related charge, where an independent company investigation finds a violation of this policy, will be subject to discipline up to and including termination of employment. An unpaid leave of absence may be considered depending upon the severity of the situation.

.


14

8. Initial Test. The initial screen for all drugs shall use an immunoassay. The following cutoff

levels shall be used when first screening specimens to determine whether they are positive or negative for some or all of these drugs or metabolites. All levels equal to or exceeding the following shall be reported as positive:

Alcohol .04% Amphetamines 1,000 ng/ml Cannabinoids 50 ng/ml Cocaine 300 ng/ml Phencyclidine 25 ng/ml Methaqualone 300 ng/ml Methamphetamines 1,000 ng/ml Opiates 2,000 ng/ml Barbiturates 300 ng/ml Benzodiazepines 300 ng/ml Synthetic Narcotics Methadone 300 ng/ml Propoxyphene 300 ng/ml Morphine 300 ng/ml TCA 1,000 ng/ml MDMA (Ecstasy) 500 ng/ml

A positive finding will generate a confirmation through GC/MS and the results will be kept confidential. A copy of any positive finding can be received by the subject employee by submitting his/her request in writing.

Refusal to provide an adequate sample for testing under the terms of this policy may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.

Any employee discharged for violating this policy will not be eligible for re-hire for a period of one year.

8. When required Milton J. Wood Company / Milton J. Wood Fire Protection shall utilize a DOT/DOE Compliant Drug Fee Workplace Program. This program shall be in strict adherence to regulatory guidelines and shall be separate from our standard Drug Free Workplace Program. (Copy of the program will be provided as needed.).

9. EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM (EAP)

The reasons for drug experimentation, such as curiosity and social pressure, are different than the reasons for occasional drug use. Dependence and fear of withdrawal are different still. The company and management will provide information on drug awareness to encourage abstinence from substance abuse.


15

DRUG ABUSE AND ALCOHOL ABUSE TREATMENT LOCATIONS

Gateway Community Services Ten Broeck Hospital 555 Stockton Street 6300 Beach Boulevard Jacksonville, FL 32204 Jacksonville, FL 32216

904-387-4661 904-724-9202

St. Vincent’s Behavioral Health Tri-County Human Services Greenfield Center Support Services 1831 North Crystal Lake Drive 1820 Barrs Street 4160 University Boulevard South Lakeland, FL 33801 Jacksonville, FL 32204 Jacksonville, FL 32216 863-709-9392 904-389-3784

904-308-7900

Coastal Harbor Treatment Center Focus By The Sea Recovery Place of Savannah 1150 Cornell Avenue 2927 Demere Road 835 East 65th Street Savannah, GA 31406 St. Simons Island, GA 31522 Savannah, GA 31405 912-354-3911 912-638-1999 912-355-1440 Contact the Drug Free Workplace Administrator for further assistance with the EAP Program


16

OVER THE COUNTER AND PRESCRIPTION DRUGS WHICH ALTER OR AFFECT THE OUTCOME OF A DRUG TEST ALCOHOL All liquid medications containing ethyl alcohol (ethanol). Please read the label for alcohol content. As an example, Vick's Nyquil is 25% (50 proof) ethyl alcohol, Comtrex is 20% (40 proof), Contac Severe Cold Formula Night Strength is 25% (50 proof) and Listerine is 26.9% (54 proof). AMPHETAMINES Obetrol, Biphetamine, Desoxyn, Dexedrine, Didrex CANNABINOIDS Marinaol (Dronabinol, THC) COCAINE Cocaine HCI topical solution (Roxanne) PHENCYCLIDINE Not legal by prescription METHAQUALONE Not legal by prescription OPIATES Paregoric, Parepectolin, Donnagel PG, Morphine, Tylenol with Codeine, Empirin with Codeine, APAP with Codeine, Aspirin with Codeine, Robitussin AC, Guiatuss AC, Novahistine DH, Novahistine Expectorant, Dilaudid (Hydromorphone), M-C Contin and Roxanol (morphine sulfate), Percodan, Vicodin, etc. BARBITURATES Phenobarbital, Tunial, Amytal, Nembutal, Seconal, Lotusate, Fiorinal, Fiorcet, Esgis, Butisol, Mebaral, Butabarotal, Butabital, Phrenilin, Triad, etc. BENZODIAZEPINES Ativan, Azene, Clonopin, Dalmane, Diazepam, Librium, Xanax, Serax, Tranxene, Valium, Verstran, Halcoin, Paxipam, Restoril, Centrax. METHADONE Dolphine, Methadose PROPOXYPHENE Darvocet, Darvon N, Dolene, etc.


17

AUTHORIZATION FOR USE OF DISCLOSURE OF MEDICAL INFORMATION This authorization for use or disclosure of medical information is being requested of you to comply with the terms of the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act of 1981. I hereby authorize the Medical Review Officer, any counselor, or treatment facility I may be referred to and the testing laboratories to furnish Milton J. Wood with results of all tests run. Milton J. Wood may use the medical records and type of information authorized only for the following purpose: To determine my ability to perform my job and my qualifications for employment or continued employment and to defend the company in any legal proceedings in which my employment or actions are at issue. This authorization shall become effective immediately and shall remain in effect throughout the duration of my employment with Milton J. Wood. I understand that the DFWP Administrator may not further use or disclose the medical information unless another authorization is obtained from me or in case of post accident testing or disclosure is specifically required or permitted by law. I further understand that I have a right to receive a copy of this authorization upon my request. CONSENT FORM FOR DRUG TESTING By signing the consent form on the back of the Milton J. Wood W-4 the employee:

Understands that Milton J. Wood has a policy against the use, possession, or distribution of illegal drugs and/or alcohol by its employment applicants and employees. He/she further understands that the Company has adopted a drug testing program as one method of implementing that policy.

Consents to the taking of urine, saliva, hair or blood samples by the Company or its agents

for the purpose of the above drug testing program and to the testing of such samples by the drug testing laboratory designated by Milton J. Wood.

He/she hereby further consents to the release of any test reports on such samples or other

related medical information from the laboratory to the DFWP Administrator of Milton J. Wood and to the use of all such reports or other information in the Milton J. Wood assessment of his/her employment application, employment status and/or any legal proceedings arising out of his/her employment or as a result of any accident.

This authorization shall become effective immediately upon signing the W-4 and shall remain in effect throughout the duration of his/her employment with Milton J. Wood. He/she also has a legal right under the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act to receive a copy of the consent form.


18

DRUG FREE WORKPLACE PLAN Purpose The purpose of The Drug Free Workplace Plan is: (a) to supplement our standard Drug Free Workplace policy by providing specific guidelines of standardized procedures for the collection, custody control, safety, and confidentially of specimen collection and handling, and (b) to ensure that each specimen collector and his/her supervisor are trained and made aware of the safety provisions which are to be adhered to on all job sites choosing to do its own collection of salvia or urine specimens. Responsibility Supervisors have the ultimate responsibility of ensure that all elements of this plan are followed. Training Training must be conducted before any jobsite can be approved to conduct its own specimen collection. This training must be completed by the individual who will actually perform the collection and also the superintendent. The training will include basic health precautions and bloodborne pathogens. It will include proper handling techniques, chain of custody requirements as well as our policy of maintaining strict confidentially of all drug test results. Training will be updated periodically.

M J Wood Consolidated Revised 12/09 Corporate Safety Manual Section III

19

SECTION III INCIDENT/ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES

IMMEDIATE ACTIONS All injuries/incidents, even those that appear to be slight, shall be reported immediately to the job site supervisor. A company selected and approved medical facility will be used for any needed medical treatment. The use of non-approved medical facilities will result in the employee paying for treatment. This in accordance with Worker’s Compensation Law. Failure to follow this procedure will be deemed a serious safety violation. Employee Injury – Life Threatening 1) In the event of a serious injury, IMMEDIATELY initiate the emergency response

procedure by: Notifying the nearest radio-carrying company supervisor. Dialing ___________ on any in-plant telephone. Dialing ___________ on an outside telephone line.

2) When reporting a serious injury: stay calm; give your name; location and nature of emergency; your phone number and nature of injury.

3) If a traumatic injury, do not move the injured employee. 4) If off-site emergency personnel is needed, provide an escort at the project entrance. 5) Secure the accident scene until the accident investigation is complete. 6) Contact your Company Safety Director as soon as possible. Employee Injury – Not Life Threatening 1) In the event of an injury requiring first aid or minor medical treatment only, report the

incident to the immediate supervisor and obtain prompt treatment. 2) Complete medical authorization form. (See Attachment I) 3) Provide a drug screening form to accompany injured employee to the treatment facility.

(See Attachment II) 4) A supervisor or company representative must accompany the injured employee to the

treatment facility. If this is not possible, contact your Company Safety Director immediately.

5) During regular office hours use approved medical facilities rather than hospital emergency rooms. (See Attachment III)

6) Use hospital emergency rooms only for life threatening situations, after hours or if no authorized facility is available.

Employee Injury – Employee Refuses Immediate Treatment 1) If the employee refuses treatment, inform employee that if later treatment is needed,

approval from the Jacksonville office will have to be obtained. A post-accident drug test will be required.

2) If the employee is not sure he needs to go to the doctor, give him a medical authorization form and a drug form to take home with him which shows the name of the medical


20

facility he/she is to use should his/her condition worsen and medical treatment is needed after work hours. Also include phone numbers of the Jobsite Superintendent and/or the Company Safety Director.

3) Instruct him to notify the jobsite superintendent for the Company Safety Director before he goes for treatment.

Fire 1) IMMEDIATELY evacuate any personnel from the area and extinguish any sources of

ignition. 2) Notify Client by dialing ____________ on the nearest in-plant telephone. Provide as

much information as possible including location, type of fire, size of area involved, etc. 3) If possible, control the fire with portable fire extinguishers, but only if trained to do so. 4) Notify supervisor immediately. Property, Equipment or Vehicle Damage 1) Immediately notify your supervisor and your safety representative. 2) Move only the damaged equipment that is necessary to rescue injured personnel or

prevent further damage until the incident investigation is complete. 3) Insure drug testing is completed on all involved personnel. MEDICAL AUTHORIZATION 1) Field supervisory personnel may authorize initial treatment, initial prescriptions, and all

treatment for emergence life-threatening situations. 2) Field supervisory personnel may not authorize tests such as MRI’s, CAT scans, non-

emergency hospitalization, etc. 3) The superintendent is responsible for assuring that a urine test is done at the authorized

medical facility and that a saliva test is done as soon after the accident as possible. If the tip of the swab indicates the possibility of alcohol, the employee must have a blood alcohol test.

INVESTIGATION OF INCIDENT 1) The immediate supervisor will inspect the area where the incident occurred and complete

the Event / Incident Report. (See Attachment IV-A & IV-B) 2) A copy of the Event / Incident Report along with the notice of injury (if applicable) and

applicable copies of the JHA will be faxed to the Safety Director immediately for all incidents. For all incidents that involve or could have involved serious injury or damage the Safety Director must be called immediately. Reports shall be sent to the Jacksonville office no later than 12 hours following the incident.

3) The Safety Director shall review the reports and JHA to determine if a more formal investigation is required.

4) Major incidents shall be investigated by a team of the Safety Director, the job site superintendent, and the immediate supervisor.

5) After a careful review of all the investigation materials, a recommendation will be made on how the incident could have been avoided. The superintendent will insure that the


21

injury is discussed at the next weekly safety meeting with emphasis on how to prevent future incidents.

6) All incidents, including near misses, will be reviewed by the Executive Safety Committee each quarter. More recommendations may be made to the Executive Board regarding corrective measures and/or disciplinary actions. Depending on the nature of the

corrective/disciplinary action, it will be the board’s and/or the superintendent’s responsibility to provide documentation that all approved corrective/disciplinary actions are completed.

REPORTING PROCEDURE 1) All injuries, even those that appear to be slight, will be reported immediately to the job

site supervisor. A company selected and approved medical facility will be used for any needed medical treatment. The use of non-approved medical facilities will result in the employee paying for treatment. This in accordance with Worker’s Compensation Law.

2) All incidents that could have caused injury or serious property damage shall also be reported to the supervisor.

3) The site safety representative and/or project supervisor shall be responsible for notifying the client and Safety Director immediately of any incidents by phone. (i.e. accidents, near misses, injuries, OSHA inspections/violations, etc.)

4) An Event/Incident Report shall be completed at the jobsite. The jobsite supervisor shall assure all questions have been answered and the employee reviews and signs the form. (See Attachment V-A & V-B). For all injuries that require or may require medical attention, a state “Notice of Injury” form must also be completed. Both forms along with the applicable JHA shall be submitted to the Jacksonville safety department within 12 hours.

5) All required reports shall be reported to the client as required by their safety policy. NEAR MISS INCIDENT REPORTING 1) All Near Misses must be reported immediately to the Superintendent and the Site Safety

Representative, Safety Director or Project Manager using the “Event/Incident Report” form at the back of this section.

2) As stated above, near misses are events that could have caused personal injury and or property damage. They could include but are not limited to unsafe equipment, faulty procedures, or unsafe work practices. Near Miss reporting allows us to correct situations before they become accidents.

3) Near Miss reporting is a valuable part of any successful Safety Program. Reporting a Near Miss could save you or a co-worker from serious injury or even death.

RECORDING PROCEDURES 1) An OSHA 300 Log shall be maintained at each jobsite. 2) For injuries that only require first aid treatment only, complete an Event / Incident

Report. Document all information and list the injury on your “First Aid Only” log. These accidents are not required to be listed on the OSHA 300 log. Submit the Event / Incident Report to the Jacksonville office with a notation that it is a “FIRST AID ONLY” incident. . In the event the accident progresses to a Medical or a Lost Time Accident, complete a notice of injury and forward immediately to the Safety Director.


22

3) Upon receipt of the notice of injury in the Jacksonville office, the Safety Director will check for completeness, make copies and distribute.

4) The Safety Director will determine if a Major incident has occurred RECORD KEEPING OSHA logs will be maintained for a period of 5 years. In the event the job site closes, records will be available through the Jacksonville office. POSTING REQUIREMENTS The OSHA 300 annual summary must be posted in a conspicuous area from February 1st and remain posted until after April 30th.


23

RETURN TO WORK PROGRAM Location of Light Duty Positions: Each job with 20 or more employees will have a light duty position available. At least one of these modified positions must be kept open for employees injured on Milton J. Wood job sites who are able to return to work with certain restrictions. Description of Light Duty Positions: “Tool room maintenance person”, “fire watch person”, “hole watch person” or “office assistant” are a few of the possible light duty positions to be offered. See attached work descriptions for more details. NOTE: EMPLOYEES ON LIGHT DUTY STATUS CANNOT EXCEED 40 HOURS PER WEEK. Eligibility for Light Duty Program: In order to qualify for Milton J. Wood’s “Light Duty Program” employees must be injured on a Milton J. Wood’s job site, be physically able to meet the requirements of the position and have travel distance less than 50 miles to and from the job site. Employees cannot be hired to fill these positions; however, if there is a need and no injured employees are available to fill these positions, then craft employees can be used for these positions until the position is needed for an injured employee. Subject to a 60-day maximum limit, our goal is to keep an injured employee working within his restrictions until the injured employee is able to return to work at a full-duty status or until such time as a diagnosis can be determined and/or a treatment plan prepared.

Coordination of Light Duty Program

It is the responsibility of the corporate safety director to coordinate the light duty program. This will include keeping track of which light duty positions are available and matching injured employees to suitable positions. It is the responsibility of the jobsite superintendent to ensure the integrity of the light duty program.

Length of Light Duty Program

The maximum time an employee can spend at one “light duty” position is limited to 60 days

Pay Scale for Light Duty Positions

The pay scale for light duty positions will be as follows: Office Assistant/Driver $11/hr

Firewatch $11/hr Confined Space Attendant (Hole Watch) $11/hr Tool Room Attendant $11/hr


24

Employee Fringes and Benefits

Health and Welfare benefits are included in the calculation of the average 13 week wage of the injured employee and will not be paid by Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection while the employee is on the light duty program. It will be responsibility of the employee to maintain his/her benefits.

Attitudes Toward the Injured

Harassment of an injured employee will not be tolerated. Every effort must be made to make the employee feel comfortable and appreciated.


25

Office Assistant/Driver Light Duty Position Rate: $11/hr

Reports to Foreman Responsibility: Adhere to all company, plant, local and government policies and regulations. Know emergency procedures, including phone numbers, escape routes and evacuation points. Maintain company vehicles and equipment in clean and safe condition. Special Requirements: If employee is to drive a company vehicle, must be on the company’s approved driver’s list. Duties Include: Drive truck with capacity under 1 ton in order to transport people or materials Verifies load against shipping/transfer sheets Loading or unloading of materials over 15 pounds is accomplished by other

employees/venders or by mechanical means. Routine clerical duties to include organization of bid materials, review and copying of prints

or related material. Answer phone, review incoming bids, assess if copies are needed and proceed accordingly. Sort interoffice mail and distribute. Use of standard photocopier/blueprint duplicator. Physical Demands: Climbing: O Handling: F Far Acuity: N Balancing: N Fingering: F Depth Perception: N Stooping: N Feeling: N Visual O Kneeling: N Talking: O Color Vision O Crouching: N Hearing: O Field of Vision O Crawling: N Tasting/Smell N Strength: L Reaching F Near Acuity: F Environmental Conditions Exposure to Weather: C Exposure to Shock: N Extreme Temperature N Work In High Places N Exposure – Radiation N Wet/Humid O Exposure – Explosives N Vibration: O Exposure – Chemicals N Dust/Fumes O Moving Parts O Noise Intensity 3 Codes: N Not Present C Constantly (66% & up)

O Occasionally (33% or less) L Light Work (Lift up to 15 lbs) F Frequently (33% - 66%) 3 Moderate Noise Level


26

Firewatch Rate: $11/hr

Reports to Foreman Responsibility: Adhere to all company, plant, local and government policies and regulations. Know emergency procedures, including phone numbers, escape routes and evacuation points. Duties Include: Ensure all combustible materials are covered or moved away from potential sparks. Informing operators of adverse or unsafe developments so the operators can immediately

stop work. Calling the emergency phone number in the event of a fire. Watching for and cooling welding slag and cutting sparks with water. Knowing how and when to effectively use water and dry chemical fire extinguisher. Stopping the work should a fire or other safety hazards develop. Complying with all “Hot Work Permit” requirements. Physical Demands: Climbing: O Handling: F Far Acuity: N Balancing: N Fingering: F Depth Perception: N Stooping: N Feeling: N Visual O Kneeling: N Talking: O Color Vision O Crouching: N Hearing: O Field of Vision O Crawling: N Tasting/Smell O Strength: L Reaching F Near Acuity: F

Environmental Conditions Exposure to Weather: C Exposure to Shock: N Extreme Temperature O Work In High Places N Exposure – Radiation N Wet/Humid O Exposure – Explosives N Vibration: O Exposure – Chemicals N Dust/Fumes O Moving Parts O Noise Intensity 3 Codes: N Not Present C Constantly (66% & up)



27

Confined Space Attendant (Hole Watch) Rate: $11/hr

Reports to Foreman Responsibility: Adhere to all company, plant, local and government policies and regulations. Know emergency procedures, including phone numbers, escape routes and evacuation points. Special Requirements: Employee must be thoroughly trained in all aspects of his/her responsibilities. Duties Include: Monitor conditions in the confined space. Maintain record of entry into and out of the confined space. Ensure all conditions of the entry permit are followed. Keep all unauthorized personnel away from the confined space entrance. Maintain contact with entrants at all times. Order attendants out of confined space if conditions become unsafe or if the attendant has to

leave the space for any reason. Summon the rescue team if the event of an emergency. Physical Demands: Climbing: N Handling: F Far Acuity: N Balancing: N Fingering: F Depth Perception: N Stooping: O Feeling: N Visual O Kneeling: N Talking: C Color Vision O Crouching: N Hearing: C Field of Vision O Crawling: N Tasting/Smell N Strength: L Reaching F Near Acuity: F

Environmental Conditions Exposure to Weather: C Exposure to Shock: N Extreme Temperature N Work In High Places N Exposure – Radiation N Wet/Humid O Exposure – Explosives N Vibration: O Exposure – Chemicals N Dust/Fumes O Moving Parts O Noise Intensity 3 Codes: N Not Present C Constantly (66% & up)



28

Tool Room Attendant

Rate: $11/Hr Reports to Foreman

Responsibility: Adhere to all company, plant, local and government policies and regulations. Know emergency procedures, including phone numbers, escape routes and evacuation points. Maintain company equipment in clean and safe condition. Duties Include: Perform visual check on all equipment issued to employees for obvious safety defects. Tag defective equipment for repair or removal from service. Maintain toolroom in a clean and orderly fashion. Ensure all equipment has been currently inspected. Paint tools and equipment with Milton J. Wood colors for identification. Notify supervisor of any damage to essential tools or equipment. Maintain records to track the location of tools. Physical Demands: Climbing: N Handling: F Far Acuity: N Balancing: N Fingering: F Depth Perception: N Stooping: N Feeling: N Visual O Kneeling: N Talking: O Color Vision O Crouching: N Hearing: O Field of Vision O Crawling: N Tasting/Smell N Strength: L Reaching F Near Acuity: F

Environmental Conditions Exposure to Weather: C Exposure to Shock: N Extreme Temperature N Work In High Places N Exposure – Radiation N Wet/Humid O Exposure – Explosives N Vibration: O Exposure – Chemicals N Dust/Fumes O Moving Parts O Noise Intensity 3 Codes: N Not Present C Constantly (66% & up)



29

Attachment I

MEDICAL AUTHORIZATION TO: ________________________________________ DATE: _____/_____/_____

MEDICAL FACILITY ________________________________________

________________________________________

________________________________________ INJURED EMPLOYEE'S NAME

Describe the injury and body part(s) affected: _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ This authorization is given to treat ONLY the injury or condition that is job related, and the treatment shall be limited to that which is necessary to stabilize the patient and diagnose what, or if, further treatment is indicated. In the event further treatment is deemed necessary, (EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF A LIFE THREATENING EMERGENCY), authorization for further treatment or referral to another physician must be obtained from Joan Haynes, Ann Lott or Mark Wood by calling (904) 353-5527. Pursuant to Worker's Compensation Law.

X_____________________________________ Employer Representative

EMPLOYER REPRESENTATIVE PLEASE ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS: WAS NOTICE OF INJURY FORM COMPLETED? Y N WAS POST ACCIDENT DRUG TEST COMPLETED AT JOBSITE PRIOR

TO INJURED EMPLOYEE BEING TRANSPORTED TO MEDICAL CENTER? Y N WAS ALCOHOL BREATH TUBE USED? Y N SUPERVISOR OR SAFETY DIRECTOR #’s FOR AFTER WORK HOURS? Y N WHO TRANSPORTED INJURED EMPLOYEE TO MEDICAL TREATMENT FACILITY ?

__________________________________________________________________ After Hours Notification: JobSite Supervisor: ______________________ Safety Director: Joan Haynes (904) 545-4448

Levi Garrett (904) 219-2287 CORPORATE OFFICE GEORGIA OFFICE CENTRAL FLORIDA OFFICE 3805 Faye Road./PO Box 26829 4750 New Jesup Hwy/PO Box 919 44415 Drane Field Road Jacksonville, FL 32226 Brunswick, GA 31521 Lakeland, FL 33811 Telephone (904) 353-5527 Telephone (912) 264-9152 Telephone (863) 648-0775 FAX No. (904) 353-0043 FAX No. (902) 267-1969 FAX No. (863) 646-8006


30

Attachment II

DRUG SCREENING FORM


31

Attachment III Medical Facilities are to be selected by the Project Manger before any work begins. Below is a list of facilities that have already been approved. If none of these are applicable for a particular location, then a suitable medical facility will need to be selected and approved by the Safety Department. Contact Safety Department Personnel if help is needed.

AUTHORIZED MEDICAL FACILITIES

AUBURNDALE, FLORIDA

THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER 125 Newbern Circle Auburndale, FL 33823 (863) 965-1288

COTTONDALE, FLORIDA

PRIMECARE OF DOTHAN 301 Westgate (Until Sept. 30th) 4126 W. Main Street (Aft. Sept 30th) Dothan , Alabama (334) 793-2120 Hr. 8:00 a.m. 4:00 p.m. M-F FLOWERS HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 4127 W. Main Street Dothan, Alabama

JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA

ST. VINCENT’S MEDICAL CENTER EMERGENCIES ONLY 1800 Barrs Street Jacksonville, FL 32204 (904) 387-7300

BAPTIST OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER 1325 San Marco Blvd. Jacksonville, FL 32207 (904) 202-2395 Or 1141 Beach Blvd Jacksonville, FL 32250 (904) 249-0335


32

Or 5805-1 Ramona Blvd Jacksonville FL 32205 (904) 693-0866 Or 1403 Dunn Ave. Suite 26B Jacksonville, FL 32218 (904) 757-5233 ARLINGTON BAPTIST URGENT CARE 1021 Cesery Blvd Jacksonville, FL 32211 (904) 743-2466 Mon-Fri 7:00 a.m. – 10:00 p.m. LAKEWOOD BAPTIST URGENT CARE 5978 Powers Avenue Jacksonville, FL 32217 (904) 737-8686 Mon-Fri. 7:00 a.m. – 9:00 p.m.

BRADENTON, FLORIDA FIRST CARE WEST

3649 Cortez Rd. W Bradenton, FL 34210 (941) 753-7585 7:30 a.m.– 7:00 p.m.. HEALTHCARE AMERICA 6110 SR 70 Bradenton, FL 34203 (941) 755-4242

8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PARTNERS, INC 1750 Broadway St. Bartow, FL (863) 533-2030 8:30 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. MANATEE MEMORIAL HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 206 2nd Street East Bradenton, FL 34209 (941) 746-5111


33

BARTOW, FLORIDA OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PARTNERS, INC 1750 N. Broadway Bartow, FL 33830 (941) 533-2030 BARTOW MEMORIAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 2200 Osprey Blvd Bartow, FL 33831-1050 (863) 519-1800

FERNANDINA BEACH, FLORIDA

BAPTIST HOSPITAL – NASSAU EMERGENCIES ONLY 1250 S. 18th St. Fernandina Beach, FL 32034 (904) 321-3500 BAPTIST OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 1864 Lime Street Suite 6 Fernandina Bch, FL 32034 (904) 261-4050 Mon-Fri 7:30 – 4:30

DR. ALEX LLARENA 1864 Lime St. #8 Fernandina Bch, FL 32034 (904) 261-7221

FORT PIERCE, FLORIDA

PHYSICIANS IMMEDIATE CARE 1900 SE Port St. Lucie Blvd Port St. Lucie, FL 34952 (772) 398-1599 Mon-Fri 9-6 Sat 9-1 PRIMA VISTA WALK-IN MEDICAL

784 SE Prima Vista Blvd. Port St. Lucie, FL 34952 (772) 878-7311


34

COLUMBIA LAWNWOOD MEDICAL CENTER EMERGENCIES ONLY 1700 S. 23rd St. Ft. Pierce, FL 34950 (407) 461-4000

GAINESVILLE, FLORIDA

ALACHUA URGENT CARE CENTER 3925 NW 43rd Street Gainesville, FL 32606 (352) 371-1777 SHANDS @ VISTA EMERGENCIES ONLY 8900 NW 39th Ave Gainesville, FL 32606 (352) 338-0097 ALACHUA GENERAL HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 801 SW 2nd Avenue Gainesville, FL 32606 (352) 338-2160

LAKELAND, FLORIDA

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PARTNERS 5040 US Hwy. 98 North Lakeland, FL (941) 859-3511 OR 1750 N. Broadway Bartow, FL 33830 (941) 533-2030 WATSON CLINIC 1600 Lakeland HLS B Lakeland, FL 33805 (863) 680-7000

OLDSMAR, FLORIDA

LAKESIDE OCCUPATIONAL 30522 US. Hwy 19 N. Suite 105 Palm Harbor, FL 34684 (727) 781-3480


35

HELEN ELLIS MEMORIAL HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 1395 S. Pinellas Ave Tarpon Springs, FL 34689 (813) 942-5000

ORLANDO, FLORIDA

CENTRA CARE 1462 West Oak Ridge Rd. Orlando, FL 32809 (407) 851-6478

PALATKA, FLORIDA

PUTNAM COMMUNITY HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY Highway 20 West Palatka, FL 32177 (904) 328-5711

TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA

PATIENTS FIRST 3258 North Monroe Tallahassee, FL 32303 (904) 562-2010

TAMPA, FLORIDA

LAKESIDE OCCUPATIONAL 1750 n. 50Th St. Tampa, FL (813) 247-4489 BAYCARE OCCUPATIONAL 3005 W. Dr. MLK Jr. Blvd Tampa, FL (813) 870-4485 CARROLLWOOD CLINIC 7001 Dale Mabrey Hwy #5 Tampa, FL (813) 558-8095


36

UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 3100 Fletcher Ave. East Tampa, FL 33613 (813) 971-6000

BRANDON HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 119 Oakfield Dr. Brandon, FL 33511 (813) 681-5551

BRUNSWICK, GEORGIA

GLYNN IMMEDIATE CARE CENTER Glynn Avenue & Parkwood Brunswick, GA 31520 (912) 267-7600 APPLE CARE Minor Emergency Treatment Center 111 Glynco Parkway Brunswick, GA. 31525 (912) 264-9111

SE REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER EMERGENCIES ONLY 4100 Kemble Avenue Brunswick, GA 31520 (912) 264-6960

JESUP, GEORGIA

WAYNE FAMILY PRACTICE ASSOC. 111 Colonial Way Jesup, GA 31545 (912) 427-6964

WAYNE COUNTY MEMORIAL HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 865 South First Street Jesup, GA 31545 (912) 427-6811

SAVANNAH, GEORGIA

CONCENTRA MEDIAL CENTERS 100 Minus Ave. Ste C10 Garden City, GA 31408 (912) 966-5445


37

MEMORIAL OCCUPATIONAL – WORK ONE 4700 Waters Street Savannah, Georgia (912) 350-3130 DR. HABERMAN, M.D. 1903 Abercorn ST. Savannah, GA (912) 232-5169 CANDLER GENERAL HOSPITAL EMERGENCIES ONLY 5353 Reynolds Street Savannah, GA 31405 (912) 354-9211

VALDOSTA, GEORGIA

AUTHOR MAGNUSON 1106 S. Patterson St. Valdosta, GA (229) 244-5314 VALDOSTA FAMILY MEDICINE 2412 N. Oak Street Valdosta, GA 31602 (229) 244-1400 SOUTH GA MEDICAL CENTER EMERGENCIES ONLY 2501 N. Patterson St. Valdosta, GA

DOTHAN, ALABAMA

PRIMECARE OF DOTHAN 4126 W. Main Street M-F 8:30 – 4 p.m. Dothan AL 36301 (334) 793-2120

FLOWERS MEDICAL CENTER 4100 W. Main Street EMERGENCIES ONLY Dothan AL 36301


38

CLEWISTON, FLORIDA

DOCTORS CLINIC FAMILY HEALTH CENTER 204 SE Park St. Okeechobee, FL 34972 (941) 763-1107

HENDRY FAMILY MEDICAL CENTER 500 W. Sagamore Ave Clewiston, FL 33440 (941) 983-3434

RAUL RAMOS 248 S. Main St Belle Glade, FL 33430 (407) 996-6506

PINECREST OUTPATIENT CENTER 4645 Gun Club Rd West Palm Bch, FL 33407 (561) 881-0066 HENRY REGIONAL MEDICAL CENTER EMERGENCIES ONLY 500 W. Sugarland Way Clewiston, FL (941) 983-9121

CRYSTAL RIVER, FLORIDA

SEVEN RIVERS COMMUNITY HOSPITAL 6201 N. Sun Coast Blvd. Crystal River, FL 32629

FORT MEADE, FLORIDA

FORT MEADE MEDICAL CENTER 25 North Lanier Avenue Fort Meade, FL 33841 (813) 285-7171


39

Attachment IV-A EVENT / INCIDENT REPORT (Front)


40

Attachment IV-B EVENT / INCIDENT REPORT (Back)


41

Attachment V-A

NOTICE OF INJURY – FLORIDA


42

Attachment V-B

NOTICE OF INJURY – GEORGIA

M. J. Wood Consolidated Revised: 12/09 Corporate Safety Manual Policy and Procedures

43

SECTION IV

CORPORATE SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURES

MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY MILTON J. WOOD FIRE PROTECTION

JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA


44

Revised: Dec. 2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45 RESPONSIBILITY - MANAGEMENT, EMPLOYEES, SAFETY COMMITTEE ------ 46 JOBSITE ORIENTATION ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 P.O.W.E.R. - BEHAVIOR BASED SAFETY PROCESS ------------------------------------ 51 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY - OSHA REGULATIONS ------------------------------------- 52 OFFICE SAFETY --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 91 SHOP MECHANIC’S SAFETY ----------------------------------------------------------------- 92


45

INTRODUCTION

Safety is primarily a state of mind under which people realize the consequences of accidents and are willing to accept those restraints necessary to prevent them. This manual is for your protection and only you can use it to your benefit. It contains many procedures designed to make your experience as a Milton J. Wood employee a safer one. Employees should read all sections of the manual It is your obligation to work safely and to correct and/or report any unsafe acts, practices and/or conditions for the protection of yourself and others. Your cooperation in complying with the following safety practices and the use of personal protective equipment is expected and necessary if Milton J. Wood employees are to remain accident free. As part of this, the Florida 25% Rule applies to all jobs in the state of Florida and other states where allowed by law. This law clearly states that employees who fail to follow safety rules or use personal protective equipment will receive a 25% reduction in worker’s compensation benefits if they are injured. Every accident and injury will be investigated thoroughly in order to determine cause and thus prevent a similar accident/injury in the future. An incident/investigation report will be completed by an employee’s supervisor and reviewed by the Safety Director along with top management. Employees shall have the right to access and can copy all records pertaining to their own medical employment questionnaires/histories, drug test results, first aid records, medical evaluations or opinions, fit testing, treatment descriptions, etc. Disciplinary action for failing to follow safety rules and wearing personal protective equipment will involve a warning and then either a written warning or termination on the second failure and/or termination on the third occurrence. Serious violations may result in immediate termination. Safe work hours will be zeroed out if a written violation occurs.

SAFETY FIRST

Before assigning a man to any job, new or repetitive, the supervisor is responsible for giving a review of the Job Hazard Analysis. This involves a thorough explanation of all safety precautions that must be used for the assigned task. It is extremely important that you understand how each task is to be done in a safe manner. If you do not know, STOP and ASK before you proceed.

MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY

MILTON J. WOOD FIRE PROTECTION


46

ACCOUNTABILITY PURPOSE 1. To establish the policies, responsibilities, and procedures to ensure a safe and healthy

work environment for all Milton J. Wood employees and associated subcontractors. POLICY 1. It is the policy of Milton J. Wood to provide a safe and healthy work environment, free

from recognizable hazards that could cause death, physical injury of illness to employees, customer personnel, or visitors. The prevention of jobsite accidents and occupational illnesses takes precedence in the conduct of business operations.

2. Milton J. Wood is committed to complying with all Government laws, regulations and

standards concerning workplace health and safety, including those issued by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).

3. Management and supervisory personnel shall be accountable for the safety of employees

working under their supervision and shall be expected to conduct their operations in accordance with this policy at all times.

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS 1. This manual contains the safety policy consideration as a minimum requirement for field

operations. The standards of OSHA, MSHA, NFPA, ANSI and other national consensus standards apply as well. In the case of safety requirements preferred by the customer, their practices and regulations will serve as a supplement to this manual. In all cases, the most stringent regulation will apply and be adhered to by company management and personnel.

RESPONSIBILITY

Each level of management is directly responsible for the operation of an effective safety program in their organization. The Field Supervisor is the key person as they have direct contact with the employees on a daily basis. The responsibilities for each management level are below: President

Responsible for overseeing all loss control activities including safety compliance of all company divisions.


47

Safety Director

The Corporate Safety Director, Joan Haynes, CSP, CMSP is responsible for safety and health programs and processes.

1. Serve as the Chairman of the Executive Safety Committee.

2. Place a strong emphasis on safe performance at all levels.

3. Monitor the implementation of the safety program, behavior based safety process

(POWER), jobsite operations for safety compliance and accurate record keeping. 4. Monitor loss trends. Make recommendations, as needed.

5. Act as a technical advisor on issues pertaining to safety. 6. Amend policies and procedures as necessary to stay current with all regulatory

changes. Executive Safety Committee

Membership of the Committee is composed of:

Safety Director - Chairman Project Manager (2) Superintendents Assistant Superintendent General Foreman

The Executive Safety Committee has a total of 6 members, meets on a monthly basis. It reviews Company Safety Policies, accident/incident experience, safety performance of the company and promotional programs. It makes recommendations to the executive board based upon its review.

Project Manager

1. The Project Manger shall assure that all jobs are performed in the safest manner possible. It is his/her responsibility to ensure all safety equipment is available before the job begins. He shall make sure all safety concerns are addressed and a Job Hazard Analysis has been performed and reviewed with the superintendent and the affected crew.

2.


48

If MJW is the General Contractor, assure that certificates of insurance for all subcontractors who perform work on the property are on file. These should show proof of worker’s compensation, products liability and general liability insurance coverage. These should be obtained prior to letting the contractor on the property.

Jobsite Superintendent (or the person serving in that capacity)

The responsibilities outlined below may be delegated by the jobsite superintendent as needed. However, this does not relieve him of the accountability as it pertains to the safety policy or this company.

1. FULLY IMPLEMENT AND MAINTAIN HIS JOBSITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH

COMPANY SAFETY POLICY - ASSURE ALL EMPLOYEES ARE TRAINED PER THE POLICY AND PROVIDE SOME MEANS FOR ENFORCEMENT OF COMPANY SAFETY POLICY.

2. The Superintendent is to assure that all employees under his control obtain and sign

for a copy of the safety policy. He will assure that employees understand the significance of this policy and oversee that it is implemented in its entirety at each jobsite by every level of employee under his control. Assure all injuries are recorded on the OSHA 300 as per company policy and see that all new employees receive an orientation.

3. Completion of first reports of injury after every employee injury. Completion of the

accident investigation report after any injury/accident, after any property damage occurrence, after any accident involving a company vehicle or anytime a visitor is injured on company property. All of these should be completed within 24 hours of the occurrence and forwarded to the Safety Director. Near misses must also be investigated.

4. A daily inspection should be conducted of safety equipment such as machine

guarding to assure it is in place and has not been tampered with. Check for possible fire hazards and any other hazard which might cause an employee injury. Note the Safety Inspection Checklist for specific information.

5. Ensure a competent person is always on site, is trained in the particular work activity,

is able to recognize possible hazards and has the knowledge and the authority to correct them or to stop the work until conditions are safe.

6. Assure that weekly 10 minute safety talks are conducted on subjects provided by the

Safety Director. Any employee injuries which have occurred since the last safety talk should be reviewed in hopes of preventing a recurrence. These meetings will be documented on the Safety Meeting Report form and filed at the jobsite.

7.


49

Maintain communication with other contractors on multi-employer job sites to ensure they are aware of any hazards that might be created by work being performed by Milton J. Wood and to protect Milton J. Wood employees from any hazards performed by other contractors.

8. Assure that any employee performing a job has been given adequate instruction to

perform the job properly and safely. Assure that Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) are used for all hazardous non-routine tasks.

9. Assure a documented monthly inspection (more if needed) of all safety related

conditions is conducted by the superintendent or other competent person. Assure that a list of approved company doctors, the OSHA poster and the poster provided by the State Department of Labor are posted in the job trailer.

10. In the event of a motor vehicle accident, to follow the guidelines in the driver’s

manual section, “What to do in case of an accident”.

11. Assure all employees complete the employee safety agreement and receive their jobsite safety and hazard communication training prior to beginning work and it is filed with the employee’s W-4.

12. Provide support for the POWER process. Allow time for observations and meetings. Address and schedule repairs of safety related items. Ensure the process is not used as a disciplinary tool.

Employees

1. Understand, promote, and comply with safety practices and procedures to ensure

that no injury occurs in the workplace. 2. Notify their supervisor of potential or existing hazards to safety and health. 3. Use all protective equipment required for a task. 4. Report all injuries, accidents, and near misses to the supervisor as soon as

possible. 5. Take an active part in the safety program and the “POWER” behavior observation process.


50

New Hire Orientation

An orientation is to be conducted with all employees prior to beginning work on the job. Employees should be oriented as they come on the site. The minimum requirements for the orientation are outlined below: A. Introduction to the equipment employees will be working with such as motorized carts,

tools, the location of safety supplies and a general orientation of the facility. This includes emergency equipment such as SCBA’s, etc.

B. Chemical orientation - For specifics refer to the Hazard Communication section in this

manual and the Hazard Communication Plan. The orientation is to fully acquaint the employees with the chemicals they are working with, the associated hazards/protective equipment needed and the location of eye wash/shower units and the location of phones and the phone numbers to call in an emergency, etc.

C. Personal Protective Equipment- Instructions on the type of personal protective equipment

required for the jobsite. This instruction should include how to use the PPE, limitations of the PPE, and how to inspect and maintain the PPE. (See Personal Protective Equipment Program, Section V for more details)

D. Instructions of all special safety guidelines required by the property owner. E. All training classes including orientation must be documented.


51

P.O.W.E.R – M J Wood Employee’s Behavior Based Safety Process

This is an employee driven process in that the process was set up by our field employees and they are the responsible for running the process. The POWER process is a behavioral based safety process which unlike a safety program is constantly changing. Behavior-based safety is simply the observation of a worker by a trained observer who after the observation provides feed back to the worker. The trained observer are fellow workers that look for behaviors that have been identified after reviewing past first aid and accidents reports. Observers use a data card which is marked either “safe” or “at risk”. Safe being that there is no danger of injury, and at-risk meaning that there is a possibility of an accident when the behavior is done in that manner. From an employee standpoint there are several reasons why employees should be willing to be observed,

There is no place on the data card for the employee’s name Employees are always made aware of the observation. The is no blame or discipline that results from information obtained during an

observation Employees are encouraged to comment on needed safety improvements

Each time someone is observed, safety is discussed at the end of the observation. Safe behaviors are discussed first and then at-risk are behaviors are addressed. The discussion about the safe behaviors reinforces those safety behaviors. When the at-risk behaviors are addressed, it helps identify the barriers that keep employees from working safe. The data from the cards is collected and reports are generated that help identity the barriers that are keeping employees from working safe and emphasize areas of needed safety improvement. The POWER steering team with the full support for Milton J. Wood Management, uses this information to develop action plans to eliminate the barriers. At-risk behaviors are monitored to see if the present action plans are working or if the team needs to regroup and come up with a better plan.


52

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY - OSHA REGULATIONS

The following are excerpts of various standards, rules and regulations which directly pertain to the construction industry. These are provided to make you award of their existence and provide you with general guidance. ALL EMPLOYEES ARE REQUIRED TO FOLLOW THESE POLICIES. For further information, employees should contact their supervisor. More information is available from the Code of Federal Regulations Volume 29, (CFR 29) parts 1900 - 1910 and 1926. These manuals are to be available at the jobsite along with the company Hazard Communication Plan. ABRASIVE BLASTING

This section applies to all operations where an abrasive is forcibly applied to a surface by pneumatic or hydraulic pressure, or by centrifugal force. It does not apply to steam blasting, or steam cleaning, or hydraulic cleaning methods where work is done without the aid of abrasives.

Safe Work Procedures: Only trained personnel will conduct abrasive blasting operations. Blasting Equipment shall be inspected before each use. Blast cleaning nozzles shall be equipped with an operating valve which must be held open manually. A support shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when not in use.

Organic abrasives which are combustible shall be used only in automatic systems. Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be present, the construction of the equipment, including the exhaust system and all electric wiring, shall conform to the requirements of American National Standard Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying, Z33.1-1961 (NFPA 91-1961), and Subpart S of this part. The blast nozzle shall be bonded and grounded to prevent the build up of static charges. Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be present, the abrasive blasting enclosure, the ducts, and the dust collector shall be constructed with loose panels or explosion venting areas, located on sides away from any occupied area, to provide for pressure relief in case of explosion, following the principles set forth in the National Fire Protection Association Explosion venting Guide. NFPA 68-1954.

Dust shall not be permitted to accumulate on the floor or on ledges outside of an abrasive-blasting enclosure, and dust spills shall be cleaned up promptly. Aisles and walkways shall be kept clear of slipping hazards.

The use of compressed air for cleaning is strictly prohibited unless authorized by the job site superintendent and then only if the pressure is reduced to less than 30 p.s.i and used with chip guarding, face shield, safety glasses, and proper body protection.

Health Hazards: Abrasives and the surface coatings on the materials blasted are shattered and pulverized during blasting operations and the dust formed will contain particles of respirable size. The composition and toxicity of the dust from these sources shall be considered in making an evaluation of the potential health hazards.


53

The concentration of respirable dust or fume in the breathing zone of the abrasive-blasting operator or any other worker shall be kept below the levels specified in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part.

Air for abrasive-blasting respirators must be free of harmful quantities of dusts, mists, or noxious gases, and must meet the requirements for supplied-air quality and use specified in 29 CFR 1910.134(i).

Personal protective equipment: Employers must use only respirators approved by NIOSH under 42 CFR part 84 for protecting employees from dusts produced during abrasive-blasting operations. Abrasive-blasting respirators shall be worn by all abrasive-blasting operators:

When working inside of blast-cleaning rooms, or

When using silica sand in manual blasting operations where the nozzle and blast are not physically separated from the operator in an exhaust ventilated enclosure, or

Where concentrations of toxic dust dispersed by the abrasive blasting may exceed the limits set in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part and the nozzle and blast are not physically separated from the operator in an exhaust-ventilated enclosure.

Properly fitted particulate-filter respirators, commonly referred to as dust-filter respirators, may be used for short, intermittent, or occasional dust exposures such as cleanup, dumping of dust collectors, or unloading shipments of sand at a receiving point when it is not feasible to control the dust by enclosure, exhaust ventilation, or other means. Only NIOSH approved respirators are to be used and all respirator use must be in strict compliance with the Respiratory Protection Program (See Section V, Program 6)

Employees shall be equipped with heavy canvas or leather gloves and aprons or equivalent protection to protect them from the impact of abrasives. Safety shoes shall be worn to protect against foot injury where heavy pieces of work are handled.

Personal protection of the eyes and face shall be used when the respirator design does not provide such protection and to any other personnel working in the vicinity of abrasive blasting operations. See Personal Protection Program, (Section V, Program 8)

ACCESS Use only safe means of access to and from work areas. Jumping from or to work areas is not allowed, nor is sliding down cables, ropes or guys. Keep access routes to and from work area free and clear of obstructions and clearly lighted. Do not block emergency equipment, electrical disconnects, breaker panels or safety showers. Do not attach cables, ropes or barricade tape to such equipment. Park in designated areas. Respect fellow employees and their vehicles in the parking lot. Enter the facility through your designated gate only and proceed to your work site by the directed route with no deviations or shortcuts. Obey all traffic rules. Vehicles may be subject to search.


54

ATTITUDE All company employees are required to treat safety as the number one priority. As such, they are expected to report to work in good physical and mental condition to safely perform their assigned duties. Before starting any job, an employee must consider the possible effects of their actions on themselves and others and take appropriate protective measures. BARRICADES Anyone who creates a hazard is responsible for having it barricaded. Barricades shall be used to restrict entry for areas where there are hazards created by overhead work, overhead material handling operations, hazardous conditions, hazardous equipment or any other conditions where other employees may be unintentionally injured. The type of barricade will depend upon the type of hazard. Barricading procedures will be determined by the job site superintendent. Barricading procedures may include: Yellow caution tape. Warning barricade that warns others to proceed through the area with

caution. Red Danger Tape: Warning barricade that restricts entry into the barricaded area to only

those involved in the work. Physical Guardrails: Protective barricade 43” high (+/-3”) that is able to withstand 200 lb.

force in any direction. Physical Guardrails with Flashing Lights: If an excavation is to be left open/unattended at

night or roads are to be left closed off it shall be protected with a substantial guardrail system with flashing lights to keep pedestrians or vehicles from injury and/or damage.

Warning barricades do not physically deter anyone from a hazard, therefore, this type of barricade should be placed generally 5 to 6 feet or more away from a hazard. Barricades must have identification tags on each side, identifying the company and the hazard. Barricades are to be removed immediately following the completion of the job or the elimination of the potential hazard for which they were constructed. See the barricade procedure in the site safety manual for more information). CELL PHONE USE Personal cell phone use is limited to break times except in case of emergencies. Employees with personal cell phones should forward calls to voice mail until break time. In case of emergencies, advance permission may be given by the supervisor. (If the local collective bargained agreement addresses this issue, the agreement will be honored.) COMPRESSED AIR, USE OF Check hoses and couplings daily before use. Use only hoses designed to handle compressed air. Provide all hose couplings with a positive locking device. Secure Chicago-type fittings with wire or clips.


55

Never crimp, couple or uncouple pressurized hose. Shut off all valves and bleed down pressure. Compressed air used for cleaning purposes must not exceed 30 psi, and then only in conjunction with effective monogoggles or a face shield over approved safety glasses. Exceptions to 30 psi are only for concrete form, mill scale and similar cleaning operations. The use of compressed air to clean off yourself or other workers is NOT allowed. Make sure all hoses exceeding ½ inch ID have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce the pressure in case of hose failure. COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS

INSPECTION Prior to use and daily when in use, Cylinders shall be checked for dents, arc burns, hot spots, cuts, corrosion, pitting, etc. Cylinders found to be in poor condition shall be taken to an open area, shall have the pressure relieved and be tagged out.

Cylinder connections shall be checked for leaks with a leak detecting solution or soapy water.

STORAGE/PLACEMENT

Put valve protection caps in place before compressed gas cylinders are transported, moved or stored. Cylinder valves will be closed when work is finished and when cylinders are empty or being moved. Oxygen and acetylene must not be stored within 25 feet of each other unless they are securely attached and in use. Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all times.

Keep cylinders at a safe distance, or shield from welding or cutting operations and placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Cylinders shall not be located beneath welding or burning operations.

SAFE HANDLING

Secure all compressed gas cylinders upright to an adequate support while they are in storage, transit, or use. Do not drop cylinders or permit anything to strike against them.

Keep oil and grease away from oxygen regulator, hoses, and fittings. Do not store wrenches, dies cutters or other grease coated tools in the same compartment with oxygen equipment.

Before connecting regulators to cylinders, carefully “crack open” the cylinder valve to blow out any foreign particles. Close the valve. After the regulator is connected, ensure that the second stage of the regulator is closed. Stand to one side and open the valve slowly. Employees shall not stand in front of the cylinder gauges while opening the valves.


56

Open valves on all fuel gases except acetylene (propane, Mapp, natural gas, etc.) completely to backseat valve and prevent leaking. Acetylene valves should be opened one-quarter turn only. Follow Hot Work Procedures for Burning and Welding (Gas).

CONCRETE OPERATIONS, FORMS & SHORING

All protruding reinforcing steel, onto or into which employees could fall, must be guarded to eliminate the hazard of impalement. Wire mesh shall be secure from recoiling.

Form work and shoring will be designed and constructed to safely support all loads imposed during concrete placement. All components will be inspected prior to completion. Drawings or plans of jack layout, form work, shoring, working decks and scaffolding systems will be available at the job site. Forms and shores may NOT be removed until it has been determined that the concrete has gained sufficient strength to support its weight and superimposed loads.

Do not work under concrete buckets while the buckets are being elevated or lowered into position.

Use tool holders when driving stakes and wedges. CONCRETE CUTTING/DEMOLITION Most concrete products have a high content of silica. Breathing high quantities of silica can result in a disabling and often fatal illness, silicosis. Hazardous operations common to our industry include concrete pile cut-offs, concrete demolition, floor-saw cutting, concrete payment cutting. The following measures can be taken to protect employees form a possible health hazard.

Maintain dust controls: Keep skirting, and containment material tight to contain dust. Use dust collection systems when possible Never cut dry, use the wet method. Don’t dry sweep Keep work area clean Use water or a vacuum system with HEPA filtration Do not use compressed air for cleaning clothes or equipment Work upwind of dusty areas Report any dust problems to your supervisor. Use respiratory protection if all other actions are not enough. All respirator use must be

in strict adherence with the Respiratory Protection Program. Section V, Program 6. CONFINED AREA ENTRY PROCEDURE POLICY

Confined spaces for the purpose of this policy refer to tanks, pits, sewers, boilers, ductwork, chests, etc., or any space that is 4 feet or more in depth, has limited access/entry and might contain hazardous gases, vapors, dusts, fumes and/or an oxygen deficient atmosphere.


57

The job site superintendent will have the responsibility of assuring this policy is followed or will appoint a designee. The supervisor will be referred to as the “entry supervisor” The entry supervisor should:

be experienced and familiar with confined space entry. (See Confined Space Entry Program)

lockout all equipment in accordance with the “LOCK/TAG/TRY” procedure outlined in this manual. This includes blanking or locking out all valves, the lockout of all pumps, the lockout of all mechanical devices and the lockout of power to any device which would affect the safe operation of the job at hand. (See Lock/Tag/Try Program)

The entry supervisor has the following responsibilities:

Verify the area is as clean as possible. Be aware of substances which might be encountered and notified the employees who will

enter the confined area. Verify that lockout has occurred with respect to all devices and lines are blanked or

locked out. Assure all needed equipment is on the site and that the area has been purged and is

continuously ventilated with mechanical ventilation. Check all personal protective equipment for proper operation, i.e., lifelines, harnesses,

respirators, monitors, etc. Assure that all rescue procedures are in place and necessary emergency equipment is on

hand which includes Scott Air Pac’s/airline respirator, communication device, harnesses, etc

Make arrangements for the area to be tested for hazardous gases and oxygen deficiencies. Appoint a lookout/attendant who can view the entire work area from his post. If this is

not possible, appoint more than on lockout/attendant. Ensure that the attendant and all entrants are properly trained in accordance with the

“Confined Space Entry Program”. A CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT MUST BE FULLY COMPLETED PRIOR TO ENTERING.

The lookout/attendant has the following responsibilities:

The lookout (s) has ONLY ONE responsibility - To view the operation and be ready to respond should a mishap occur or an unsafe condition develop.

If a mishap were to occur, the lookout is to summon help and wait for the help to arrive. Should an unsafe condition develop, order all entrants out of confined space until safe

conditions have been restored. Be trained thoroughly in the company Confined Space Entry Program.


58

All entrants in a confined space:

Must wear a safety harness with lifeline attached. Be trained in the requirements of the company Confined Space Entry Program. If continuous monitoring is required, a monitor should be worn by at least one employee

who will enter the confined space. If a toxic gas or oxygen deficiency alarm sounds, the area is to be evacuated and re-tested. When the air checks clear, re-entry may be made.

Adhere to all company procedures regarding confined space entry and use protective equipment issued.

Be ready to evacuate immediately should any unsafe condition develop or upon instructions by the attendant/lockout.

CRANES OR DERRICKS (to include boom trucks) Annual inspection records must be current and on site. Operation of this equipment shall be restricted to properly trained personnel. The operator’s responsibility include:

Inspect the assigned equipment before each shift. Safe operation of each piece of equipment. Safety of each lift: NO LIFT MADE UNTIL SAFETY IS ASSURED: Determination of equipment capacity.

Rated load capacities, recommended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or instructions must be conspicuously posted on all equipment. Instructions or warnings must be visible from the operator’s station. A copy of the annual inspection must be in the cab to include a load test. Accessible areas within swing radius of a crane must be barricaded. All cranes must be equipped with a level, load chart and a fire extinguisher rated at not less than 10-ABC. Except where electrical distribution and transmission lines have been de-energized and visibly grounded, or where insulating barriers not a part of an attachment to the equipment or machinery have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, no part of a crane or its load shall be operated within 15 feet of a line rated to 50 KV or below; 15 feet + 4 inches for each 1 KV over 50 KV for lines rated over 50 KV, or twice the length of the insulator but never less than 15 feet. Crane outriggers must be leveled and fully extended when making a lift. For pick and carry operations, consult the manufacturer’s operator manual. Tie off the loads to minimize swing. Use a flagman to mind the tag line on the front of the load. Never use hands or body to guide the load.

Cranes will be inspected before each use by the operator. Any defects must be corrected before use. Logs of daily crane inspections must be kept with the crane.


59

Critical Lift plans are required for all lifts that exceed 85% of the crane’s capacity and all tandem lifts. (See the Critical Lift Procedure in the Site Safety Manual, Section IX) Cranes left on site for more than 30 days will have an established, documented, general maintenance procedure. It will be the superintendent’s responsibility to ensure this maintenance procedure is followed and documentation is sent to the Equipment Yard. Refer to crane maintenance policy for PM scheduling and further maintenance information. A load should never be raised or swung over people or an occupied building. Make sure at least two wraps of wire rope remain on the drum when the load hook is in the extreme low position. CRANE AND DERRICK SUSPENDED PERSONNEL PLATFORMS Crane or derrick suspended personnel platforms may not be used unless the erection, use, and dismantling of conventional means of reaching the work site would be more hazardous or not possible. Equipment used for this purpose must be tested and equipped in strict accordance with 1926.550 (g). 1926-550 (g) contains the following:

1. The crane should be on firm footing and within 1% of level grade. 2. The total weight of the personnel/equipment shall not exceed 50% of the rated capacity

for the crane radius and configuration. 3. The use of machines with live booms is prohibited. (Lowering brake not aided with

other devices which slow lowering speeds). 4. The personnel platform (man basket) should be designed and inspected by a certified

engineer and an anti-two block should be used which is tested daily. 5. All occupants of the man basket must wear a harness and lanyard and be tied off above

the headache ball.

All suspended personnel platform use must have prior written authorization from the Safety Director.

DISPOSAL CHUTES Use an enclosed chute whenever materials are dropped more than 20 feet to any exterior point of the building. When debris is dropped through floor holes without a chute, the area where the material is dropped must be enclosed with barricades at least 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edges of the opening above. Post warning signs at each level. DRUGS AND ALCOHOL Use or possession of alcoholic beverages or illegal drugs on the job site is not allowed. Pre-hire and post accident drug testing is required for all employees. For specific details, refer to the company Drug Free Workplace Policy in this manual.


60

ELECTRICAL - GENERAL All extension cords (120 volt) must be of the 3 wire type, protected from damage, and not fastened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended from wires. Worn or frayed cables may not be used. Inspect all electrical equipment before use. No cord or tool with a damaged ground plug or with exposed electrical wiring may be used. Do not use metal ladders for electric welding or near energized electrical sources. Use only ladders with non-conductive side rails. Inspect the work area. Maintain a safe distance from direct or indirect electrical contacts. Treat all electrical sources and/or outlets, as if they are live. If a proper distance cannot be maintained, isolate, de-energize equipment, lock, tag, try. Maintain a safe distance from overhead energized lines. If the line exceeds 50kV the distance shall be 10 feet plus 4 inches for every 10kV over 50kV. Inspect the material to be moved or handled. Plan travel routes if material is bulky, lengthy, and or electrically conductive. Avoid electrical sources, get help if necessary. Except where bulbs are deeply recessed in a reflector, bulbs on a temporary light will be equipped with guards. Temporary lights may not be suspended by their electric cords unless so designed. Receptacles for attachment plugs will be of approved, concealed contact type. Where different voltages, frequencies, or types of current are applied, receptacles must be such that attachment plugs are not interchangeable. Each disconnecting means for motors and appliances, and each service feeder or branch circuit at point of origin, must be legibly marked to indicate its purpose, unless located in such a way that its purpose is evident. Cable passing through work areas will be covered or elevated to protect from damage. Boxes with covers for the purpose of disconnecting must be securely and rigidly fastened to a mounting service. Only qualified persons may work on electrical circuit parts or equipment that has not been de-energized. Such persons shall have comprehensive skills and knowledge with the use of special precautionary techniques, PPE, insulating and shielding materials and insulated tools. ELECTRICAL - GFCI 15 or 20 ampere receptacle outlets on single phase 120 volt circuits for all Milton J. Wood construction sites shall be protected by ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCI). All power tools and extension cords must be protected by GFCI. GFCI’s shall be placed as close to the power source as possible.


61

EQUIPMENT OPERATION Always use safe equipment. Employees must inspect equipment before using it. If the

equipment becomes defective in any way, place a “DO NOT USE” tag on it and report it to the supervisor immediately. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED EQUIPMENT.

Know the limitations of the equipment used. Do not exceed those limits. Do not use any equipment for any purpose other than its intended purpose.

Do not work on equipment, belts, drives, conveyors or vehicles while they are in operation. Equipment shall be isolated, drained of any residual energy.

Borrowing and Lending of equipment is discouraged. Employees must have supervisory permission and supervisors must fill out an equipment loan agreement before lending any Milton J. Wood owned or leased equipment.

Do not operate electric, gas or hand-powered tools or equipment unless you are familiar with its use and know all safety precautions required.

Do not remove guards or parts when using equipment. Do not use equipment with missing parts or guards (i.e. grinder guards, drill side handles, etc.)

Riggers and equipment operators shall know the weight to be handled and the capacity and proper use of handling devices (i.e. cranes, forklifts, chain falls, come-alongs, clamps, chokers, shackles, etc.) before proceeding.

EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING Before opening any excavation, efforts (including utility company contact) must be made to determine if there are underground installations in the area. Underground utilities must be located and supported during excavation operations. Remember that utility markers are actually perimeter markers and that actual lines may be 6 to 10 feet away. Each excavation project must have a qualified competent person assigned to it. The competent person must have a thorough knowledge of soil mechanics, be able to identify recognized hazards and be familiar with methods needed to control or eliminate these hazards. The competent person shall made daily inspections of the excavation, and inspections as dictated by the work being done in the trench, such as: after rainfall, snowstorms, windstorms, thaw, earthquake, etc.; when fissures, tension cracks, sloughing, undercutting, water seepage, bulging at the bottom, or other similar conditions occur; when there is a change in the size, location and/or placement of the spoil pile and when there is any indication of movement or change in adjacent structures. If evidence of possible cave-in or slide is apparent, cease all work in the excavation until all precautions have been taken. Sloping, Shoring or Shielding shall be used on walls and faces of trenches 5 feet to 20 feet in depth, and all excavations in which employees are exposed to danger based on the soil classification of solid rock, A, B, or C as determined by a competent person. When employees are required to enter excavations greater than 4 feet deep, the excavation is treated as a confined space and therefore all requirements of confined space entry must be met, including atmospheric testing. In addition, trenches 4 feet or greater in depth shall be provided with a fixed means of egress. Spacing between ladders or other means of egress shall be such that a worker does not have to travel more than 25 feet laterally to the nearest means of egress.

Metal ladders are prohibited. No employee will be permitted to work in any excavation until all appropriate training has been completed.


62

When employees may be required to enter excavations over 5 feet deep the following additional precautions must be taken: sides must be shored or shielded in accordance with OSHA 1926. Excavated material must be stored at least 2 feet from the edge of the excavation. Water accumulation must be controlled at two feet in depth. Excavations OVER 20 feet deep must have shoring or sloping designed by a professional engineer. (See Excavation & Trenching Program for more details). EXPLOSIVES OR BLASTING Only authorized and qualified persons will be permitted to handle and use explosives. Smoking and open flames are not permitted within 50 feet of explosives and detonator storage magazines. FALL PREVENTION Fall prevention and fall protection are two terms frequently used to explain the means to control fall hazards. However, fall prevention and protection are different and should be considered separately. Effective fall prevention is initiated in the construction planning phase. Fall hazards are identified, and eliminated as much as possible to mitigate the need for fall arrest. Most falls, however, occur because of common hazards that occur during normal construction activities. You must be aware of unsafe actions and conditions that can cause you to fall, and take steps to avoid them. Always look where you are walking. Always walk, don’t RUN. Don’t walk stairways with both hands full. Always use the handrails on stairs. Keep work area well lit and clean. Carry loads of reasonable size, so you don’t block your vision. Watch out for slipping hazards, oil, water, grease, etc. When you do spot one, take one extra

step out of your way to clean it up. When non-skid/non-slip surfaces are provided in walking areas, do not walk around them or

cut through areas which are not skid resistant. Maintain good housekeeping. Items dropped on the floor should be picked up immediately. When placing materials or items, make sure they are stable and not overhanging shelves

where someone might walk into them. Over reaching and stretching to reach overhead objects can result in falls. Never use boxes,

chairs or trash cans but ALWAYS USE THE PROPER LADDER. Wear shoes with good soles suitable to the job. Make sure carpet and rug edges are not ragged. Secure all rugs to the floor. Electrical cords, air hoses, water hoses, etc. should not be located across aisles, hallways or

walkways. NEVER stand on the top rung of the ladder.


63

When using a straight ladder, always maintain a safe angle. The base of the ladder should be

located (1/4) of the distance from the base of the ladder to the top of the ladder away from the surface you are climbing.

FALL PROTECTION: REQUIRED AT SIX FEET OR GREATER ALL EMPLOYEES AT OR ABOVE SIX FEET MUST WEAR A HARNESS AND LANYARD AND BE TIED OFF TO A SUBSTANTIAL STRUCTURAL MEMBER IN A MANNER THAT LIMITS THE FREE FALL DISTANCE TO SIX FEET OR LESS, OR BE PROTECTED BY A GUARDRAIL SYSTEM. Workers in aerial lifts (such as boom lifts) must be tied off at all times regardless of the height. All employees on a walking/working surface which is six feet or greater above a lower level shall be protected from falling by the use of a guardrail system, or personal fall arrest systems. Examples include unprotected sides and edges, leading edges, ramps, runways and other walkways, excavations, holes, roofing work on low-slope roofs, steep roofs, wall openings, and all other walking/working surfaces not addressed. All other means of fall protection must be approved by a competent person.

GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS Top Rail: 42"(+/- 3") above walking/working level. It must be able to withstand 200lb of force in any outward or downward direction.

Midrail: 21" or 1/2 distance between top rail and working level. It must be able to withstand 150lb of outward force.

System must be surfaced to prevent injury from puncture, laceration or snagging of clothing. It must have toe boards or screens to prevent objects from falling from higher levels. PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEMS Equipment: Only equipment (lifelines, lanyards, harnesses, static lines) - NO BELTS - which is approved by ANSI and tagged/labeled (where applicable) accordingly is to be used in our company fall protection program.

Anchorage Points: Equipment must be tied to a structural member able to support dead weight of at least 5,400 pounds. Employees shall not tie off to steam lines, electrical conduit, handrails, scaffolding structural members, or similar unsafe objects. (Review Fall Protection Program for more details). Use: When using fall protection systems the following remember the following:

Free fall distance can be no more than 6 feet. The arresting force to the employee must not exceed 1800lbs. A shock absorbing lanyard will add 3’-31/2’ to the total fall distance. Anchorage points should be directly above the employee to avoid pendulum

swings.


64

Do not tie off around rough edges or shape edges. Horizontal lifelines must be installed and used by a qualified person.

FLOOR OPENINGS Temporary floor openings or open holes (2” or greater in diameter) will be guarded by either a standard guardrail with toeboards on all sides OR a hole cover. The cover must be secured, able to support at least 2X’s the maximum anticipated load and clearly marked “HOLE” or “COVER”.

FENCING When under the control of this company, security fencing will be used to regulate traffic on the jobsite. Inspections should be conducted daily and defects repaired daily. FIRE PROTECTION Fire fighting equipment must be conspicuously located and readily accessible at all times, and periodically inspected and maintained in operating condition. Report any inoperative or missing equipment to your supervisor. If the project includes automatic sprinkler protection, installation will closely follow construction and be placed in service, as soon as applicable laws permit. Fire extinguishers rated not less that 2A, will be provided for each 3,000 square feet of building area (or major fraction). Travel distance to the nearest fire extinguisher will not exceed 100 feet with at least 1 fire extinguisher per floor. In multi-story buildings, at least one fire extinguisher must be located adjacent to the stairway. A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 10B, shall be provided within 50 feet of wherever more than 5 gallons for flammable or combustible liquids or 5 pounds of flammable gas are being used on the jobsite. Only trained personnel may operate fire extinguishers. Initial and annual hands-on refresher training is required. Training shall include the types of fire extinguishers, the types of fire and the PASS system. Never try to extinguish a fire bigger than a waste paper basket unless you have been trained to do so. Call the emergency number immediately to get professionally trained help on the way. Monthly inspections are required on all fire extinguishers. Do not use a fire extinguisher unless it has a current inspection tag. Fire extinguishers must be recertified by a qualified person annually. All extinguishers shall be recharged or replaced promptly after use. Permits are required for welding, burning or other open flames on most jobsites. “Strike anywhere” matches are not allowed.


65

Know the location of the nearest fire alarm box or the emergency notification procedure. Know the alarms, evacuation and disaster signals for your area. Know the proper exit route and the location of the nearest assembly area. Know the location of the nearest fire extinguisher and how to use it. Make sure you have the proper extinguisher for the type of fire, check the label. Be aware that toxic fumes may be generated by the fire. Keep combustible material away from steam lines, radiators, heaters and hot process/service lines. All combustible material must be moved a minimum of 30 feet away from the hot work area or covered with a fire-retardant material. Do not refuel portable power equipment while it is running or hot. Attach the ground wire before refueling. Transfer of flammable liquids form one container to another shall be done only when containers are electrically interconnected (bonded). Smoke in designated areas only. Discard butts in approved containers, never in waste baskets or trash cans. FIRST AID Personnel with a valid card in basic first aid and CPR need to be on each shift and an orientation should be conducted to establish notification procedures of these personnel if needed. First aid is important! It can save lives and reduce suffering. It must be remembered that “First Aid” is exactly what the term implies -- the emergency medical treatment that is given immediately following an injury. First aid does not replace the medical treatment that might be needed by other medical personnel. First aid should not be initiated unless the employee is sure what action to take. FIRST AID SUPPLIES This company provides first aid supplies where needed. Contents are inspected before they are sent out to the jobsite. However, if not replenished as they are used or accidentally damaged, they are of no value when needed. It is the superintendent’s responsibility to ensure First aid kits are inspected on a weekly basis and missing items are replenished. FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID STORAGE Only approved (approved means rated acceptable by OSHA, ANSI and NFPA for flammable and combustible liquid storage - will be marked accordingly) containers, portable tanks and storage cabinets will be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. No more than 25 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids may be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet or structure. No more than 60 gallons of flammable or 120 gallons of combustible liquids may be stored in an approved storage cabinet.

Do not leave chemical soaked rags lying on the floor. Store oily, chemical and gas soaked rags in a metal container with a tight fitting lid.


66

Storage in bulk (25 gallons +) containers outside buildings may not exceed 1,100 gallons in any one pile area. Dike storage areas to contain spills and line the storage area with plastic liner. Locate storage areas at least 20 feet from any building and keep free of weeds, debris and other combustible materials. Keep flammable liquids in closed containers when not in use.

PORTABLE FUEL TANKS NOT EXCEEDING 660 GALS. – Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used on Milton J. Wood jobsites or

vehicles.(See NFPA 386, Standard for Portable shipping tanks for flammable and combustible liquids and NFPA 30 Chapter 4)

No mobile fuel tank shall be parked more than 200 feet from a 12-ft wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus under any weather conditions.

At least one portable fire extinguisher have a rating of not less than 20-B shall be located not less than 10 ft, nor more than 50 foot from the mobile fuel tank.

Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of flammable vapors. Sources of ignition include but are not limited to; open flames, lightning, smoking, cutting and welding, frictional heat; static, electrical and mechanical sparks; spontaneous combustion and radiant heat.

Post conspicuous and legible signs prohibiting smoking in or around storage, service and refueling areas.

TRANSFER AND DISPENSING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS CLASS I AND II Pumps, gravity flow or hydraulic displacement are normally used to transfer flammable

and combustible liquids. When dispensing Class I or II Flammable or Combustible Liquids, the transfer or storage

areas must be posted with “No Smoking or Open Flames” signs. Dispense fuels only in well ventilated areas. Gravity dispensing requires an approved self-closing faucet and drum vents. Bonding and grounding is required for transfer and dispensing of flammable liquids.

SAFETY CANS Containers marked “Safety Can” and bearing the FM and UL labels will be used for containing flammable or combustible liquids on MJW jobsites.

Safety cans may be either Type I, (pouring spout) Type II (flexible metal hose) and

should be made only of metal unless a specific chemical requires the use of a plastic or glass container.

For satellite storage of gasoline, OSHA limits the size of the container to two gallons for gasoline and five gallons for diesel fuel.

The cans must be marked to show its contents and hazard, i.e.: Diesel Fuel and Flammable.


67

Flammable liquids in the work area should be limited to the amount needed for daily operation.

AEROSOL CANS SHOULD NOT BE STORED IN GENERAL SUPPLY OR GANG BOXES BUT IN APPROVED FLAMMABLE CABINETS.

FLOOR OPENINGS, OPEN SIDES, HATCHWAYS, ETC. Barricade openings with a standard guardrail and toe board or cover to prevent movement. Provide railing on all exposed sides, except at entrances to stairways.

TOP RAIL 42” HIGH, WITHSTAND 200 LBS OUTWARD FORCE GUARDRAIL = MIDRAIL 21” HIGH , WITHSTAND 150 LBS OUTWARD FORCE TOE BOARD 31/2” HIGH, WITHSTAND 50LBS FORCE. Every open sided floor or platform, 6 feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level, must be guarded by a standard guardrail on all open sides except where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. Runways 4 feet high or more need guardrails on all open sides. Guard ladder way openings or platforms with standard guardrails and standard toe boards on all exposed sides, except at entrance to the opening, with passage through the railing provided by a swinging gate or offset so a person cannot walk directly into the opening. Temporary floor openings will have guardrails or effective covers. Open holes (2” or greater in diameter) into which persons can accidentally walk or through which an object can fall and strike a person below, will be guarded by either a standard railing with standard toe board on all exposed sides, OR a standard floor hole cover. The cover must be secured, able to support at least 2x’s the maximum load to which it is exposed and clearly marked “HOLE” or “COVER” to provide warning of the hazard. While the cover is not in place, the floor hole will be protected by a standard railing. (See Fall Protection Program). HAZARD COMMUNICATION - EMPLOYEES GUIDE TO JOBSITE CHEMICALS The management of Milton J. Wood is concerned about safety for both customers and employees. As some employees must use chemicals in the course of their work, it is important to know the hazards of those chemicals in order to protect themselves and others. This guide is designed to help you understand the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Hazard Communication Standard (right-to-know) that is in use and to learn how this program can help you avoid injury or health problems when using chemicals. The Hazard Communication Program involves labeling of containers, knowing how to read and use those labels, use of personal protective equipment when needed, and where to get additional information. The following is a more detailed description of the problem. If you have any questions, refer to the Hazard Communication Program or contact your supervisor. A list of chemicals in alphabetical order is at each job site and located at the main office.

1. You should know how to identify a hazardous chemical. The first step is to read the

label. It’s usually considered hazardous if it contains such words as CAUTION, WARNING, or DANGER. The following products are usually hazardous:


68

Acids Herbicides Adhesives Insecticides Aerosols Lacquers Battery Fluids Office Copier Chemicals Catalysts Some Paints Caustics Pesticides Cleaning Agents Pool Chemicals Degreasing Agents Some Sanitary Supplies Detergents Shellacs Flammables Solvents Foaming Resins Varnishes Fuels Water Treatment Fungicides Wood Preservatives

The manufacturer of hazardous chemicals supplies information in the form of material safety data sheets (MSDS) that can be used to get more information. A copy of the MSDS sheet for all chemicals considered hazardous is available at your supervisor’s office.

2. It is the policy of this company to see that all containers brought into the workplace must be clearly labeled by the manufacturer. If any secondary containers are used, such as a small container filled from a larger one, the secondary container must be clearly labeled as to the contents and contain the appropriate hazard warnings. You must know what is in a container so that you can take any appropriate precautions outlined by the MSDS.

3. Each chemical has its own MSDS supplied by the manufacturer or vendor. These sheets

provide information on potential health hazards, fire and explosion hazards, first aid procedures, clean up, disposal procedure, and information on personal protective equipment needed. A copy of the MSDS will be available for you to read, (through your supervisor’s office). If you have any questions regarding a chemical, contact your supervisor.

4. Chemicals can enter the body in three ways:

a. Inhaling a chemical through the nose or mouth. b. Absorbing a chemical through the skin. c. Ingesting a chemical by swallowing.

You can protect yourself from inhalation hazards by wearing a respirator or mask to cover your nose and mouth and by working in a well-ventilated area. If you are exposed to such hazards, your supervisor will provide the right type of mask and you will be

required to wear it after you have been properly trained, fit-tested and physically qualified for its use.


69

Absorption of chemicals through the skin can be prevented by using protective gloves and clothing. If you are exposed to such hazards, your supervisor will provide the right type of gloves and you may be required to wear a certain type of clothing.

Protection from ingestion of chemicals is best accomplished through safe work habits and good personal cleanliness. Never eat or drink in areas where chemicals are used and always wash your hands carefully after using any hazardous chemical. Questions on personal protection for a specific chemical can be answered by the material safety data sheet or ask your supervisor during or after your job site orientation.

5. Training will be provided to each employee using hazardous chemicals in the course of

their job. It is the employee’s responsibility to learn the following:

a. How to identify hazardous chemicals and read the warning labels. b. The location of the MSDS for chemicals you use and the important information

about each chemical. c. What personal protective equipment you need and how to use it. d. First aid procedures.

Safety is no accident. It takes teamwork to have a safe workplace and use chemicals properly. You can do your part by listening to your supervisor and reviewing the information in this manual. (See the Hazard Communication Program for more details). HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

Asbestos Milton J. Wood employees are not authorized to handle asbestos materials. Do not remove any insulation, floor tiles, roofing material, fireproofing material, transite siding or gaskets until these materials are determined to be “Asbestos Free”. Corrosive Liquids Do not store, handle, apply or use acids or caustics without detailed instructions, safety precautions and proper personal protective equipment. When disconnecting flanges or other line-breaking procedures, expect to encounter pressurized corrosive liquids and protect yourself accordingly. Check contents through a bleed or drain valve, etc., before beginning work. Where required, use acid coat, hood, boot, chemical gloves and goggles; barricade the area and have standby and emergency water immediately available. Remember, never add water to acid; if dilution is necessary, add acid to water. Label all liquid containers properly. Identify contents and hazards.


70

Chromium Hexavalent Certain hot work operations may expose employees to Hexavalent Chromium above the OSHA permissible exposure limit. Check with your supervisor when performing hot work on stainless steel or using fluxes with greater than 1% Hexavalent Chromium. Special controls may be needed. Hazardous Waste Certain hazardous materials require special disposal procedures as well as special handling procedures. Contact the safety director if you have any doubts. Lead Cutting, burning, blast cleaning or any other type of paint film disturbance is strictly prohibited until it is determined to be “lead -Free”. Radioactive Material Keep employees clear of all radioactive material and areas where work is being done with radioactive materials. These areas will be barricaded and posted with a radiation hazard sign.

HEATING DEVICES, TEMPORARY Fresh air must be present in sufficient quantities to maintain the safety of workers. Solid fuel salamanders are prohibited in buildings or on scaffolding. HIGH REACH (aka Aerial Lifts) Only trained, authorized personnel shall be allowed to operate high reach lifts. Employees must be trained on the type of lift they will be operating. Do not operate defective lifts. Tag it out and notify the Rental Company immediately. Conduct a walk around inspection and a pre-lift function test before each use. Make sure the backup alarm if audible. If the backup alarm is not audible, a spotter must be used. Employees shall always stand firmly on the floor of the basket when moving and shall not use planks, ladders or other devices to extend the work platform. Use all required Personal Protective Equipment. Fall Protection must be used in all extended boom lifts. Guardrails are normally sufficient for scissor lifts, however, many clients require fall protection be used. Only high reaches meeting the requirements of ANSI “Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms” will be used on M. J. Wood Consolidated jobsites. Do not exceed manufacturer’s capacity rating or other specifications. Do not override any safety features. Do not make any modifications to the aerial lift unless certified in writing by the manufacturer. Never let another contractor use a MJ Wood owned or leased lift without prior authorization from the supervisor and a signed loan agreement form.


71

Maintain safe distances from electrical power lines. Maintain a distance of at least ten feet for lines rated 50 kV or less. Do not use the machine as a ground for welding. HOISTS, MATERIAL AND PLACEMENT Rated load capacities, recommended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or instructions placed on cars and platforms may not be exceeded. Entrances to material hoists will be substantial full width gates or bars. Hoist way doors or gates of personnel hoists will be not less than 6 feet 6 inches high, and be protected with mechanical locks which cannot be operated from the landing side and are accessible only to the person (s) on the car. Provide overhead protective covering on the top of the hoist cage or platform. HORSEPLAY All disruptive activities usually referred to as “horseplay” are forbidden. No practical jokes or fights will be tolerated. HOT WORK Hot work is defined as any operation involving electric or gas welding, cutting brazing, grinding, burning, or similar flame or spark producing operation. M J Wood Consolidated will only use craft personnel trained in applicable hot work operations, either by the four year program through the union hall, supervisory training through M J Wood or another equally accredited course. Supervisors on job sites where hot work is performed must be competent in hazard recognition, hot work procedures, hazard control, emergency procedures and first aid/CPR procedures. First aid supplies shall be readily available in the work area. ASME code work will only be done by employees with ASME certifications. All client permit procedures must be adhered to. Employees must be trained on emergency procedures .No hot work shall begin until the area has been inspected by the client and the permit has been posted in the work area. A minimum of a 35 feet radius of the work area shall be clear of all combustibles, including but not limited to; paper, sawdust, flammable liquids. If this is not possible, fire blankets or other non-combustible shields shall be used to adequately protect combustible materials from ignition. The job site superintendent has the responsibility to determine if the radius is sufficient. Hot work will not be performed in areas that cannot be protected. Combustible floors or walls shall be wet down or protected with non-combustible material. Opening in walls or floors in the work area shall be covered to prevent hot slag or sparks from going through.


72

Hoses and welding leads shall not pass through doorways. If there is no alternative, the door shall be braced open and the hoses and leads protected from damage. All leads, grounds, clamps, welding machines, hoses, gauges, torches, and cylinders, shall be inspected before use. Ventilation shall be adequate for the material being welded or burned. Personnel should avoid breathing fumes. An exhaust system, blower, or respirator should be used if needed. Fire blankets or screens must be used when performing hot work over cable trays or grated floors. Barricade all levels below above ground hot work operations. Personal Protective Equipment includes: safety glasses underneath welding shields, hard hats, safety shoes, flame resistant jackets/over-shirt, welding shields and proper welding gloves. All welding equipment must be inspected before use. This includes welding machines, cylinders, gauges, regulators, hoses, torches, flash back arrestors, electrodes, Report defective equipment to your supervisor immediately. Repairs should be made by qualified personnel only. Fire extinguishing equipment shall be readily available in the work area. Needs may vary, but as a minimum, a water hose shall be at least one half inch diameter, and portable extinguishers shall be at least a 10lb dry chemical, 15lb carbon dioxide or 2.5 gallon pressurized water. All portable fire extinguishers shall be fully charged with a current inspection date. Fire extinguisher users shall perform a visual inspection prior to use. DO NOT use a fire extinguisher that does not have a current (within 30 days) inspection tag. Fire extinguishers must be recertified by a qualified person annually. A firewatch shall be required for all hot work operations unless the competent person determines it is not necessary.

Firewatch A fire watch is a person designated to watch for the possible outbreak of fires in the area where hot work is being performed. Requirements for a fire watch include: Shall not have any other duties that interfere with his/her primary duty. Shall have the authority to stop work activities until fire prevention measures are in

place. Shall be trained in fire hazard recognition, use of fire prevention equipment, and

proper emergency notification procedures. Shall be trained prior to job assignment and complete “hands on” training annually,

thereafter. Shall inspect the area 30 minutes (and longer if necessary) after hot work has ceased

to ensure no fire hazards are present.


73

Welding & Cutting (Electric) Whenever possible, welding screens will be used to protect employees and other persons from hazards produced such as welding sparks and/or flashes. Make sure that all work has a separate and adequate ground, pulled from the machine to the work location. Attach the ground connection as close to the work as possible. Remove the rod from the electrode holder when laying it down. Discard the stub ends in a metal container. Turn the machine off at the end of each workday or when not using it for extended periods. Wear an approved welding hood. Use no less than a No. 10 filter with a safety lens on both sides of the filter. Hard hat-hood combination shall be worn in hard hat areas. Electric welding is prohibited from a metal ladder. Welding leads shall be adequately insulated from the machine to the electrode holder. All 480 volt welding machines must be equipped with an auxiliary (secondary) ground.

Burning & Welding (Gas) Before connecting regulators to cylinders, carefully crack open the cylinder valve to blow out and foreign particles. Close the valve. After the regulator is connected, ensure that the second stage of the regulator is closed. Stand to one side and open the valve slowly. Open valves on all fuel gases except acetylene completely to backseat valve and prevent leaking. Acetylene valves should be opened one-quarter turn only. Do not exceed 15 psi on the torch side of the gauge when using acetylene. When lighting a torch, (1) open the fuel gas valve, (2) light the torch, (3) then open the oxygen valve. Use an approved spark lighter. Do not use matches, cigarette lighters, or cigarettes to light a torch. Reverse the order to shut down the torch. Break down all burning rigs at the end of the shift, or when the work is completed, removing the regulators and screwing the protective caps down hand-tight. Secure all compressed gas cylinders upright to an adequate support while they are in storage, transit, or use. Keep oil and grease away from oxygen regulators, hoses and fittings. Do not store wrenches, dies, cutters, or other grease-covered tools in the same compartment with oxygen equipment.


74

Do not use compressed gas to clean your clothing, or clean the work area. Inspect all hoses, gauges, and torches before each use. Wear approved burning goggles. Use at least a No. 3 filter with a safety lens on both sides of the filter. Never leave a torch inside a vessel, tank or other closed container, because of the potential hazard of leakage. Never use oxygen as a substitute for compressed air or other gases. Place cylinders and hoses where they are not exposed to sparks or slag from a burning operation. Cylinders shall be secured in a upright position a minimum of 20 feet from flammable gases or petroleum products. Handle cylinders with care: Do not lift cylinders to upper levels by slings or lift a cylinder by the protective cap. Do not strike an arc on cylinders, and do not use cylinders as rollers. Flashback arrestors shall be an integral part of the oxy/fuel rig. At the very minimum, arrestors must be used at the regulators. Arrestors at the torch should also be used. Do not leave pressure on the regulator when not in use.

When regulators are positioned on oxy-acetylene cylinders, install a T-wrench on the cut-off valve of the acetylene cylinder. Hot Work in Confined Spaces: Always follow confined space entry procedures, including lock, tag and try, and rescue planning. Perform atmospheric testing to ensure safe oxygen levels, and make sure there are no toxic or flammable hazards. Ventilate if necessary. Continuous monitoring is required while hot work is performed inside of the confined space. Both the welder and the helper are required to wear the necessary respiratory protection along with a safety harness which is attached to a lifeline. A hole watch (attendant) is always required when hot work is performed inside of a confined space. Maintain constant communication with the hole watch. When finished warn others of hot metal using signs. Keep electrode, rod stubs and other tripping hazards cleaned up and off the floor. Do not use defective equipment, or arc weld while standing on a damp floor.


75

When leaving the confined space even for a short time, take these precautions: Disconnect power to the arc welder Remove electrodes from holders Turn off torch valves and/or shut off gas supply at a point outside the space. Remove the hose and torch from the space if feasible.

HOUSEKEEPING Form and scrap lumber will be kept clear from work areas. Remove combustible scrap and debris at regular intervals. Containers will be provided for collection and separation of all refuse. Covers are required on containers used for flammable or harmful substances. At the end of each phase of work, return all tools and excess material to proper storage. Clean up all debris before moving onto the next phase. Each employee is responsible for keeping their work area clean. INCIDENTS/INJURIES/NEAR MISSES All incidents/injuries/near misses, even those that appear to be slight, MUST be reported to the safety office. . (An incident is defined as an occurrence that did or could have resulted in an injury, death, property damage, environmental damage, or loss of production.) An approved medical facility will be used for medical treatment if needed. The use of non-approved medical facilities will result in the employee paying for treatment. This is in accordance with Worker’s Compensation law. An incident report must be completed within 24 hours. Failure to follow this procedure may be deemed a serious safety violation. JOINTERS Each hand fed jointer and planer with a horizontal head must be equipped with a cylindrical cutting head. GUARDS MAY NOT BE REMOVED. Each jointer must have a guard that automatically covers the cutting head on the working side of the fence or cage. LADDERS Use only ladders that meet OSHA regulations. Do not shorten ladders or modify them in any way. Use ladders only for the purpose they are intended. Inspect each ladder before using it. Defective ladders must be clearly tagged, cut up and/or removed from the job site as soon as possible. Set up ladders on level surfaces. Test the ladder for stability before climbing. Always uses 3-point contact (two feet, one hand, or two hands, one feet) when ascending or descending a ladder. Do not overreach. Keep you belt buckle between the ladder sides at all times. Change the position of the ladder as necessary to keep within reach of the work area. Face a ladder when working from it.


76

Do not overload the ladder. Make sure load capacity is clearly communicated. Do not use metal ladders for electric welding or near energized electrical sources. All ladders shall be inspected by a qualified person. Use fall protection when it is not practical to work facing the ladder or when work requires both hands. Use a rope to lower or raise materials. If it is necessary to place a ladder in or over a doorway, barricade the door and post warning signs.

Straight/Extension Ladders Place ladder at a 4 to 1 pitch. (One foot out for every four feet up.) Each ladder shall be equipped with non-skid safety feet and shall be adequately tied off or held. The top of the ladder shall extend at least three (3) feet beyond the supporting object when such a ladder is used as access to an elevated work surface. Do not work from the top three (3) rungs of any straight or extension ladder. Straight and Extension ladders must be tied off. Step Ladders Set a stepladder on all four feet, with spreaders locked in place. Do not use a stepladder as a straight ladder. Never stand or sit on the top or top step of a stepladder unless the ladder is designed for that purpose. Remove tools and equipment from the ladder before moving it. Tie off a stepladder when using it close to the edge of an elevated platform, roof, or floor opening and utilize fall protection. Stepladders 8 feet or greater should be tied off or attended when in use.

LIFTING PROCEDURES TO PREVENT INJURY Never try to lift more than you can handle safely. Consider size, shape and weight of the load. Get help when needed.

To assist in the prevention of muscle strains and back injuries, the following procedures should be followed:


77

A. GET READY (follow these steps when lifting materials)

1. Wear gloves for protection against cuts and scrapes from rough materials. 2. Protect your feet with a good pair of shoes. 3. Check the item you are lifting for nails, staples, or anything else that might rough

up and cut the hands. 4. Tip the item to check if you can handle it alone. 5. If an item is TOO HEAVY, always GET HELP. 6. Know where the item is going and where you are going to put it down. Sudden

moves or quick jerks while locating a place to set something down often results in injuries.

B. PICK IT UP

1. Get a firm footing and good balance; have your feet about shoulder width apart, placing one foot alongside the object and one foot behind where possible.

2. If the load is below waist level, bend your knees to get into position. 3. Keep your back as straight as possible. 4. Grip the item firmly with the palms of your hands, not just your fingers. 5. Lift the object to the carrying position, keeping it close to the body. 6. Let the arm and leg muscles do the work. DO NOT BEND OVER!!!!!!!!

C. PUT IT DOWN

1. If the receiving surface is about waist high, use the edge to take part of the load, then push it forward.

2. If you lower the load to the floor, keep your back as straight as possible, bend your knees and keep the load close to the body.

3. When turning while moving an item, NEVER TWIST the body but shift your feet slowly.

LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG) Each system will have containers, valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and regulators of an approved type. Each container and vaporizer must be provided with one or more safety relief valves or devices. Containers will be placed upright on firm foundations or secured and away from heavy combustibles or flammables. Portable heaters should be equipped with approved fuel shut off devices in the event of flame failure. Mark all LPG cylinders “LPG & Flammable”. DO NOT STORE LPG INSIDE OF BUILDINGS. LOCK/TAG/TRY PROCEDURE This procedure shall be followed when working on equipment if someone could be injured if the equipment were suddenly started, energized, or in the case of valves, a valve opened or closed, as the case may be. (Please read carefully. Any violation of this policy is serious and could result in immediate termination.)


78

GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT - TAGOUT A lockout device must always be used with a padlock so others may also lockout the same equipment, if necessary.

Anyone working on a piece of equipment may lock it out for himself for his own personal protection. In many cases, however, it may not be practical for each person to lockout the equipment. Listed below are situations whereby certain people may lockout for others: 1. USE OF GROUP LOCK BOX

The supervisor locks out the system for the entire crew with the supervisor having the only key(s) to the lock(s). The supervisor places the key(s) into a group lock box and places his personal lock out lock on the box. Each worker’s individual lock should be placed on the group lockout device, group lockbox or comparable mechanism before work is begun and removed at shifts end. The supervisor is always the first lock on and the last lock off. The supervisor has the ultimate responsibility for the entire crew and must determine all crew members are clear before placing the machine into operation. The supervisor from each crew must lockout if more than one crew is working.

2. USE OF INDIVIDUAL LOCKS - GENERAL GUIDELINES

A. No employee shall work under the protection of another employee’s individual lock.

B. No employee shall work under the lock from a different shift. The oncoming shift should place its lock’s on the equipment as the outgoing shift removes their locks. If a time span between shifts will elapse, a properly completed WARNING TAG shall be placed on the equipment by the outgoing shift.

C. Locks must be of the same type, same color and individually keyed. The lock must have Milton J. Wood and a tag identifying the user, date locked out, and the MJW Supervisor.

D. TRY --After the locks are in place, an attempt to start the system must be

made to ensure all energy sources are at “zero”. E. ALL individual locks must be removed at the end of the shift.

F. Only under the following conditions may one employee remove another

employee’s lock:

The supervisor of the employee will be notified and shall attempt to contact the employee. If the employee cannot be contacted, the jobsite superintendent will be contacted. If not at the site, he will report and determine that no danger to the employee is present. He then authorizes an employee to remove another individual’s lock.


79

3. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT

When working on electrically operated equipment, the main disconnect switch must be opened and locked. Start/Stop or On/Off switches must never be locked out and relied upon for protection.

If Live Front switches are present, an electrician is the only person authorized to operate them.

TRY--After the equipment is locked out, all of the Start/Stop switches must be tested to ensure the equipment is locked out.

4. VALVES

Where possible, chains are to be used with locks and lockout devices to positively secure the valve. If a valve CANNOT be positively locked out, a blank must be inserted in the line to protect against material flowing through the line. Specifically, pneumatically and hydraulically operated valves must be disconnected by a method that prevents any unexpected change in the valve setting. Blanks must be used where possible. If blanks cannot be used, the supervisor will be notified to ensure the job is performed in the safest manner possible. A DANGER TAG will also be attached to the valve for identification. (Refer to Line Breaking Procedure) All subcontractors of Milton J. Wood will follow these procedures. The lock color will vary from that which is used by Milton J. Wood employees. (See Also Lockout/Tagout Program)

MANLIFTS Client manlifts, personnel carriers, are strictly off-limits to Milton J. Wood employees. Do not use client personnel conveyor systems unless trained and authorized to do so. MASONRY ACCESS ZONE Limited access zones are to be established on the non-scaffolded side of unbraced masonry walls. The zones are to be equal to the finished height of the wall plus 4 feet. MATERIAL HOISTS

Hoists shall be operated only by Authorized operators. Raged load capacities, recommended operating speeds and special hazard warnings or

instructions placed on cars and platforms shall not be exceeded. Over head protective covering shall be provided on the top of the hoist cage or platform. Material shall be positioned so it cannot shift and does not extend beyond the cage limit. All landings and openings shall be protected to prevent exposure to hands and bodies. Hoist brakes shall be capable to stopping and holding 150% of the rated hoisting

capacity.


80

Adequate signs shall be provided stating that the hoist is for “Material Lifting Only”. And not for personnel use.

MEDICAL SERVICES AND FIRST AID When a medical facility is not readily accessible at the site, a person trained to render first aid will be available at the job site. First aid supplies must be readily available. The telephone numbers of physicians, hospitals or fire department/ambulances police or security must be conspicuously posted. MOBILE EQUIPMENT Mobile equipment includes forklifts, bobcats, payloaders, tractors, high reaches, gradalls, draglines, bulldozers, trucks over two ton and mobile cranes. Employees shall not be allowed under a raised load. The operator shall not leave his position at the controls while a load is raised. Seat belts shall be worn when operating mobile equipment equipped with rollover protection. All mobile equipment shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher, seat belts, lights, back-up

alarm and horn. Only qualified and authorized operators shall operate mobile equipment. Dozer blades, endloader buckets, forklift forks and similar equipment parts shall be lowered

to the ground before the operator leaves the equipment. Except where electrical distribution and transmission lines have been de-energized and

visibly grounded, or where insulating barriers not a part of an attachment to the equipment or machinery have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, no part of the mobile equipment or its load shall be operated within 15 feet of a line rated to 50 KV or below; 15 feet + 4 inches for each 1 KV over 50 KV for lines rated over 50 KV, or twice the length of the insulator but never less than 15 feet.

A Mobil Equipment Inspection Form must be completed daily before use. Any problems must be reported immediately to the supervisor.

MOTOR VEHICLES While driving on the job site, drivers must drive in a reasonable and prudent manner driving which includes following the speed limit and being courteous. ONLY drivers on the company approved vehicle operators list are to operate company vehicles designed for public roadway use on public roadways. ALL company marked vehicles operating within a job site will have a reverse signal alarm. Switches are not allowed which disable the device. All drivers will wear seat belts. Remember to shut off the engine and set the brakes before leaving the vehicle or when refueling. Avoid distractions, pull over to make phone calls, eat, etc. PERSONAL PROTECTION: All employees are required to wear appropriate personal protective equipment that is maintained in good condition.


81

Rings, bracelets, dangling earrings, long neck chains, unbuttoned/ loose long sleeves and other loose clothing or items (including hair or beards long enough to be considered a hazard) shall be removed, tied back, tucked in or secured by persons working on or near moving machinery or in other areas where these items could be deemed a hazard. In areas where an electrical hazard may exist, these items may either be removed or rendered non-conductive by covering, wrapping or other insulating means.

Clothing Shirts with sleeves and long pants covering the legs and ankles shall be worn at all times. Long sleeves may be required on some sites. Only cotton, woolen or special fire retardant synthetic clothing should be worn. Generally, synthetics are very flammable and melt, causing more serious burns when exposed to flames and high temperatures. Clothing should be free of oil, grease, flammable liquids or loose, frayed ends. All hot work operations require a flame resistant jacket or long sleeved shirt. Head Protection Hard hats shall be worn on all jobsites where a hazard of being struck or striking against exists or when the danger of electrical shock or burns exists. Eye/Face Protection Safety glasses (ANSI Z87.1) with side shields must be worn at all times on MJ Wood jobsites. Impact goggles or Full-face shields (worn over approved safety glasses, ) must be worn when danger of flying or suspended particles is present.(i.e. chipping, grinding, drilling, sawing, etc.) Employees involved in welding/cutting operations must wear filter lenses or plates of the proper shade number. Chemical goggles must be worn for operations involving certain hazardous liquids, gases, etc. Burning goggles shall be worn for all gas welding and burning. They shall have a No. 3 density minimum filter lens and a safety lens on both sides of the filter lens. Ear Protection Hearing protections shall be worn in areas where noise levels exceed 90 dBA, where exposure to 85-90 dBA exceeds 8 hours per day, or where posted. Hands, Fingers, Wrists Gloves suitable for the task being performed shall be worn unless the task cannot be done with gloves or unless wearing gloves increases the hazard.


82

Feet, Toes Leg Safety-Toed, Leather Work Boots with a Heel are required per the Client on most MJ Wood Jobsites. Some clients require a minimum six inch boot. Rubber/Chemical boots with safety toe are required for jobs with certain chemical hazards. (i.e. Cement work, Line Breaking, etc.) Metatarsal/Instep guards are required when jack-hammering, using a tamper and similar equipment. Shin Guards, chaps, spats, etc. are required when using chainsaws, etc. Respiratory (Lungs) Respiratory protective equipment is required for protection in situations where chemical exposure exceeds the recommended exposure limits and in certain emergency situations. Respiratory protection is a last resort and should only be used when engineering controls prove inadequate. The type of respiratory protection will be determined by the guidelines of the Respiratory Protection Program. The use of respiratory protection will be in strict adherence to the Program. Skin If the possibility exists of exposure to skin irritants, personal protective equipment will be provided in accordance with the material’s MSDS. Back Never try to lift more than you can handle safely. Get help when needed. Back belts/supports are not allowed unless prescribed by a medical professional.

POWER TRANSMISSION MECHANICAL Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, flywheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or moving parts of equipment must be guarded if such parts are exposed to contact by employees or otherwise constitute a hazard. No equipment may be used without guards in place. RENTAL OR LEASED EQUIPMENT Equipment leased or rented by Milton J. Wood shall not be loaned to other contractors. RIGGING EQUIPMENT Inspect all hooks, shackles, chain-hoists, wire rope beam clamps, and synthetic chokers prior to use and as necessary use to assure their safety. Remove defective rigging equipment from service immediately. This includes broken wires, obvious defects and colored threads visible on nylon. Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, or other such attachments will not be used. When “U” bolts are used for eye splices, the “U” bolt will be applied so the “U” section is in contact with the dead end of the rope.


83

Ensure the proper lifting device (chain falls, come-a-longs, chokers, shackles, or clamps) are selected for the task being performed. Never use plate grips, tongs, pipe clamps, etc., as substitutes for beam clamps. All lifting devices shall have a load rated capacity tag or label. Do not load chain-hoists beyond their rated capacity. Use tag lines to control loads. Do not leave unsecured and unattended loads suspended and never allow any part of the body below a suspended load.. All lifting hooks must have a properly sized safety latch or are moused, except when using a shake-out hook properly. Do not exceed the load capacity of the rigging equipment or use it in a manner other than its intended use. Ensure all areas are properly barricaded when hoisting a load. Do not use fiber rope, slings, or chokers (manila or synthetics) in or near operations involving corrosive substances. Do not wrap a load chain around the load. Use softeners where possible, to obtain a “bite” on the material being rigged. Use a shackle to hold two (2) or more eyes of a choker on a hook. Do not use wire rope to hoist equipment after such a rope has been exposed to fire or extreme heat or burned by contact with electricity, or when inspection shows damaged strands, corrosion, or more than 10 percent of the wires broken in one lay. Make sure at least two (2) wraps of wire rope remain on the drum when the load hook is in the extreme low position. Use a minimum of three wire rope clips, properly spaced and installed, when forming loop eye splices. When not in use, remove rigging equipment for the work area to prevent tripping hazards and store it where it will protected from the environment and damage.


84

Table 3 Safe Working Load for Wire Rope*

Safe Working Load (tons) + Rope Size Straight Choke Basket (inches) Pull Hitch Hitch

3/8 1.1 .8 2.2 7/16 1.5 1.1 3.0 ½ 2.0 1.5 4.0 9/16 2.5 1.8 5.0 5/8 3.1 2.3 6.2 ¾ 4.5 3.3 9.0 7/8 6.5 4.8 13.0 1 7.9 5.9 15.8 * These Figures are for 6 x 37 improved plow steel, fiber core, mechanical eye splice. This chart does not apply to crane reeving. + In tons of 2,000 lb with a design factor of 5. SAFETY NETS Safety nets are required when workplaces are more than 25 feet above the surface and the use of ladders, scaffolding, catch platforms, temporary floors or body harnesses/lanyards are impractical. SCAFFOLDS (GENERAL)

Scaffolding will be erected, dismantled, moved or altered under the supervision of a competent person who will remain on site during these operations. The competent person will inspect the scaffolding before each shift. All scaffolds will be tagged with a green tag indicating “Safe for Use”, a yellow Tag indicating restricted use “100% Tie-Off Required” or a red tag indicating, “Danger, Do Not Use”. Modifications by non-qualified personnel, unless under the direction of the competent person, shall be deemed a “serious” violation of the safety policy and may result in immediate termination.

The competent person must be qualified in scaffold erection, moving, dismantling or alteration, and will select only experienced and trained employees to perform such work.

Scaffolds will be capable of supporting 4 times maximum intended load and will be erected on, sound, rigid footing, capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement.

The footing or anchorage for scaffolds shall be sound, ridig and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Unstable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick or concrete blocks shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks.

A “Scaffold Planning Checklist” shall be completed........ All employees working on scaffolding at or above six feet must be protected from falling

by either a standard guardrail system or personal fall arrest system. Overhead protection must be provided for men on a scaffold exposed to overhead

hazards.


85

When space permits, all scaffold platforms must be equipped with standard 42-inch-high guardrails, rigidly secured, (not wired) and standard 21-inch-high midrails, completely decked with scaffold-grade planks or manufactured scaffold decking and rigidly secured toe boards on all four sides.

Standard railing will be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms. Exceptions to this would be needle beam scaffolds and floats which require the use of safety harnesses. All scaffolds will have standard railing installed on all sides and ends.

Toeboards and/or a screen with maximum 2 inch openings will be used to provide protection from falling objects.

Planking will be scaffold grade, or equivalent, as recognized by approved grading rules for the species of wood used.

Overlap scaffold planking a minimum of 12 inches or secure from movement (clips). Only trained personnel shall be allowed to work on any Milton J. Wood scaffolding.

Training must address scaffolding hazards, fall protection, scaffold use, load restrictions, and climbing requirements. Training must be completed prior to scaffold use and be repeated at least once every three years, if conditions or scaffolding types change, and if the employee is involved in a scaffolding incident that was caused by unsafe use.

Scaffold planks will extend over and supports not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches.

Scaffolding and accessories with defective parts will be immediately replaced or repaired. Only Milton J. Wood employees shall be allowed to use scaffolding that is owned, leased

or rented by Milton J. Wood. Tag lines shall be used to hoist materials to prevent contact with the scaffold.

-SUPPORTED SCAFFOLDS

Platforms will be tightly planked with full width of scaffold, except for necessary opening. Platforms will be secured in place.

Scaffolds will be properly braced by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or both, for securing vertical members so erected scaffolding is plumb, square and rigid. All brace connections will be made secure which includes secure the pins with a device to restrict displacement

Suitable access must be used when scaffold platforms are more than two feet above or below the point of access. Cross braces can not be used as a means of access not even in assembly or dismantling operations.

Scaffolding will be tied off or stabilized with outriggers when its height is more that three (3) times the smaller dimension of the base.

Riding scaffolds is strictly prohibited

--SCAFFOLDS (SWINGING) On suspension scaffolds designed for a working load of 500 pounds, no more than two persons will be permitted to work at one time. Working load 750 pounds - 3 person maximum. Each employee must wear an approved safety harness attached to an independent lifeline. The lifeline will be securely attached to substantial members of the structure (NOT SCAFFOLD), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the employee in case of a fall.


86

--UNDER HUNG SCAFFOLDING

Suspension points of hanger tubes shall be securely fixed to prevent their being dislodged by all potential forces acting upon them.

When a hanger tube is coupled to a horizontal tube that is placed across the top of a supporting beam, a second horizontal tube shall be attached underneath the supporting beam with a pair of girder couplers. Both horizontal tubes shall be attached to the hanger tube with right-angle couplers.

Check (safety) couplers shall be installed at the tops and bottoms of all hanger tubes. Check(safety) couplers shall also be installed directly beneath all trapeze tubes.

Whenever possible, vertical hanger tubes should be in one length. Where joints are necessary, the tubes should be single lapped using at least four couplers.

Trapeze tubes shall be installed approximately 2 feet below the runners (ledgers) to assist in erection, modification and dismantling and also to serve as a secondary support should the runner slip.

Runners and bearers (transoms) shall be coupled to hanger tubes using right-angle (non-adjustable) couplers.

Hanger tube spacing shall comply with the tube and coupler post spacing requirements for the load duty of scaffold.

At least one board bearer (intermediate transom) shall be installed when the hanger tube spacing is more than five feet apart in the longitudinal direction.

Only drop-forged girder couplers shall be used for the support of hanging scaffolds. Pressed girder couplers shall not be used for the support of hanging scaffolds.

-- UNDER HUNG SCAFFOLDING SUSPENDED BY WIRE ROPE A working platform shall have at least six suspension points evenly spaced and kept

taut, and shall be tied or otherwise secured to prevent swaying. Each wire rope or cable suspending an underhung scaffold, including connecting

hardware, shall be capable of supporting without failure at least six times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that rope.

Wire suspension ropes shall be a minimum of 3/18” diameter. When an underhung scaffold is suspended by wire rope, such wire rope shall lbe

wrapped at least twice around the supporting members and twice around the bearers (ledgers) of the scaffold.

Softeners shall be used to prevent rubbing action between wire suspension ropes and supporting members and to protect supporting members.

Splices in wire ropes used to support an underhung scaffold are not permitted. The use of repairede rope to suspend an underhung scaffold is prohibited. Wire ropes shall be inspected for defects prior to each work shift and after every

reoccurrence which could affect a rope’s integrity. Wire ropes shall be replaced, if any of the following conditions exist.

o Any physical damage that impairs the function or strength of the rope. o Abrasion, corrosion, scrubbing, flattening or peening which has caused loss of

more than one quarter of the original diameter of the outside wires. o Heat damage caused by a torch or any damage caused by contact with

electrical wires.


87

Spacing of wire ropes used to carry the scaffold load shall comply with the post spacing requirements for the duty of scaffold.

Suspension wire ropes shall be shielded from heat producing processes. When acids ors other corrosive substances are used on a scaffold, the ropes shall be shielded, treated to protect against the corrosive substances, or shall be of a material that will not be damaged by the substance used.

Underhung scaffolds supported by wire ropes shall be tied or otherwise secured to prevent it from swaying.

When using wire rope clips: o Install a minimum of three clips at the load end and three clips at the

attachment end of each wire rope. Clips shall be spaced a minimum of six rope diameters apart.

o Install clips according to manufacturer’s instruction. Clips shall be retightened to the manufacturer’s recommendation after initial loading.

o Clips shall be inspected and retightened to the manufacturer’s recommendations at the start of each work shift thereafter.

o When using wire rope clips make sure the U bolt is placed over the dead end of the rope and the bridge (saddle) is placed over the loaded end of the rope. Remember: Never saddle a dead horse.

--CRITICAL SCAFFOLDING The following scaffold is considered to be “Critical” and requires a scaffolding plan that has been reviewed by a structural engineer.

Scaffolding over 125 feet tall Any scaffold cantilevered by more than ten feet. Any scaffold (except tank bracket scaffolds) with a total platform area over 320

square feet that is supported by or hung from an existing structure or is within ten feet of any other scaffold supported by or hung from the same structure.

Any scaffold supporting loads greater than 50 psf, including piping, equipment, masonry, new or existing structures, or loads other than workers and their materials.

Any scaffold supported by or hung from one or more outrigger beams. Any scaffold supported by or hung from wind girders or roofs of floating roof tanks.

--SCAFFOLD PLANS When required, a scaffold plan, which includes a design and layout package sufficient to erect a complete scaffold must be submitted to review by the project manager. In should include drawings, design loads, fittings, etc. (including structural calculations required for Special Scaffolds or when requested for other scaffolds.

SMOKING POLICY Smoking is permitted in designated areas only. If you have any questions where these areas are, ask your supervisor. If smoking is prohibited in your work area, smoking will be limited to break times only. (If the local collective bargained agreement addresses this issue, the agreement will be honored.) Some states have smoking restrictions. Milton J. Wood will adhere to all state laws regarding smoking.


88

STAIRS Flights of stairs having four or more risers will be equipped with standard stair railing or handrails as specified below. Less than 44 inches wide - one side open - must have one stair railing on the open side Less than 44 inches wide but less than 88 inches wide - must have one handrail on each

enclosed side and one stair railing on each open side. On all structures 20 feet or more in height, stairways, ladders or ramps will be provided. Rise height and tread width will be uniform throughout any flight of stairs. STORAGE All materials stored in tiers will be secured to prevent sliding, falling or collapse. Aisles and passageways will be kept clear and in good repair. Stored materials will not obstruct exits. TOILETS Job site facilities will be provided according to the following:

20 employees or less - 1 toilet 20 employees or more - l toilet and 1 urinal per 40 workers 200 employees or more - 1 toilet and 1 urinal per 50 workers

TOOLS Employees shall not use unsafe or damaged tools. Repair or replace damaged tools immediately.

Hand Tools Make sure the right tool is used for the job Keep tools in good operating condition – sharp, clean, oiled, dressed, etc. Keep tools that are subject to impact (chisel, caulking irons, star drills, etc.,)

which tend to mushroom, dressed to avoid flying spalls. Do not force tools beyond their rated capacity. Use larger wrenches, heat,

penetrating oil, etc. Do not use Cheaters or job made tools. Use tool holders when driving stakes and wedges and when using star drills, bull

points and similar tools. Do not carry pointed tools in pockets. Power Tools Loose clothing, long hair that is not tied back, gloves, rings and other jewelry

shall not be worn around rotating equipment. Sleeves should be kept buttoned or rolled up.

Power tools should not be operated without proper training and instruction. Each power tool shall be inspected before use. Defective tools, (tools with

defective parts, loose fittings, and frayed or cut electrical cords, etc.) should be tagged and taken out of service.

All tools shall be used with the correct shield, guard, or attachment recommended by the manufacturer.

Interlocking devices shall be in working order and shall never be bypassed.


89

All portions of band saw blades will be enclosed or guarded, except for the working portion of blades between bottom of guide rolls and table. Workers will wear goggles when operating any saw.

Chain saws - operators must wear protective chaps. Portable, power driven circular saws will be equipped with guards above and

below the base plate or shoe Radical saws will have a guard which permanently encloses the upper half of the

blade. When used for ripping, it must have non-kickback fingers or dogs. Never attempt to change parts, blades or guards without first disconnecting the

power source. Portable electrical tools shall be grounded unless “double insulated”. Ground fault interrupters (GFCIs) shall be used on all extension cords and

portable electrical tools. Stationary grinders must have safety guards strong enough to withstand bursting

wheels. The gap between the tool rest and the wheel cannot exceed 1/8 inch. The tongue guard must be adjusted to within ¼ inch of the wheel. Signage near the grinder should read, “Danger, Wear Eye Protection When Grinding.”

Any pneumatic hose exceeding 1/2” ID shall have a safety device at the source of the branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure.

Secure pneumatic tools to the hose in a positive manner to prevent accidental disconnection. Install and maintain safety clips or retainers on pneumatic tools at all Chicago fittings to prevent attachments from being accidentally expelled.

All fuel-powered tools used inside of buildings require special consideration regarding ventilation, noise, refueling, etc.

Operation Hazards Torque is the circular or rotating motion in tools such as drills, impact wrenches,

and saws that result in a strong twisting force. Jamming can cause serious injury. Have a good footing, use two hands, be ready to release the power switch or trigger. Watch for “coasting” or “idling” motion.

Flying objects can result from operating almost any power tool. Use eye/face protection and warn others working in close proximity to also wear eye and face protection.

Rotating Equipment and abrasive wheel machinery can cause serious injury to employees whose clothing, hair or accessories get caught in the equipment. Wear suitable clothing, keep hair short or tied back and do not wear loose or dangling jewelry. Make sure all guards are in place before use.

Contact with moving parts can be hazardous. Never touch a power part unless the power source is disconnected. Beware of others around you. Stay out of the “line of fire”. Keep loose clothing, jewelry and/or hair away from rotating equipment. Use clamps or vises to hold work wherever possible.

Electrical shock can be fatal. Make sure all cords are in good condition and grounds are in place. Use GFIs on all power tools.

Fire hazards are constantly present. Keep your work area clean and free of oil, rags, flammables and other fire hazards. Know where fire extinguishers are located and how to use them.


90

Bad tool condition can cause serious injury. Inspect each tool before use. Do not use any tool with missing parts (i.e. guards, handles, etc.) If a tool is damaged or is not working properly, red tag it as defective and remove it from service.

Pressurized air and pressurized water can cause severe cuts. Do not use either of these on yourself or other personnel.

Inspections Each employee should perform a visual inspection of each tool before use. Inspect each work area before work begins.

VIOLENCE, THREATS IN THE WORKPLACE All types of workplace violence (fights and/or threats of violence) will be taken very serious by M J Wood and will not be tolerated. All incidents involving threats or violence will be thoroughly investigated and violators may be subject to discipline up to and including discharge. Any reports of violence or threats must be directed to the Safety Director o


91

OFFICE SAFETY

1. Desk and file cabinet drawers as well as bookcase drawers should be closed when not in

use. This reduces the chances of a person bumping into them or tipping over. 2. File drawers and storage cabinets should contain heavier items at the bottom to make

them more stable and reduce the possibility of tipping over. 3. Keep floor surfaces uncluttered. Paper, pencils, paper clips, rubber clips, rubber bands

and similar objects on hard surface floors present slipping hazards. 4. Loose or missing floor tiles should be repaired. Carpet/floor mats with turned up edges

or wrinkles should be attached/turned over to the floor so they are flat. 5. Keep extension cords out of aisles and walking surfaces. Extension cords should not be

used permanently. 6. Don’t allow large amounts of paper trash to pile up around your work station. This

creates a fire hazard. 7. Be sure that office machines and coffee pots are turned off at the end of the day. 8. Use handles to open doors, file cabinets and drawers. Never push against glass panels to

open up doors. 9. Have frayed electrical cords replaced or repaired. 10. Be careful with portable heaters. Assure they are not placed too close to combustible

material such as files, plastic or waste cans. 11. Fire exit doors must be unlocked and unblocked at all times. 12. The storage of boxes where means of egress is blocked, IE, walkways and hallways is

prohibited.


92

SHOP MECHANIC’S SAFETY 1. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) should be worn at all times while spray painting.

PPE consists of masks approved by the Safety Director which are provided by the company. Filters in all masks should be changed at least monthly or more often if needed. Any employee that remains in the area while spray painting is in progress, should wear an approved mask. A white dust mask is not approved for use with painting. If your help is not required while spray painting is in progress, leave the area.

2. When operating the hoist, make all adjustments prior to lifting the load. 3. Store oily and gas soaked rags in a metal container with a tight fitting lid. 4. Steel-toed shoes should be worn by all employees. 5. Dispose of cigarette butts in approved containers, not in a trash can or on the floor. 6. When a vehicle is jacked up for maintenance, NEVER get under a vehicle unless the jack

is secure and jack stands are set properly. Pinning the hydraulic jack is also required. 7. Face shields are required when sanding or grinding, Respiratory protection may also be needed. 8. Never smoke while mixing/using chemicals or paint. If you are in an area where

chemicals or paint are being used, do not smoke in that area. 9. Compressed gas cylinders should be chained or secured on a cart. Acetylene and Oxygen

cylinders should be stored with a 25 foot separation. 10. All safety guards on equipment such as grinders, saws, etc., should be installed and used

in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines. Eye protection should be worn while grinding and the tool rest should be within 1/8" of the grinding surface.

11. Assure all vehicles and equipment which is out of service is marked accordingly. 12. When broken down/changing tires on or near a roadway, always put up reflectors and get

out of the road if possible. Also, have someone watch for traffic and direct the traffic away from you. If you must remain in the roadway, contact a law enforcement agency to illuminate your position.

1

M J Wood Corporate Manual Revised 12/09 94

Section V-Specialized Safety Programs

Program 1 Hazard Communication Program Program 2 Bloodborne Pathogen Program Program 3 Confined Space Entry Program Program 4 Health Hazard Awareness Program Program 5 Emergency Response Program Program 6 Respiratory Protection Program Program 7 Fall Protection Program Program 8 Personal Protective Equipment Program Program 9 Excavation and Trenching Program Program 10 Working Over Water / Sheet Pile Operations Program 11 Hot Work / Fire Prevention Procedures Program 12 Security Program Program 13 Lockout / Tagout Program Program 14 Barricading Procedure Program 15 Hearing Conservation Program Program 16 Safety Policy for Forklift Operators Program 17 Safe Rigging Procedures Program 18 Tool and Equipment Inspection Procedure Program 19 Line Breaking Procedure & Pressurized Vessel Entry Program 20 Job Hazard Analysis Program 21 Reserved Scaffold Planning (under development) Program 22 Hexa Chrome Program 23 Reserved Program 24 Asbestos Program 25 Process Safety Management Program 26 Basic First Aid Procedures

M J Wood Consolidated Revised 12/09 Hazard Communication Program Revision: 6 Issued: 08/05

94

HAZARD COMMUNICATION PLAN

Table of Contents

1. Company Policy Statement 2. Hazard Communication Program Coordinator 3. Written Company Hazard Communication Plan

Introduction Hazard Communication Program Coordinator Hazard Assessment Procedures Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) List of Hazardous Chemicals Labels and Other Forms of Warning Employee Information and Training Methods to Inform Contractors of Hazards Subcontractor’s Hazard Communication Program Non-Routine Tasks Multiple On-Site Employers

4. Exhibits Exhibit A - Sample MSDS Request Letter Exhibit B – MSDS Request Form Exhibit C - Milton J. Wood Approved Chemical List

Exhibit E - OSHA Hazcom Standard – Employee Rights & Responsibilities Exhibit F - Notice for Field Bulletin Board


95

Company Policy

The employees of this company are our most valuable asset. It is the express policy of this Company to protect the health, safety, and welfare of our employees in every conceivable way. To this end, we have prepared this Company Safety Policy, or “Hazard Communication Plan,” regarding hazardous chemicals, to make all employees aware of the potential hazards of the chemicals in the workplace. All current and future employees will be trained in the safe use of these chemicals. Strict compliance with the procedures in this program is required of all employees. Failure to comply will be grounds for termination. A copy of this written hazard communication plan with all Material Safety Data Sheets will be kept in the main office and will be available for inspection by any of our employees during normal business days and hours. Milton J. Wood Company Milton J. Wood Fire Protection, Inc.

Mark S. Wood Chief Executive Officer


96

Hazard Communication Program Coordinator

The Milton J. Wood Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) is Joan Haynes. She is located at our main office in Jacksonville, Florida. She is responsible for administrating and overseeing the plan Hazard Communication Plan is initiated and adhered to. In the event this person is unable to perform her duties, another capable person will be immediately appointed by Company Management to assume these duties. The duties of the Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) are: Develop an initial inventory of all hazardous chemicals that workers may be exposed to

during normal work procedures or in the case of emergencies such as leaks and spills. She must continually update this inventory to insure that it is current at all times.

Insure that as chemicals/toxic substances are purchased, they are added to the inventory list, properly labeled, and that Material Safety Data Sheets are properly filed with this plan.

Insure that all containers of hazardous chemicals are properly labeled containing the following information: - The identity of the hazardous chemical - The appropriate hazard warnings and safety precautions - The name, address, and phone number of the suppliers - First aid instructions - Container disposal methods if the contents are corrosive, toxic or caustic.

Insure that a file of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) is maintained with this plan on all hazardous chemicals for the present and future years.

Insure that there is clear communication between the Purchasing and Receiving Departments and the Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC).

Develop and maintain an employee training program to instruct employees on the safe use of hazardous chemicals, maintain a training file on employees trained, and conduct annual training sessions.

Periodically check employment records to insure that all new employees have received training.

Hold annual review training courses for all employees.


97

Written Hazard Communication Plan

INTRODUCTION In order to comply with the federal and various state laws on Hazard Communications, Milton J. Wood has developed a Written Hazard Communication Plan to ensure that all our employees are informed of hazardous chemicals known to be at the jobsites. We will make every effort to provide our employees a reasonably safe place in which to work. It is also the intent of Milton J. Wood to instruct our employees of the proper techniques of handling these substances. A copy of Milton J. Wood’s Written Hazard Communication Plan will be on file at the main office and all jobsites. Copies are available to employees, subcontractors, and representatives of the Department of Labor from our designated Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC). This program has been adopted as part of Milton J. Wood’s Safety Policy. HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM COORDINATOR Joan Haynes has been designated as Milton J. Wood’s Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC), and will be located at the main office in Jacksonville. At each jobsite, the HazCom Coordinator will be the project superintendent or his safety designee. The Jobsite HazCom Coordinator shall be responsible for: Notifying each site subcontractor of the applicability of this procedure. Advising and verifying subcontractors on site that a hazardous material will be introduced to

the site. Providing Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) to employees, if requested. Verifying all Milton J. Wood employees at that site have been informed and trained in the

safe use of hazardous materials during work tasks. Using only chemicals from the approved chemical list. Ensuring the chemical list is job-site specific. (This is accomplished by high-lighting only

those chemicals used by your job site from the company wide chemical list.) Obtaining approval from the HCPC before introducing any new hazardous materials to the

job site.


98

HAZARD ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES Milton J. Wood will rely on the manufacturers to evaluate the various hazards of the chemicals that are being used on the designated jobsites. The Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) will accept the information provided on the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). If information is missing, the Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) will request it from the supplier in writing. Copies of all such correspondence will be kept in a master file in the Milton J. Wood’s main office, or jobsite office if applicable, and open to review by interested parties during normal business hours. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) The Hazard Communication Program Coordinator, Joan Haynes, is responsible for establishing and monitoring the company MSDS program. She will make sure procedures are developed to obtain the necessary MSDSs and will review incoming MSDSs for new or significant health and safety information. She will see any new information is passed on to the affected employees. Copies of MSDSs for all hazardous chemicals will be available through the jobsite office and are open to review by all interested parties during normal working days/hours. This shall include copies of all subcontractor MSDSs as required for materials they have on site. PAPERLESS MSDS PROGRAM Milton J. Wood has made their MSDS library available on their WEB site, for a paperless compliance program. This program helps us to ensure that we have current MSDS information available at all times. This service can be used via link and provides fast, current MSDS information 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. There are three ways to access this program;

Log on to the Milton J.Wood web site. Click on the link labeled “Safety” then follow direction to the chemical list and print the selected MSDS. Call the Main Office or any satellite office for the Project Manager during normal working hours: 904-353-4055 Jacksonville 912-964-2155 Savannah 863-648-0775 Lakeland (Please fax, e-mail or mail requests of more than nine MSDS) (See Exhibit B) Utilize MSDS CD provided to each superintendent in the “Job Box”


99

DO NOT FAX EMERGENCY REQUESTS – CALL IMMEDIATELY HOW TO REQUEST AN MSDS: To request a material safety data sheet (MSDS) simply complete an MSDS request form (See Exhibit A) - then call, fax or e-mail or mail to the Project Manager or Safety person. Please provide as much of the following information as possible. Product name Manufacturer name Product number UPC code (if available) Our Client ID Number is MILJ01 You can also request an MSDS from the vendor or supplier. If you use this method, you must also send a copy to the safety director at the Jacksonville office. DETERMINE THE TYPE OF MSDS REQUEST: Emergency Request – Immediate to 15 minutes Poisoning/ Chemical Exposure Chemical Spill Human or Environmental Contamination Fire Urgent Request – Immediate to 30 minutes Regulatory Agency Requests (OSHA, EPA, fire department) Rush Reports – Immediate to 3 hours Employee requests – (non-emergency) Standard Request – Immediate to 24 hours Client Requests Contractor Requests Mail Requests – Rush: mailed within 24 hours – Standard: mailed within 3 business days. Requests of 10 or more Material Safety Data Sheets. Each foreman will monitor his employees under his direct supervision for proper training and proper precautions prior to the materials introduction to the jobsite. The Material Safety Data Sheet will be the primary source of information. It is highly recommended that a hard copy of each chemical you plan to use be printed and kept at the job site.


100

LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS A list of hazardous chemicals used at the jobsite will be posted on the bulletin board in the Milton J. Wood jobsite trailer, and an updated list will be distributed at the general safety meetings. Only chemicals on the approved chemical list may be used on Milton J. Wood job sites. It is the responsibility of the job site superintendent to review the chemical list in Exhibit C of this program and highlight the chemicals that are approved for his job site. Any job sites wishing to use a chemical not on the approved list must send a written request to the HCPC. The HCPC will obtain a current MSDS on the product and if possible approve it for use on our jobsites. It will then be added to the approved chemical list. Chemicals must be approved PRIOR to their use on any Milton J. Wood job site. LABELS AND OTHER FORMS OF WARNING There are several methods that can be used to address the appropriate hazard warnings such as, words, pictures, symbols, or combinations of both. Since chemical manufacturers are required to label their containers of hazardous chemicals, we will use these labels as our primary means of labeling. Do not remove labels. All M. J. Wood Consolidated employees speak and understand English. The Hazard Communication Coordinators (HCPCs) are responsible for ensuring that all containers are labeled. If a label is missing or illegible, notify the HCPC or superintendent immediately. The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will be used as a temporary label to assure easy identification of the product and reduce the chance of error. Labels are not to be removed from any container or defaced in any manner. Labels are not required on portable containers into which hazardous chemicals are transferred from labeled containers and which are intended only for immediate use of the employees who perform the transfer. Unlabeled containers are not to be left unattended. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING Training relative to the Hazard Communication Standard 1926-59 CFR is the responsibility of the job superintendent or his safety designee and foremen. The Hazard Communication Program Coordinator will assure that all the requirements are met. Initial employment training shall include: OSHA Hazcom Standard – Employee Rights & Responsibilities (See Exhibit D) Milton J. Wood’s Hazard Communication Plan Labeling System Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Availability and Interpretation Use of Personal Protective Equipment Storage and Handling Practices.


101

Training prior to the hazardous material being introduced to the worksite or at the time of employment if such material already exists at the worksite shall consist of: List of chemicals used at worksite Symptoms associated with over-exposure Personal protection needed Standard operating procedure Storage and handling procedures Emergency procedures New hires will verify they have received and understood this training by signing the “Receipt of Corporate Safety Policy and Training” section of the W-4. All subsequent training shall be documented on a Milton J. Wood Training Sheet. Initial training will be conducted and affirmed by the Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) and/or field superintendents. Weekly “toolbox” meetings conducted by the foremen will provide additional training and review of the hazards and precautions associated with various substances. The project superintendent or HCPC will review all such “toolbox” meeting notes to determine appropriate information is being discussed at these meetings. METHODS TO INFORM CONTRACTORS ABOUT HAZARDS The Milton J. Wood project superintendent will request a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) from all subcontractors on the project be presented to him seven days prior to the introduction of the hazardous material on the jobsite to assist in evaluation of potential exposures and ensure that all the contractor’s employees are provided with the necessary information. If a subcontractor has not provided a MSDS to the Milton J. Wood job superintendent or Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) representative prior to its introduction to the jobsite, the superintendent will require the subcontractor to produce such Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) immediately. If the Material Safety Data Sheet is still not produced, the project superintendent will notify the Company Safety Director to determine further handling of the situation. A list of hazardous materials on the jobsite will be maintained in the job superintendent’s office and it will be distributed at the general safety meetings. Cooperation from all contractors on site in this matter will assist everyone in providing a safe jobsite, and complying with the Hazard Communication Standard’s requirements. SUBCONTRACTOR’S HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM It is the responsibility of all subcontractors on Milton J. Wood project sites to have their own Written Hazard Communication Plan and to comply with all relative federal and state laws.

Subcontractors shall provide a copy of this program to the Milton J. Wood project superintendent upon arrival at the project for initial work. This copy will be kept in a master file in the project office.


102

NON-ROUTINE TASKS Periodically, employees are required to perform hazardous non-routine tasks. These might include: confined space entry, tank cleaning, and paint reactor vessels. Prior to starting work on such projects, each affected employee will be given information by the supervisor about the hazardous chemicals he/she may encounter during such activity. This information will include specific chemical hazards, protective and safety measures the employee is to use, and steps the company has taken to reduce the hazards, including ventilation, respirators, presence of another employee and emergency procedures. If the supervisor has any questions, he must consult with other management personnel and the Hazard Communication Program Coordinator for assistance. MULTIPLE ON-SITE EMPLOYERS If a workplace has multiple employers, the following procedure should be followed by a Hazard Communication Program Coordinator (HCPC) Obtain a list of all subcontractors on the project and the names of the supervisors on the

jobsite from the general contractor. Notify the supervisors and the general contractor by written memo of the availability and

location of Milton J. Wood’s: - Hazardous Chemical Inventory List - Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) - Written Hazard Communication Program

All of the above will be available through the field office on the jobsite and also through the main office location.

Any questions should be addressed to the Corporate Safety Director, Hazard Communication Program Coordinator, P.O. Box 52088., Jacksonville, Florida 32201, (904) 353-5527. A notice will be posted on the bulletin board at our field office which is accessible to all

employees on the jobsite giving the location of this information. (See Exhibit E)


103

EXHIBIT A

SAMPLE MSDS REQUEST LETTER (DATE) XYZ Chemical Company 100 Main Street Anytown, USA 12345 Attention: Customer Service RE: Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

(Product) Gentlemen: Please send a copy of your Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for the above reference product, which we purchased. The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is required for compliance with the federal and state laws dealing with hazardous and toxic substances. Please send this information to:

Joan Haynes MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY PO Box 52088 Jacksonville, FL 32201

If this product does not require a Material Safety Data Sheet, please notify us in writing. Very truly yours, MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY Mark S. Wood Chief Executive Officer MSW/cc cc: (Job Superintendent)


104

EXHIBIT B

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET REQUEST FORM

INFORMATION REQUESTED BY: Request Date:

Requested By:

Location:

Phone No:

Fax: No:

THE MSDS WILL BE USED BY: (IMPORTANT, PLEASE CHECK ONE) Employee: Client: Emergency: Subcontractor: Other: SEND MSDA VIA: FAX MAIL EMAIL CURRIER

PLEASE INDICATE RESPONSE TIME REQESTED: MAIL: 3 DAYS URGENT: Immediate to 30 minutes FAX: 24 hours (25 Max) EMERGENCY: CALL IMMEDIATELY: EMAIL: 24 hours (10 max) RUSH FAX Or EMAIL Immediate to 3 hours

MSDS REQUESTED: Provide as much information as possible Full Label Name Manufacturer UPC Code Number Manufacturer’s Phone


105

EXHIBIT C APPROVED CHEMICAL LIST

Light Water AFFF-Foam Scotchkote Brand Electrical Coatings Scotchkote 413/215 PC Weather-strip Adhesive Super AFFF-Foam APC Epoxy Resin A&B Magna Crete Activator Magna Crete Magna Grout Concrete Mortar 2033 an Mortar Catalyst 2033 Anti Seize Napa Chain Lube Napa Open Gear Lube Brite Galvanizer Zinc Rich Galvanize 141 Acetone Acetylene Antifreeze Argon Carbon Dioxide Gas Compressed Air Copper Helium Mineral Spirits Nitrogen Oxygen Propane Gas LP Silica Quartz Waterstop RX Akwastop Amerccoat Cure Amerlock Cure Amerlock Resin Amercoat Resin Amercoat Thinner AFFF-Standard 3% Foam Carbon Dioxide Gas Fooray Dry Chemical Extinguishing Agent Ardex SD-F Feather Finish Cement Grey Armstrong 520 Adhesive Armstrong AP Armaflex Products Pilobond 20 & 30 Napa Outboard 2 Cycle Motor Oil Hetron FR 992 Resin Mari Crete Ben Moore Epoxy Thinner Industrial Maint Ben Moore Latex Block Filler Industrial Maint Fiberglass Fabrics

3M Center 3M Center 3M Center 3M Center 3m Enter/Specialty Chemical Div Advanced Polymer concepts Advanced Polymer Sciences, Inc Advanced Polymer Sciences, Inc Advanced Polymer Sciences, Inc Aerosol Systems Inc Aerosol Systems, Inc Aerosol Systems, Inc Aervoe-Pacific Co Aervoe-Pacific Co ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL American Colloid Co American Colloid Company Ameron Protective Coatings Ameron Protective Coatings Ameron Protective Coatings Ameron Protective Coatings Ameron Protective Coatings Ansul Fire Protection Ansul Fire Protection Ansul Firel Protection Ardex Inc. Armstrong World Ind, Inc Armstrong World Ind, Inc Ashland Chemcial Company Ashland Chemical co Ashland Chemical Inc Atlas Minerals & Chemicals Inc Benjamin Moore & Co Benjamin Moore & Co BGF Industries, Inc


106

Concrete Aggregate/Sand or Gravel Concrete Block Portland Cements Clear Magic Bonsal F-77 Construction Grout Bonsal Vinyl Concrete Patcher Bonsal Fast Set Portland Cement Bonsal Surface bonding Cement Krazy Glue Regular Elmer's Carpenter's Exterior Wood Filler Elmer's Carpenter's Wood Glue Elmer's Concrete Bonder Nev-Sz Reg NS40 Anti Rust Coatings Oatey CPVC Cement Oatey HD Clear Solvent Cement Silathane Alkyd Enamel Thinner 214 Urethane Converter 900 Zinc Filler Castrol Super Clean Cemex Type I, II, III, I/II Alloys-Fusible Premalube Red Cut-Thru Orgill Red Metal Primer Ogrill Gloss White Epoxy Delco 400 SAE 30 Dura-Lith Grease EP & EP2 Chevron Automatic Transmission Fluid Chevron AW Hydraulic Oil 32 Chevron AW Hydraulic Oil 46 Chevron Cylinder Oil 460X Chevron Delco 400 SAE 30 Chevron HS Diesel Fuel 2 Chevron LS Diesel Fuel 2 chevron Dura-Lith grease EP Chevron Dura-Lith Grease EP2 Chevron Gear Compound EP ISO 460 Chevron Metalworking Fluid Grade 502 Chevron RPM Universal Gear Lubricant Chevron Tractor Hydraulic Fluid Chevron Supreme Unleaded Gasoline Dirt Remover WB-Adhesive (Volclay) ASI Tape Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics Ease On Pipe Lubricant Corro-Flor

Blue Circle Aggregates, Inc Blue Circle Williams Bros Blue Circle/Williams Bros./ Blue Coral, Inc Bonsal, W.R., Co. Bonsal, W.R., Co. Bonsal, W.R., Co. Bonsal, W.R., Co. Borden Inc Borden, Inc Borden, Inc Borden, Inc Bostik, Inc Bowman Distribution Bowman Distribution Bowman Distribution Bruning Paint co Carboline Carboline Carobine Castrol, Inc Cemex Inc Cerro Metal Products Certified Labs, Div of NCH Certified Labs/Div of NCH Corp Chase Products Co Chase Products Co Chevron USA Products Co Chevron USA Products Co Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Chevron USA Products Co. Clean Advantage Colloid Environmental Technologies Compac Industries Composite Tech/WR Grace & Co Concord Chemical Co. Corro-Shield International Inc. Corro-Shield International Inc.


107

Intergard 410, 447, 543, 740, Interplus 356 Interthane 990 HS Porter International Finish Alkyd Gloss Porter 7546 Converter - Inertuf Thinner T-5 GTA 101 Thinner Cable Clean RD Napa 3-36 Bulk (3006, 3007, 3009, 3011) Napa 3-37 Aerosol (3004, 3005, 3005T) Napa 2-26 Bulk (02006, 02007, 02009, 02011) Napa 2-26 Aerosol (2004, 2005, 2005T) Napa/CRC Battery Cleaner Napa/CRC Extreme Duty Slicone Aerosol Napa/CRC Brakleen Aerosol Napa/CRC Heavy Duty Silicone Spray Napa/CRC QD Contact Cleaner Pultex 1500 Series (Plastics) Cold Galvanizing Compound 7007 Portland Cements I, II, III Portland Cements (White) Concrete Products Masonry Cement Stucco Cement Patching Plaster Trti-Sodium Phosphate Day Chem Sil-Cure (J-13) Napa DOT 3 Brake Fluid Multi Purpose Sealant Whistle Disinfectant, Degreaser, Cleaner Alkaline Batteries (AA, AAA, D & C) Black Liquor Burke Release #1 EZ Lacquer Thinner Tufchem Epoxy Risin Tufchem Grout Filler Tufchem Grout Hardener Elmer's Carpenter's Wood Glue Elmer's Glue-All Rez-Seal Super Rez Seal Euco Dry Pack N.S. Grout Euco 456 & 456S Epoxy Euco Floor Coat, Rez Seal, Pilocure (Super) Euco Hi-Mod Grout Euco Flexcon and Verticon Euco 456 Mortar Euco-Speed MP Euco Thin Coat, Concrete Coat, Verticoat Euco Top, Super Euco Top Steel-Crete

Courtaulds Coatings Courtaulds Coatings Courtaulds Coatings Courtaulds Coatings Courtaulds Coatings Courtaulds Coatings Courtaulds Coatings CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc CRC Industries, Inc Creative Pultrusions, Inc Crown CSR Rinker Materials CSR Rinker Materials CSR Rinker Materials CSR Rinker Materials CSR Rinker Materials Custom Building Products, Inc Custom Building Products, Inc Dayton Superior Dow Chemical USA Dow Corning Corp Drackett Professional/SC Johnson Duracel Ecusta div. PH Glatfelter co Edoco EE Zimmerman Co ELF Atochem North America ELF Atochem North America ELF Atochem North America Elmer’s Products, Inc Elmer’s Products, Inc Euclid Chemical Co Euclid Chemical co Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co.


108

Eucocrete Eucosil rust-Ban 373 STP Oil Treatment Lubriplate Chain & Cable Oil Lubriplate Gear Shield Five Star Structural Concrete V.O. Grinding Wheels, Depressed Center Cut Off Wheels/Deprssed Center Grinding Wheels Portland Cements I, II, III Cements Concrete Masonary Units Handi-Foam Quick Cure part a&B GE Silicone Rubber Solv-Free Cove Base Adh SS 525 Go-Jo Original Heavy Duty Hand Cleaner Halon 1301 & GLC 1381 Harris Welco 250 Flux TA-0210 TEC Silicone Sealer TA_0620 TEC Unsanded Accocolor Cement UR-2139-B Hewlett-Packard Canon EP Cartridge Air Tool Lubricant Hilti CB 120 Filler Foam Hilti CF 124 Filler Foam Hilti CFR-1 Cleaner HEA Hilti HIT C20, C100, HY150 Hilti Biogreaser MC 300, MC310 Hilti Safety Boosters Hilti Spray Lubricant Spray Lubricant Glass Felt #400-HMS Hobart Welding Rods CH 5448, CH6611, CH 6688 Welding Electrodes CH 5448, CH 6611 Protec 1, 2, 3, & 19 Protec 9, 10, & 20 Gas Ni-Rod Welding Electrodes and Cored Wire Napa Genuine Premiun R&O Hydraulic Oil Great Stuff Ramset Epcon System Resin & Hardener Fiberglass, Nonwoven Griffin Water Dispersible Pipe Joint Lubricant Steel Products TruLine Marking Chalk Kool Seal Coal Tar Roofing Pitch Seal Hard

Euclid Chemical Co. Euclid Chemical Co. Exxon Corp First Brands Corp Fiske Brothers Refining Co Fiske Brothers Refining Co Five Star Products FlexOvit USA inc FlexOvit USA, Inc Florida Mining & Materials Corp Florida Rock Florida Rock Fomo Products GE Silicones Gibson Homans Co/Balt. Div Go-Jo Industries Great Lakes Chemicals Harris Welco HB Fuller Co HB Fuller Co HB Fuller co Hewlett-Packard Co Hilti Corp Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti Inc. Hilti, Inc HMS Corp Hobart Brothers Co Hobart Welding Products Holox Holox Inco Alloys International Inc Industrial Lubricants, Inc Insta Foam Products ITW-Philadelphia Resins Corp JPS Converter & Industrial Corp JTM Products Inc JW Harris Co. Inc Johnson Level & Tool Manufacturing Kool Seal Inc Koppers Industries L & M Construction Chemicals Inc


109

Lysol disinfectant Spray Soapstone La-Co Loc Anerobic Pipe Thread Sealant La-Co Slic Tite Tape of Teflon Portland Cement, White Type 1 Aqua Kure Lambco 120 Lambco Plug Vibropruf Grout Gardseal Liquid Bonding Agent CB-950, CB-610 Blue Max FC 308L Flux Covered Electrode Fleetweld 5P Covered Electrode Fleetweld 180 Covered Electrode Jetweld LH-70 Covered Electrodes Red Baron Manual Electrodes Helium Mixture a-1025 Stargon Gas Loctite PST Pipe Sealant Loctite Retaining Compound Loctite Threadlocker 242, 262 L-Tec Tungsten Electrodes Liquid Nails Epoxy Coal Tar Magnaflux Spotcheck Cleaner/remover Magnaflux Spotcheck Developer Magnaflux Spotcheck Penetrant Magnabond Cerefelt Microlite Superwood Blanket Ultra/Bond ECO 575 Adhesive Marvel Mystery Oil Ceilcote Primer & Basecoat High Solids Kilz MM-30 Hawg Wash Miniwax Wood Finish Mobilmet Gamma Corvel Coating Powder Carbon, Alloy, Steels C/S Anit-Static Spray Conquest Cool Prep Cool Shield Diesel Guard Dura Gard Aerosol Fullback Gasgard Gex Plus Aerosol

L&F Products La-Co Industries inc/Markal Co La-Co Industries, Inc La-Co Industries, Inc La Cruz Azul SCL Lambert Corp Lambert Corp Lambert Corp Lambert Corp Lambert Corp of Florida Lanco Manufacturing Lincoln Electric Lincoln Electric Lincoln Electric Lincoln Electric Lincoln Electric Co Linde Div/Union Carbide Inc. Gasses Liquid Air Corp Loctite Corp Loctite Corp Loctite Corp L-Tec Welding & Cutting Systems Macco Adhesives Madewell Products, Corp Magnaflux Magnaflux Magnaflux Magnolia Plastics, Inc Manville Sales corp Manville Sales Corp Manville Sales Corp Mapei Corp Marvel Oil Company Inc Master Builders Materchem Industries, Inc Metzger/McBride Co milwaukee Electric Tool Corp MiniWax Company Inc Mobil Oil Corp Morton Powder Coatings Namasco National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH


110

Hy-Zinc Aerosol Lubrease Aerosol M/M Dermacoat M/M Quick Cure Maxi-Lube ND-150 Nu-Kote Resist-X Aerosol Trump Aerosol Voltz II Red Provantage Universal Gold 3% AFFF Foam Propane Gas Odorized Stainless Steel Bare Welding Wire Metallite R281 Sharpening Stones Oatey All Purpose Cement Oatey Black ABS Cement Oatey CPVC Solvent Cement Oatey CPVE Solvent Cement (Clear) Oatey Regular ABS Cement Oatey Regular PVC Solvent Cement (Clear) Oatey Clear Primer -NSF Oatey Gray Fast Set Cement Oatey Purple Primer/Cleaner Oatey PVC Cleaner Oatey Lo-Voc Purple Primer NSF Oatey Rain-R-Shine PVC Cement Oatey Dark Cutting Oil Fiberglass Products Asphalt Products Parabond C-60 Primer Parabond C-70 All Purpose Cleaner Parabond Solv-Free M-4269 Parabond P-18 Gray, Orange Parabond P-600 Clear Oatey Fast Set Cement Butyl Rubber Cement Percora Primer GC2, GC5, GC7 Acrylic Master Acrylic Maintenance Topcoat-Waterborn Industrial Engine Enamel - Hot Paint Hi-Point 90 Industrial Alkyd Enamel Gloss F/D Polyclutch Wash Primer Polyclutch Wash Primer - Acid Compound Polyclutch Wash Primer Thinner Comet Bathroom Cleaner Sure Klean 600 Detergent Mastomeric Q-126 Butle Tape

National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div of NCH National Chemsearch Div on NCH National Foam Inc National Propane Natweld Norton Company Norton Company Oatey Oatey Oatey/Bowman Dist. Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Oatey Owens Corning World Hdqters Owens-Corning Fiberglass corp Parabond Pipe Cement Co, Inc Parabond Pipe Cement Co, Inc Parabond Pipe Cement Co, Inc Parabond Pipe Cement Co, Inc Parabond Pipe Cement Co, Inc Paragon Building Products Pecora Corp Percora Corp Permite Corp Permite Corp Plasti-Kote Co., Inc. Polymer Additives Group PPG Industries, Inc PPG Industries, Inc PPG Industries, Inc PPG Industries, Inc Proctor & Gamble ProSo Co., Inc Q'SO Inc


111

Quaker State Itasca 2-Cycle Outboard Engine Oil Liquid Wrench No. 1 (Liquid/Aerosol) Tite-Seal No. 55 Gasket Gunk Orange Hand Cleaner Glass Fibre Products Rapid Tap New & Original Realton Thread Cutting Oil TCO-14 Thread Cutting Oil Dark Resist-A-Chem Resin, Primer/Bonding Agent Resist-A-Chem Resin, Sabre Gray Resist-A-Chem Thinner Alclad & Cladding Prod 1XXX, 4XXX, 7XXX Copper Sheet Plate Rod Bar Building Product Nickel Steel Products Galvanized Steel Steel Products Wrought Aluminum Alloy Products Rigid Delta Mineral Board Portland Cement (Type 1, 11, V) Vulkem 227/2245, 171, 116 Rust-Oleum Hard Hat Primers & Topcoats Rust-Oleum Hard Hat Fluorescent Topcoats Rust-Oleum Rust Convertor/Remover Rust-Oleum Safety Orange Rust-Oleum Stops Rust Brands Rust-Oleum White High Build Epoxy Raid Ant & Roach Killer (Pressurized) Fiberglass Mats Sheila Shine Liquid Color Works polyureythene Gloss Enamel Industrial Enamel OSHA Orange Sherman William Reducers Spray On Latex Special Purpose Finishes Spray On/Krylon High Heat Resistant Paints Spray On Industrial Maintenance/Touch Up Spray Spray On/Specialty Spray Clear Coats/Varnishes Spray On Striping Paints VOC Compliant Spray On Tough Coat General Purpose and Misc. Spray On Welding Supplies Zinc Clad Coatings Bright Beauty Acrylic Engine Enamel Dupli-Color Enamels PrepRite Block Filler Promar 200 Alkyd Interior Finishes Napa/Spray on Belt Ease Belt Dressing

Quaker State Corp Radiator Specialty Company Radiator Specialty Co Radiator Specialty Co Regina-Fiberglas Limited Relton Corp Relton Corp Relton Corp Resist-A-Chem, Inc Resist-A-Chem, Inc Resist-A-Chem, Inc Reynolds Metal Co Reynolds Metal Company Reynolds Metals Co Reynolds Metals Company Reynolds Metals Company Reynolds Metals Company Ridge Tool Co Rock Wool Manufacturing Co. Royal Cement Co. RPM Mameco International Rust-Oleum Corp Rust-Oleum Corp Rust-Oleum Corp Rust-Oleum Corp Rust-Oleum Corp Rust-Oleum Corp SC Johnson Wax Schuller International Inc Shelia Shine Inc Sherman & Williams/Krylon Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Sherman Williams Co Sherman Williams Co Sherman Williams Co Sherman Williams Co Sherman Williams/ Spray On Products


112

Nu-Hue Enamels Krylon Int/Ext Enamel or Engine Color Krylon Carv PCV Valve/Choke Cleaner Krylon High Heat Resistant Paint Krylon Ind. Maintenance/Touch Up Paint Krylon Speciality Clear Coatings/Varnishes Krylon Striping Paints VOC Compliant Krylon Tough Coat Krylon/Spray on Welding Supplies Great Day Enamels Upside Down Marking Paint Sikadur 31, 32,35, 42, 52 Sikaflex 2c MS/SL Colorpacks Sikaflex Primer 260/205 Diesel Fuel Conditioner Thinner PMS-33 PT DOT 3 Brake Fluid Lubriguard High Solids Enamel Portland Cement Grout (Unhardened) Tap Magic EP-Xltra Formula Tap Magic Original Tap Magic Aluminum Cutting Fluid Muratic Acid Simple Green Superior Flux No 9, 97 Cure & Hard Cure & Seal 12% Cure & Seal 18& Symones Full Tilt Havoline Outboard 2 Cycle Engine Oil Havoline Superior Grade 20W-50 Texclad 2 Texsolve S Vanguard 1000 Thoropatch Waterplug Acrylic 60 Trane Co Executive Enamel Carbon Steel Wire Brushes Coated Abrasives Grinding Wheels Etc. Color Creations Satin Spray Aerosol Paint Color Creations Spray Enamel Wal- Mart Best Rust Control Spray Enamel Uniweld CPVC Cement Gray, Orange Durlock Latex Fortified Grout & Joint Filler Gypsum Cement A-10 Napa/Valvolene AC 10W40 Napa/Valvolene ATF Dexron IIE/Mercon

Sherman Williams/ Spray On Products Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Diversified Brands Sherman Williams/Krylon Division Sherman Williams/Spray On Products Sika Corp Sika Corp Sika Corp Silco Southern Coatings Specialty Oil Company Specialty Oil Company Spray On Products Stebbins Eng./Manuf Company Steco Corp Steco Corp Steco Corp Sunbelt Chemicals, Inc Sunshine Makers, Inc Superior Flux & Manufacturing Co Symons, Corp Symons, Corp Symons, Corp Symons, Corp Texaco Lubricants Co Texaco Lubricants Co Texaco Lubricants Co Texaco Lubricants Co Texaco Oil Lubricants Co Thoro System Products Thoro System Products Thoro Systems/PCR Inc Trane Co. United Abrasives United Abrasives United Abrasives, Inc. United Coatings Inc., for Wal-Mart United Coatings Inc., for Wal-Mart United Coatings, Inc United Elchem Industries Inc United States Gypsum Co United States Gypsum Co Valvoline Valvoline


113

Napa/Valvolene Carburetor & Choke Cleaner Napa/Valvoline 75-110, 75-113, 75-114 Oil Napa/Valvoline 75-200 75-203, 75-204 Oil Napa/Valvoline 75-600 thru 75-604 Oil Napa/Mac's Power Steering Fluid Napa/Mac's Starting Fluid Napa/Valvoline Power Steering Fluid Valvoline High Performance Gear Oil Valvoline All Fleet Plus SAE 40 Motor Oil Mac's Brake Cleaner Mac's Silicone Spray WD-40 Supra Tech Type A ATF Wal Mart DOT 3 Brake Fluid Wal Mart 16:1 Two Cycle White Lightning Org. Adhesive Chauld (3006) B'laster Wood Products- Treated Zep aerosolve II Spray Mate

Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline Valvoline, Inc Valvoline, Inc WD-40 Company Westland Oil Co Westland Oil Co Westland Oil Co White Lightning Products Corp. William K. Westley Co Wood Treaters, Inc Zip Manufacturing Co Zynolyte Products, Inc


114

EXHIBIT D

OSHA HAZCOM STANDARD EMPLOYEE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Listed below are some of the most commonly asked questions regarding employee rights and responsibilities under the OSHA Hazcom Standard. WHAT IS THE OSHA HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD (HAZCOM)? The Hazard Communication Standard requires all employees to be trained regarding:

The hazardous substances they are working with and could potentially be exposed to. What an MSDS is and how to obtain one.

WHAT HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES ARE FOUND IN THE WORKPLACE? Most chemical products are considered hazardous and will fall into one of six broad hazard categories: flammables & combustibles, compressed gases, systemic poisons, corrosives, dusts & fumes and irritants. HOW DO I KNOW WHICH PRODUCTS I’M USING ARE HAZARDOUS? All hazardous products must have a label that explains the potential danger of the product. These labels should be tagged with such words as “caution”, “warning”, “corrosive”, “danger”, “toxic” and “flammable”. The labels will also tell you the proper way to use the product. In addition, each hazardous product has a material safety data sheet (MSDS) which explains the potential dangers of the product in more detail. To obtain an MSDS contact the Site Superintendent, Project Manager or Site Safety. Be prepared to give the customer service representative as much information on the product as possible, including the product name, manufacturer name and UPC#/code. WHAT DO I NEED TO DO WHEN WORKING WITH HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES? You may come in contact with a hazardous substance in three different ways: inhalation, ingestion or skin exposure. When working with these substances, you must always follow your employer’s safety rules and the guidelines outlined on the labels and the MSDS. Make sure you understand the hazards associated with the product you are working with and what precautions to take. You should also know what to do in case of an emergency or accident. WHAT IF I’M JUST WORKING AROUND SOMEONE ELSE WHO IS USING HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES? Even if you are only near someone who is using hazardous products, you still need to protect yourself and understand the hazards.


115

EXHIBIT D(continued) HOW DO I KNOW WHAT MY EMPLOYER IS SUPPOSED TO DO UNDER OSHA’S HAZCOM? In 1984 the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) adopted its Hazard Communication Standard. Later, in the fall of 1987, U.S. businesses and operations became responsible for complying with the OSHA HazCom Standard, also know as the “Employee Right-to-Know” law. Any business or organization that maintains hazardous materials must meet these requirements. The HazCom Standard applies to all businesses, regardless of the number of employees or the amount of hazardous materials. The law states that employees have a right to know about any hazardous materials that they are, or may be, exposed to and how to protect themselves while handling these materials. The actions that must be taken to ensure the requirements are met are as follows:

I. A written hazard communication plan must be developed that describes how the employer will fulfill the requirements of the law and should also assign responsibility for implementing the plan.

II. A hazardous materials inventory should be maintained and continually

updated.

III. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each hazardous material should be made available on our Web Site or from your Superintendent or Safety person.

IV. All secondary containers must be labeled.

V. Employees must be trained.

“Employee Right-to-Know” programs ensure compliance and also benefit business operations in several ways. For example, proper use of materials and awareness of safety issues can reduce the incidence of accidents, the cost of wasted materials and disposal, lost production time and insurance rates. Awareness of the materials being used can assist in inventory control and selecting less hazardous materials. An effective “Employee Right-to-Know” program is a reflection of good management.


116

EXHIBIT D (continued)

OSHA HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD OUTLINE The following are applicable excerpts from the Federal Regulations Labor Code: Federal OSHA Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200 (g) Material Safety Data Sheets

(1) Manufacturers and importers shall obtain or develop a material safety data sheet for each hazardous substance they produce or import. Employees shall have a material safety data sheet in the workplace for each hazardous substance that they use.

(7) Distributors shall ensure that material safety data sheets, and updated information, are

provided to other distributors and purchasers of hazardous substances.

(8) The employer shall maintain in the workplace copies of the required material safety data sheets for each hazardous substance in the workplace, and shall ensure that they are readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in their work area(s). (Electronic access, microfiche and other alternatives to maintaining paper copies of the material safety data sheets are permitted as long as no barriers to immediate employee access in each workplace are created by such options.)

(11) Material safety data sheets shall also be made readily available, upon request, to

designated representatives and to the Chief/Assistant Secretary, in accordance with the requirements of 3204(e)/29 CFR 1910.20. NIOSH and the employee’s physician shall also be given access to material safety data sheets in the same manner.

SOURCE: Federal Register Wednesday, February 9, 1994 pp. 6175-6176


117

EXHIBIT E


118

BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN PROGRAM OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURES

In keeping with Milton J. Wood’s belief that our employees are our most valuable assets, and in order to protect their health, safety, and welfare, we have prepared this "Exposure To Bloodborne Pathogens" safety policy. Trained first-aid persons of Milton J. Wood, affected by this policy, are to strictly comply with all program procedures. Failure to comply will be grounds for termination. A copy of this Written “Exposure To Bloodborne Pathogen” Plan will be kept in the main office and will be available for inspection by our employees during our normal business hours. I. EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN

All provisions of the Exposure Control Plan become effective immediately. Milton J. Wood has determined that rendering first aid is the task most likely to expose an employee to infection through blood borne pathogens. All employees assigned the task of giving first aid will be subject to the Exposure Control Procedures set forth in the Bloodborne Pathogen Policy. All incidents of exposure to blood or other body fluids are to be promptly reported to the Corporate Safety Director for evaluation and follow-up if necessary. This plan will be reviewed and updated annually.

II. METHODS OF COMPLIANCE

All designated first aid personnel will take precautions to minimize their exposure to blood and body fluids. The first aid giver will wash his hands and wear gloves before giving first aid. Where practical, Milton J. Wood will provide hand-washing facilities. Affected personnel will be issued disposable personal protective equipment to include aprons, goggles, shoe covers, gloves, and facemasks. The personal protective equipment must be worn in cases of moderate to severe blood loss. Efforts should be made to prevent splashing or spraying of blood. Using disposable personal protective equipment will eliminate the need for a written schedule for cleaning. The first aid giver should wash his hands after each incident. All body fluids must be treated as if infectious.

III. CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES Each job site shall have a Bloodborne pathogen kit which contains a protective gown, cap, eye shield, mask, gloves, a red bio-hazard bag and towel wipe. In the event of spilled blood other body fluids, clean-up shall be as follows:


119

A. Open the BP kit and put on gown, cap, goggle, mask and gloves. B. Open the box containing the bio-hazard bag, towel and wipe. C. Clean and dry the area with one wipe. D. Remove the gloves. E. Place all used items into the red bio-hazard bag along with the gloves. F. Tie the bag. G. Contact the local E.P.A. office for disposal instructions. H. If you have any questions contact the safety director for assistance. I. If any surfaces are contaminated with blood or other infectious materials, it must

be cleansed with a 1:10 percent beach solution. J. Equipment used for decontamination (mops, etc.) must be soaked in a 1:10

percent bleach solution for 24 hours and then rinsed before being reused. IV. HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

Milton J. Wood will make Hepatitis B vaccinations available to all affected employees within ten (10) days of assignment or exposure. The vaccinations will be offered at no cost and be given at a reasonable time and place, under the supervision of a licensed physician or licensed health care professional and according to the latest recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Service (USPHS). Employees must sign a declination form if they choose not to be vaccinated; they may opt to be vaccinated later at no cost. Employees will be offered booster doses if they are recommended by the USPHS.

V. POST EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP

In the event of an exposure incident, the first aid giver must notify the Corporate Safety Director. If warranted, follow-up will include: A. A confidential medical evaluation documenting the circumstances of exposure; B. Identifying and testing the source individual, if feasible; C. Testing the exposed employee's blood, if he/she consents; D. Post-exposure prophylaxis; E. Consultation and evaluation of reported illnesses. Health care professionals will be provided with specified information to facilitate the evaluation on the need for Hepatitis B vaccination following the exposure. Milton J. Wood will require a written opinion from health care facility or physician. All diagnoses will remain confidential. Any laboratory tests will be conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.


120

VI. HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL

Milton J. Wood will use red bag containers for any contaminated waste. No other labeling is required. All waste will be disposed of in compliance with DER and EPA regulations.

VII. TRAINING

Training on Bloodborne Pathogens shall be included with First Aid Training. Records will be maintained at the Jacksonville Office.

VIII. BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN KITS

A bloodborne pathogen kit shall be stationed on each job site in a visible area with a copy of this program. The contents are: EYE SHIELD, CAP & GOWN, CLEANSING TOWELLETE, MASK, DISPOSABLE GLOVES , BIOHAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL BAG, AND PLASTIC CASE. Used items must be replaced immediately. Contact the safety director. The safety seal should be kept intact until needed.

IX. INFORMATION AND TRAINING

Milton J. Wood will provide training to all affected personnel which includes the following: A. Making accessible a copy of the regulatory text of the standard and an explanation

of its content; B. A general discussion of bloodborne diseases and their transmission; C. Our exposure control plan; D. Work practice controls; E. Disposable personal protective equipment; F. Hepatitis B vaccine; G. Response to emergencies involving blood; H. How to handle exposure incidents; and I. Post-exposure evaluation and follow-up instructions.

The trainer will be knowledgeable in the subject matter and there will be an opportunity for questions and answers.


121

X. RECORD KEEPING

Milton J. Wood will maintain medical records for affected employees for the duration of employment plus 30 years. Employee records will be confidential and will include; A. Name and social security number; B. Hepatitis B vaccination status (including dates), C. Results of any examinations; D. Medical testing and follow-up procedures; E. A copy of the health care professional's written opinion; and F. A copy of information provided to the health care professional.

Training records will be maintained for three (3) years and must include dates, a summary of training, trainer's name and qualifications, names and job titles of all persons attending the training sessions.

Medical records will be available to affected employees and anyone they choose with written permission. Employee medical records will not be available to Milton J. Wood. Disposal of records must be in accordance with OSHA's standard covering access to records.

M J Wood Consolidated Origin 1/19/97 Corporate Safety Manual Revision 6 Issued 12/09

122

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM

GENERAL DEFINITIONS Confined Space - an area which (1) has adequate size and configuration for employee entry, (2) has limited means of access or egress, and (3) is not designed for continuous occupancy. Permit-Required Confined Space - is a confined space as defined above, and presents or has the potential for hazards, related to atmospheric conditions, (toxic, flammable, asphyxiating, engulfment, configuration or any other recognized serious hazard. Permit and Attendant Required Space - meets the requirement of a "confined space" and has one or more of the following characteristics: a. Contains or has a known potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere. b. Contains a material with a potential for engulfment of an entrant (the surrounding and

capture of a person by materials such as grain, sand or a liquid); c. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by

inwardly converging walls, or a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section (such as certain bins with screw conveyors, silos, etc.,) or

d. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard. Hazardous Atmosphere - means an atmosphere which exposes employees to a risk of death, incapacitation, injury or acute illness from one or more of the following causes: a. A flammable gas, vapor, dust, or mist, present at a concentration greater than 10% of

their lower explosive limit (LEL); b. A concentration of airborne combustible dust that obscures vision at a distance of five

feet (1.52 m) or less; c. An atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5%; d. An atmospheric concentration of any toxic, corrosive, or asphyxiate substance for

which an Occupational Health and Safety permissible Exposure limit is published in Subpart Z of 29 CFR 1910.1000 and Could result in employee exposure in excess of permissible limits.

e. Dangerous air contamination that presents an immediate severe health effect in which

an acute clinical sign of a serious, exposure related reaction is manifested within 72 hours after exposure.


123

f. Any atmospheric condition recognized as immediately dangerous to life or health

(IDLH) which poses an immediate threat of loss of life; may result in irreversible or immediate severe health effects; may result in eye damage irritation or other conditions which could impair escape from the permit space.

Prohibited Condition -is defined as any condition not allowed by permit during entry operations. Evaluation - required evaluation of work spaces to determine if there are any permit-required confined spaces; followed by informing employees of such areas through use of signs or other equally effective means to prevent unauthorized entry. Authorized Entrants - employees who are trained and knowledgeable in the hazards they might face, are able to recognize signs or symptoms of exposure and understand the consequences of exposure to hazards. Entrants must know how to use any needed equipment, communicate with attendants as necessary, alert attendants when a warning symptom or other hazardous condition arises and exit as quickly as possible when ordered to do so. Attendants - employees who are trained in and familiar with the hazards of confined spaces, aware of behavioral effects of potential exposures, know to maintain a continuous count of entrants, remain outside the space until relieved, communicate with entrants as necessary to monitor their status and when to order exit. They must know how to summon assistance, prevent unauthorized entry and perform non-entry rescues. They may not perform other duties that interfere with their primary duty to monitor and protect the safety of authorized entrants. Attendants must know how to use any needed equipment such as radios, etc. If a mishap were to occur, the attendant is to summon help and wait for help to arrive before entering the confined space. Attendants may do air monitoring only if they have had the proper training. Entry Supervisors - must be trained and knowledgeable in the potential hazards of confined spaces, verify that all test equipment is properly checked/calibrated, assure that appropriate tests are conducted, and that procedures and equipment are in place or readily available before endorsing entry. Entry supervisors must also determine - at least when shifts and entry supervisors change- that acceptable conditions specified on the permit continue in effect. Supervisors are also responsible for canceling the entry permits at the conclusion of work, which includes review of any problems encountered during the entry. Supervisors must ensure a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is filled out on every Confined Space Entry, permitted or not. Rescue Services- may be supplied on-site or off-site. On-site teams must be properly trained and equipped. They must receive the same training as authorized entrants, plus training in use of personal protective and rescue equipment and first-aid training, including CPR. They must practice simulated rescue at least once every twelve months. Outside rescue services must be made aware of potential hazards, receive access to comparable permit spaces to develop rescue plans and practice rescues. Information such as hospitals, treatment centers, MSDSs, unique hazards, or any other information that may aid in the rescue of trapped/injured employees, must be supplied to the outside rescue service before the entry into the confined space is allowed.


124

For this jobsite, Milton J. Wood will use ________________________________ rescue services. ENTRY PROCEDURES A. Pre-Entry Any condition making it unsafe to remove an entrance cover shall be eliminated before the cover is removed, and guarded by a railing, temporary cover or other barrier.

B. Lockout/Tagout

All power sources, pipes, and mechanical equipment shall be locked out/tagged out, or blanked out, all hydraulic equipment locked/tagged out and blocked, in accordance with Milton J. Wood‘s Lock/Tag/Try policy.

C. Material in Confined Space

The space shall be emptied, flushed, or otherwise purged of flammable, injurious or incapacitating substances to the extent feasible. Employees working in confined spaces which can be absorbed through the skin shall be provided with, and shall be required to wear, appropriate personal protective clothing or devices.

D. Atmospheric Testing The atmosphere of an area must be tested with appropriate equipment prior to entry to

determine if a hazardous atmosphere exists. The continued atmospheric safety of the space must be verified periodically throughout the duration of work within the permit required confined space. The frequency of testing and appropriate testing equipment to be used within a permit required will be determined before the entry begins.

Whenever oxygen-consuming equipment such as oxy-acetylene torches, welding equipment, salamanders (hot oil heaters), furnaces, and the like are to be used, measures shall be taken to ensure adequate ventilation and exhaust venting.

E. Ventilation

Mechanical ventilation should be used to continuously move air through the area while work is being performed and/or to remove possible contaminants from the confined space area. Local exhaust is useful for cooling, but can stir up contaminants in the space. Therefore, exhaust ventilation is best for situations very toxic fumes/gases or flammable/explosive gases may be present. Natural ventilation may be used if flow is adequate.


125

F. Entry and Exit To the extent feasible, provisions shall be made to permit rapid entry and exit. 1. Method of Entry. Confined spaces with side and top openings shall be entered

from the side openings when practicable. When entry must be made through a top opening, a retrieval body harness attached to an approved hoisting device must be provided to lift workers out of the space should they be incapacitated, or no longer able to self-exit.

2. Safety Harnesses. Safety harness worn by workers must be of a type that suspend

a person in an upright position and are designed to assist in removing an unconscious individual. Wristlets or anklets may be used in lieu of a body harness for side entry only. Safety harness or wristlets/anklets must be worn by workers in a permit/attendant required confined space. Workers must attach a retrieval line to their harness, or wristlets/anklets prior to entering a work space, unless the line itself would create a hazard because of structures, equipment or becoming entangled with other lines in side the confined space. The free end of the retrieval line for vertical entry must be secured outside the entry opening by an approved winch-type or motorized hoisting device with a slip-clutch.

When a person must enter a confined space with a hazardous atmosphere without

the retrieval line attached, the entrant must wear an approved positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or airline respirator with escape bottle. Two attendants must also be stationed outside of the permit required confined space.

Only full body harnesses may be used for fall protection. The lifeline used with

fall protection must be a least 1/2" in diameter and 2,500 pounds test. The lifeline must be capable of withstanding a drop test of 350 pounds free falling for a distance of six feet. (Lifelines once used for any other purpose, is no longer classified as a lifeline and must be marked accordingly.)

G. Surveillance of Area The supervisor shall ensure that the area surrounding the confined space is made secure

to avoid hazards from other work operations, such as vehicular traffic. H. Equipment and Procedures Used in Confined Spaces 1. All electrical cords, tools, and equipment shall be inspected for visually

detectable defects before use in a confined space. Ground fault circuit interrupters will be used with all confined spaces and shall be located outside of the confined space.

2. No fan or other equipment utilized for flammable gas or vapor ventilation shall

create an ignition hazard.


126

3. Cylinders of compressed gases shall never be taken into a confined space, and

shall be turned off at the cylinder valve when not in use. Fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately removed from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from the torch. Torches and hoses shall never be left unattended in a confined space. Welding leads must be disconnected when not in use and shall be removed from the space as soon as possible.

Exempt from this rule are breathing quality air cylinders that supply air to self-

contained breathing apparatus or other supplied air equipment for breathing purposes only.

4. When the confined space (or any adjacent space having common walls, floor, or

ceiling with the confined space) contains or is likely to develop, dangerous air contamination due to flammable and/or explosive substances, work involving the use of flame, arc, spark or other source of ignition is prohibited within the confined space. Another potential hazard, static electricity, must be controlled or eliminated. These hazards shall be addressed in the Job Hazard Analysis prior to entry.

5. Only approved low voltage or GFCI-protected lighting and electrical equipment

shall be used in confined spaces. If the space is subject to accumulation of flammable or explosive vapors, explosion-proof equipment must be used.

Employees working on or around electrical equipment while in confined spaces,

especially those with damp or conductive floors or walls, are exposed to an increased potential for electrical shock. Locations must provide and require use of any protective equipment, insulating materials, and/or special tools necessary to prevent injury due to electrical shock while working in such places. Confined spaces with electrical hazards must have adequate lighting to enable employees to work safely.

6. Whenever oxygen enrichment is possible due to conditions within the space, or

oxygen enrichment equipment is to be used, measures shall be taken to ensure that the oxygen level does not exceed 23.5% in the confined space. If tests indicate the oxygen level to be greater than 23.5%, hot work is prohibited until ventilation techniques have reduced the oxygen level to less than 23.5%.

I. Communication with Workers in Confined Spaces

An effective means of communication between employees inside a confined space and an attendant shall be provided and used whenever respiratory protective equipment is used or whenever employees inside a confined space are out of sight of the attendant(s). All affected employees shall be trained in the use of such communication system and the

system shall be tested before each use to confirm its effective operation. Possible communication systems to utilize in permit required confined space include the use of radio, verbal, hand signals, or compressed air horn.


127

J . Calibration of Testing and Monitoring Equipment Air testing and monitoring equipment shall be maintained and calibrated according to manufacturers' instructions. This equipment shall be periodically calibrated with an appropriate test gas to assure proper operation. Records of such calibration and field tests shall be maintained throughout the utilization of the testing and monitoring equipment. Calibration and field test information, including date tests were due and the date tests were completed, shall be affixed to the instrument or be readily available at the time of use for review by employees, clients or employee representatives. Specialized monitoring equipment may be needed for combustible vapors, purging, and/or other toxic chemicals not monitored by our standard four gas monitors. Call your safety representative if you have questions or concerns. K. Interconnected Spaces Where interconnected spaces are blocked off as a unit, each space shall be tested and the results recorded. The most hazardous condition found shall govern procedures to be followed. L. Multi Employer Entry In the event that a confined space may be entered by multiple contractors, Milton J. Wood Company will coordinate with all other contractors to ensure that a plan that is acceptable to all affected contractors is used. M J W Consolidated will still conduct atmospheric testing, have rescue procedures in place, monitor our confined space entrants and keep records on the entry. M. Restricted Entry If the employer determines that employees or contracted workers will not enter a permit required space, the employer shall permanently restrict entry by shutting off the space in question or post non-entry signs and ensure no one could enter. This would, therefore, be considered a non-entry confined space. N. Smoking Smoking of tobacco or other possible ignition sources shall not be allowed in confined spaces or within 20 feet of a confined space opening. O. Re-evaluation of the Space The space is to be re-evaluated before re-entry if it has been left unattended for more than 40 minutes, if there is any reason to believe changes have occurred that may make the entry unsafe, or upon request from an employee or his/her representative.


128

ENTRY PERMIT A permit - required for entry into confined spaces, will only be obtained when the items in the Entry Preparation Section are completed and the area is safe for entry. Duration - The attendant-required permit is valid only for as long as the person authorizing the conditions for entry is on site. In no case shall the attendant-required entry permits be valid for longer than one shift. Permits shall be readily available to all workers before entering the confined space, and the permits shall remain at the work site as long as the work is being performed. Upon expiration of the permit, re-evaluation of the area is necessary to obtain another permit. Preparation of a written Work Space Entry Checklist/Permit form-- must be completed and posted before allowing a worker to enter a confined space. TRAINING AND DUTIES A. Training Requirements Training shall be provided so that all employees involved in confined space entry acquire

the knowledge, understanding and skills necessary for the safe performance of their assigned duties.

The frequency of training shall be:

1. Before the employee is first assigned duties:

2. Before a change in assigned duties; 3. Whenever there is a change in procedures that could create a hazard about which

the employee has not been trained; 4. Whenever there is reason to believe the space entry procedures are not being

followed. Documentation of the training shall include: 1. Name and signature of each employee trained; 2. Signature of the trainer; 3. Dates of training


129

4. Content of the training given; 5. Tests should be used to verify employee proficiency in the duties required by

confined space work. B. Training and Duties of Authorized Entrants

Employees who work as authorized entrants shall receive the appropriate training and perform their assigned duties under the entry permit program as follows:

Hazard Recognition, Authorized entrants shall:

1. Know the hazards which may be faced during entry. 2. Recognize the signs and symptoms of exposure to a hazard; and 3. Understand the consequences of exposure to a hazard. Communication. When an attendant is required, authorized entrant shall: 1. Maintain contact with the attendant; and 2. Notify the attendant when entrant feels evacuation is needed. Protective Measures. Authorized entrant shall: 1. Be aware of the personal protective equipment, such as retrieval lines, respirators

or clothing, needed for safe entry and exit. 2. Be provided with acceptable personal protective equipment necessary for safe

entry. 3. Use the personal protective equipment properly; and 4. Be aware of the external barriers needed to protect entrants from external hazards

and the proper use of those barriers. 5. May be trained in the use of atmospheric testing devices used to perform

atmospheric tests, including field checks as specified by the manufacturer, normal use, and specific limitations of the equipment being used.

Self Rescue. Authorized entrants shall exit the confined space, unless it is physically

impossible to do so without assistance, when; 1. The attendant orders evacuation;


130

2. An automatic alarm is activated; or 3. The authorized entrant perceive that they are in danger.

Authorized entrants shall also be trained regarding lock/tag/block/try procedures, the use of special equipment and tools, and emergency and rescue methods and procedures.

C. Training and Duties of the Attendant

An attendant will be required only for work in spaces where the potential for hazards in the space cannot be eliminated and/or a permit is required. In the case where all potential for hazard to employees cannot be eliminated, attendant required confined space provisions will apply. In such circumstances, an attendant shall be stationed and remain outside the confined space(s) at all times during entry operations and remain in contact with/sight of the entrants. Employees who work as attendants shall receive the appropriate training and perform their assigned duties under the entry permit program.

Number of Entrants--Attendants shall continuously maintain an accurate count of all persons in the space.

Hazard Recognition--Attendants shall know of and be able to recognize potential confined space hazards, and shall monitor activities inside and outside the confined space to determine if it is safe for entrants to remain in the space.

Communication--Attendants shall:

1. Maintain effective and continuous contact with authorized entrants and rescue

services during entry.

2. Order authorized entrants to evacuate the confined space immediately when: a. The attendant observes a condition that is not allowed in the entry permit. b. The attendant detects behavioral effects of hazard exposure

c. The attendant detects a situation outside the space which could endanger the entrants;

d. The attendant detects an uncontrolled hazard within the permit space;

e. The attendant is monitoring entry in more that one permit space and must focus attention on the rescue of entrants from one of those spaces.

f. The attendant must leave the work station;


131

g. Plant emergency alarm or Evacuation alert from Security, and/or h. The attendant loses contact with authorized entrants during entry.

3. Summon rescue and other emergency services as soon as the attendant determines that authorized entrants need to escape from confined space hazards; and

4. Take the following actions, as necessary, when unauthorized person(s) approach

or enter a permit space while entry is underway: 1. Warn the unauthorized person(s) away from the space;

2. Request the unauthorized person(s) to exit immediately if they have entered the permit space; and

3. Inform the authorized entrants and any other person(s) designated by the

employer if unauthorized person(s) have entered the permit space.

5. Take control over the gas-cutting, welding or arc welding equipment in the event of an emergency

6. Constantly monitor the ventilation system to ensure adequate working conditions

and alert the entrant should it fail;

7. If applicable, ensure that appropriate approved respiratory protective equipment including an approved independent source of breathing air remains readily available for immediate use.

Rescue. Attendants shall:

. Properly use any rescue equipment provided for their use and perform any other

assigned rescue and emergency duties, without entering the permit space. D. Training and Duties of the Individual Authorizing or in Charge of Entry

Individuals authorizing or in charge of entry shall receive the appropriate training and perform assigned duties as follows:

Entry Authorization and Supervision--Individuals authorizing or in charge of entry:

1. Shall determine that the entry permit contains the requisite information before

authorizing or allowing entry;

2. Shall determine that the necessary procedures, practices and equipment for safe entry are in effect before allowing entry;

3. Shall determine, at appropriate intervals, that entry operations remain consistent

with the terms of the entry permit, and that acceptable entry conditions are present;


132

4. Shall cancel the entry authorization and terminate entry whenever acceptable

entry conditions are not present;

5. Shall verify that rescue services are available and the means for summoning them are operable.

6. Shall ensure set-up of barriers around the opening, and remove unauthorized

equipment or individuals who enter or who attempt to enter the space;

7. Shall take the necessary measures for concluding an entry operation, such as closing off a confined space, canceling the permit, and completing required information on the reverse side of the permit; and

8. May serve as authorized entrants or attendants for an entry if they have the proper

training.

Dealing with Unauthorized Personnel. Individuals authorizing or in charge of entry shall take the appropriate measures to remove unauthorized personnel who are in or near confined spaces.

E. Training and Duties of Rescue Personnel

Milton J. Wood shall have either an in-house rescue team, defined as a group of two or more employees designated and trained to perform rescues in confined spaces, or an arrangement under which an outside rescue team will respond to a request for rescue services.

In-house Rescue Team

1. Personnel assigned to an in-house rescue team shall be provided with and trained

to properly use the personal protective equipment, including respirators and rescue equipment necessary for making rescues from the confined spaces. Full rescue equipment must be provided for at least two responders.

2. The in-house rescue team shall be trained to perform the assigned rescue

functions and have received the training required for authorized entrants.

3. Rescue teams shall practice making confined space rescue at least once every twelve months, by means of simulated rescue operations in which they remove dummies, mannequins, or personnel through representative openings and portals whose size, configuration and accessibility closely approximate those of the permit spaces from which rescues may be required.


133

4. At least one member of each rescue team shall maintain current certification in

basic first-aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) skills.

Non-Entry Rescue--To facilitate non-entry rescue, retrieval systems shall be used whenever an authorized entrant enters a permit/attendant-required space unless it would increase the risk of entry or not contribute to the rescue, in which case an entry-type rescue team would be available. The retrieval system shall consist of:

1. Full body harness with retrieval line attached at the center of the entrant's

back near shoulder level or above head; and 2. Retrieval line, which is attached to a mechanical device or fixed point

outside the permit space in such a manner the rescue can begin as soon as the attendant becomes aware rescue is needed. A mechanical device is required for vertical rescue from spaces more than five feet deep.

Outside Rescue Team - If the facility chooses to use outside rescue services, the designated rescue services, the designated rescuers shall be aware of the hazards they may confront when called on to perform rescues at the facility, so that the outside rescue team can equip, train and conduct itself appropriately. Therefore, all outside rescue services must be notified in advance of the entry.

F. Record Keeping and Program Maintenance: Confined space entry permits shall be turned in to the Jacksonville office at the duration of the entry. Non-eventful permits shall be maintained for a period of two years. Entries involving injury, exposure, spills or employee complaints shall be maintained in accordance with state, federal regulations. Permits shall be reviewed annually and data from the permits, along with any confined space entry injuries, near misses or employee complaints shall be used in the annual revision process of the Confined Space Entry Program,


134

CONFINED SPACE PERMIT (Front)

Date: ________________ Number:

Identity of Space:

Work to be Performed:

Specific Hazards: Rescue Services: ___________________________ Contact Name ___________________ Contact # ___________

Air Tool Rqd/GFI Work Begins At _______________________

Equipment Drained, Purged and Cleaned? Yes NR Incoming Lines Locked Out/Tagged Out? Yes NR Heat Extremes Controlled? Yes NR Pre-Entry safety briefing? Yes NR Scaffolding, ladder or work platform is adequate? Yes NR Adequate ventilation provided for? Yes NR Safety showers/Eye Wash Stations available? Yes NR Means of egress/access provided? Yes NR Hazardous chemical communication provided Yes NR Emergency Procedures In Place? Yes NR Training Records for Attendants/Entrants? Yes NR Other _____________________________________________

Testing must be performed if the potential exists for a hazardous atmosphere. Oxygen content must be between 19.5% and 22%; LEL must be less than 10%, and toxics below their PEL or TLV. Indicate results below.

Oxy Time LEL Time CO Time H2S Time Initials

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

Acceptable Levels Oxygen >19.5%<22% Hydrogen Sulfide <10 ppm Chlorine Dioxide <1 ppm Carbon Monoxide <35ppm Ammonia < 26 ppm Combustible Gas <10% LEL Sulfur Dioxide < 2 ppm Chlorine <.10 ppm

PPE REQUIRED Goggles Tyvek Suit Water Hose Air Line Resp. Other Gloves Face Shield Fire Ext. ½ Face APRA Rain Suit Rubber Boots Hard Hat 5 min. Escape Pack Hearing Prot. Full Face Resp SCBA Harness/Lanyard Special Precautions: Authorized Attendants ________________________________________________________________________ I HAVE INSPECTED THE JOB SITE AND AUTHORIZATION IS GIVEN TO BEGIN WORK DESCRIBED ABOVE ___________________________________ Entry Supervisor Permit has been cancelled because: Activity Completed Change in Entry Conditions Other __________________________________________


135

Authorized Entrants Sign In/Out Sheet (Back)

Name Time In Time Out

_____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________ _____________________ ___________ _________

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 06/08 Health Hazard Awareness Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual, V-4 Issued: 12/09

136

HEALTH HAZARD AWARENESS

1) INTRODUCTION Our diverse types of operation make it difficult to cover all the health hazards associated with our work environments. There are many chemicals that we come in contact with that can have serious health effects. Each year it seems as if another chemical is added to the list. Training is essential to the protection of our employees.

2) BENZENE

a) Benzene is found in gasoline, motor fuels. Benzene can be found on Milton J. Wood job sites in gasoline and/or fuels. Use proper PPE when handling these products and never use benzene containing products to clean hands. Client facilities where benzene might be a hazard include petroleum refining facilities; tank gauging (tanks located at producing, pipeline & refining operations) and field maintenance areas. Employees must be aware of all site specific emergency plans

b) Benzene is a toxic, colorless, liquid with a pleasant, sweet odor. The odor of benzene does not provide adequate warning of its hazard. The permissible exposure limit of benzene vapors is 1 ppm (parts per million).

c) Benzene is highly flammable. Benzene vapors may form explosive mixtures in the air. All sources of ignition must be controlled. Smoking is prohibited in areas where benzene is used and/or stored. Fire extinguishers must be readily available.

d) The routes of entry into the body include respiratory, skin, eyes, and or mouth.

e) First Aid Procedures: For the eyes and face, wash immediately with large amounts of

water. If irritation persists, seek medical attention. For the skin, remove contaminated clothing and wash exposed skin with large amounts of water and soap immediately. If irritation persists, seek medical attention. For respiratory, remove to fresh air at once. Apply artificial respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical assistance. If swallowed, do not induce vomiting, call for medical assistance immediately.

f) Health Effects of exposure include: Short Term effects are irritation of the nose, eyes,

and respiratory tract; headache, dizziness, nausea or intoxication. Severe short term exposure may lead to convulsions and loss of consciousness. Chronic (long term) exposure may result in serious blood disorders including leukemia.

g) Engineering Controls: Ventilation will be used to control the hazard whenever possible. h) Personal Protective Equipment will be provided if engineering controls are inadequate.

Personal protective equipment may include protective clothing, splash-proof goggles to

protect the eyes, a face shield to protect the face, and respiratory protection if an inhalation hazard is present. All respirator use must be in strict compliance with Milton J. Wood Respiratory Protection Program. ( See Section 5, Program 6).


137

i) Medical Monitoring: Employees accidentally exposed to benzene which are known or

suspected to constitute toxic exposure to benzene will be entered into a medical monitoring program. Details will be made available to the affected employee.

3) CADMIUM

a) Cadmium hazard is not usually present on MJW Consolidated jobsites. There may be a possibility of exposure for pipe fitters during a cad weld for electrical grounding. Client facilities where a cadmium hazard may be present include battery producing sites, smelting operations or mining and metal plating operations.

b) Training: Prior to initial assignment to any job where a cadmium hazard might exist, employees must be trained on procedures to minimize employee exposure to cadmium. The record of training must include the identity of the person trained, the signature of the trainer, and the date of the training. Training records must be kept a minimum of one year. Records of training and procedures will be available to all affected employees, their representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Annual Refresher training is required.

c) Job Hazard Analysis: During the pre-job hazard analysis, if cadmium is deemed to be a potential hazard, a written compliance program will be developed be ready to implement should the PEL should be exceeded. This Program must include:

(1) Description of operation where cadmium is omitted. (2) Controls in place, (ventilation, PPE, engineering controls, administrative controls) (3) Crew information, i.e. size, craft(s), (4) Description of work, duration, hours per day, (5) Initial Air Sampling, (continuous?) (6) Safe Work Procedures (7) Respiratory Protection (See Respiratory Protection Plan) (8) Emergency Procedures (9) Annual Review and/or Continuous update of Program when significant changes

occur.

d) Employee exposure: The PEL for cadmium is 5 mg/m3 with an action level of 0.5 mg/m3. Exposure usually occurs in the workplace through fumes and dusts, however, it can be swallowed. A written compliance program must be implemented when the PEL is exceeded. Engineering controls such as ventilation must be implemented at the action level.

e) Health Affects: Adverse short term health effects include pulmonary irritation. Long term exposure or oral exposure can cause kidney disease, bronchi-colitis and emphysema.

It can also cause harmful effects to the liver, bone, immune system, blood and nervous system.


138

f) Protective Measures: Good hygiene practices, ventilation, and good housekeeping can

help reduce employee exposure. Proper gloves, clothing and respiratory protection may be needed depending on the exposure.

g) Personal Protective Equipment will be provided if engineering controls are inadequate.

Personal protective equipment may include gloves, protective clothing, chemical goggles to protect the eyes, a face shield to protect the face, and respiratory protection if an inhalation hazard is present. All respirator use must be in strict compliance with Milton J. Wood Respiratory Protection Program. ( See Section 5, Program 6).

h) Medical Monitoring: Employees accidentally exposed to cadmium which are known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to cadmium will be entered into a medical monitoring program. Details will be made available to the affected employee.

4) HYDROGEN SULFIDE

a) Hydrogen sulfide hazard may be present at some M.JW Consolidated jobsites. Client facilities where hydrogen sulfide may be found include paper mills or refining operations.

b) Training: Prior to initial assignment to any job where a hydrogen sulfide (H2S) hazard might exist, employees must be trained on procedures to minimize employee exposure. The record of training must include the identity of the person trained, the signature of the trainer, and the date of the training. Training records must be kept a minimum of one year. Records of training and procedures will be available to all affected employees, their representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Annual Refresher training is required. Training shall include the physical characteristics, the health effects of exposure and first aid procedures, and site specific emergency evacuation plans.

c) Job Hazard Analysis: During the pre-job hazard analysis, if H2S is deemed to be a potential hazard, a written compliance program will be developed be ready to implement should the PEL should be exceeded. This Program must include:

(1) Description of operation where hydrogen sulfide may be omitted. (2) Controls in place, (ventilation, PPE, engineering controls, administrative controls) (3) Crew information, i.e. size, craft(s), (4) Description of work, duration, hours per day, (5) Initial Air Sampling, (continuous?) (6) Safe Work Procedures (7) Respiratory Protection (See Respiratory Protection Plan) (8) Emergency Procedures

d) Physical Characteristics: Hydrogen Sulfide is a very toxic, colorless gas with a notable

“rotten egg” odor at lower concentrations. (The odor will only be detectable for one to

two minutes and may not be detectable at all for very high concentrations.) H2S deadens the sense of smell. H2S is flammable and is also soluble in water.


139

e) Employee exposure: The PEL for H2S is 20 parts per millions for an eight hour day.

Exposure usually occurs in the workplace through vapors.

f) Health Affects: Exposure to H2S can cause eye irritation and respiratory distress. It can damage the nerve centers of the brain and cause death in a matter of minutes. It also deadens the sense of smell.

g) Protective Measures: Isolation from the source is the best protection from H2S. Most facilities have fixed H2S monitors installed in areas where a possible hazard exists. Employees are to vacate the area immediately should the alarm go off. In areas where fixed monitors are not available, but a hazard may exist, employees will use personal monitors. Monitors should be set to alarm at 10 ppm.

h) Personal Protective Equipment will be provided if engineering controls are inadequate.

Personal protective equipment may include gloves, protective clothing, chemical goggles to protect the eyes, a face shield to protect the face, and respiratory protection. The type of respiratory protection will depend of the results of the Job Hazard Analysis, but for all confined space entries where a possible H2S hazard may exist, only airline respirators with escape SCBAs will be used. All respirator use must be in strict compliance with Milton J. Wood Respiratory Protection Program. ( See Section 5, Program 6).

5) LEAD

Lead can be encountered on many of the M J Wood Consolidated job sites in significant quantities of lead containing materials, especially lead-based paint. Lead can pose a serious health hazard if proper precautions are not taken. If lead is suspected, suspend all operations, notify the supervisor immediately. Never assume it has been tested.

a) DEFINITIONS

Action Level – Means any employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne concentration of 30 micrograms of lead per cubic meter of air (or greater) calculated as a 8 hour time weighted average (TWA)

Competent Person – Means a person who is capable of recognizing existing and

potential lead hazards in the surroundings or work area and who has the authority to take prompt corrective action to eliminate them.

Lead Containing Material – Any material that contains the element lead (Pb).

Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) - Means any employee exposure, without regard to

respirators, to an airborne concentration of lead of 50 micrograms per cubic meter of air (or greater) calculated as an 8 hour time-weighted average (TWA).


140

b) ASSESSMENT: Paint chips will be tested for the presence of lead. If lead is detected, then an employee assessment will be conducted. If the initial monitoring is above the action level, but below the PEL, monitoring shall be repeated at least every six months. Monitoring shall continue at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements are below the action level. These measurements must be at least 7 days apart. Employees will be notified in writing of the results within 15 days of receipt of the lab readings. During the assessment, employees will be dressed out in full protective equipment, including respiratory protection assuming the worst case conditions

If the employee assessment revealed, without regard for respiratory protection, the PEL was exceeded, the employee will receive written notice that the PEL was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken and any additional actions to be taken to reduce the exposure below the PEL. If the assessment reveals the employee exposure is at or above the action level, all work will be suspended, until a site specific lead abatement program is developed and approved by the Corporate Safety office..

c) PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Lead was a very important ingredient in paints, bricks, mortar, roofing material, insulation for a number of years. Lead pipes and lead solder was very popular, too. Much of this is found on job sites. Any activity that can create dust from lead-containing materials is potentially hazardous.

d) HEALTH EFFECTS

The frequency and severity of medical symptoms increase with the concentration of lead in the blood. Some common symptoms of acute lead poisoning include loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, stomach cramps, constipation, difficulty sleeping, fatigue, moodiness, headache, joint or muscle aches, anemia, and decreased sexual drive. More severe health effects include convulsion or seizures, damage to the nervous system, wrist or foot drop, tremors. Chronic lead exposure occurs when lead accumulates in the body over time, usually in the bone, but also in the blood, kidneys, liver and the brain. Chronic lead exposure may result in impaired hemoglobin synthesis, damage to the nervous system, kidney disease, and hypertension, damage to the reproductive system (male & female) and damage to a developing fetus.

e) ROUTES OF ENTRY Lead is usually inhaled or ingested through lead dust and fumes during abrasive blasting, sanding, cutting, burning or welding on surfaces coated with lead-based paint.

f) FIRST AID PROCEDURES Employees who show signs or symptoms of lead poisoning shall be removed from the lead area and sent for a blood lead level test.


141

g) SIGNAGE Warning signs must be posted at the boundary of the lead work areas. The signage should warn of the Lead hazard, prohibit smoking, eating, drinking in the area and specify any PPE requirements.

h) ENGINEERING CONTOLS Employees must be full protective gear including respiratory protection during the installation of any engineering controls. Containment or local exhaust ventilation should be used if feasible to minimize employee exposure to lead. When welding, cutting or burning any metal coated with lead-containing materials, the coating must be removed at least 6 inches from the area where the heat will be applied. The removal will be done either by an abatement contractor or under the guidance of a site-specific lead abatement plan. In surface preparation work practices should be utilized to minimize the amount of dust generated. Less dusty blasting techniques include centrifugal blasting, wet blasting and vacuum blasting. Other methods used by M J Consolidated include needle guns, scraping and chemical removal.

i) PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING RESPIRATORS Personal protective equipment will be provided at no cost to the employee for jobs with the potential to exceed the action level for lead exposure, emergency situations, during employee exposure assessments, during the installation of engineering controls, administrative controls, or when engineering or administrative controls prove to be ineffective. Requirements include:

Hooded disposable protective clothing Shoe covers Respirators – When respirators are required, they shall be used in strict

accordance with the Respiratory Protection Program. Gloves Vented goggles, face shields Safety toe shoes Hard Hats

j) HYGIENE REGQUIREMENTS

All employees at or above the action level will be trained on the importance of good hygiene practices and provisions will be made for changing and washing up.

Should the exposure be at or over the PEL, employees will be provided with a separate lunch area, changing room, and showers.

For all lead exposure operations, the following are prohibited in the work area: smoking, eating, drinking, chewing gum, applying cosmetics,

k) SITE SPECIFIC PLANS

For all projects that will expose employees to lead at or above the action Level, but below the PEL the site-specific program must include:


142

Engineering Controls to Reduce Exposure Competent Person Detailed descriptions of the tasks in which lead may be omitted. Air Monitoring Pre-assignment medical exam Base Line Testing for Blood Lead Levels Safe Work Practices Hygiene Controls Coveralls, vented goggles, face shield, shoe covers.

For projects where the potential to expose employees at or above the PEL, the site specific program must include all the items listed above plus:

Signage and Restricted Work Area. Ventilation Installed Respiratory Protection Selection, fit test, medically qualified, trained. Job Rotation if Necessary Hygiene Controls Personal Protection Requirements Designated change room. Lunch room Storage for contaminated PPE Food, beverages, tobacco, and cosmetics restricted from work area. Shower for exposed workers Vacuums with HEPA filters for clean-up.

l) TRAINING

If the potential for lead exposure exists, employees must be trained on procedures to minimize their exposure before the work assigned begins.. The record of training must include the identity of the person trained, the signature of the trainer, and the date of the training. Training records must be kept a minimum of one year. Records of training and procedures will be available to all affected employees, their representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Annual Refresher training is required. Training shall include the physical characteristics, the health effects of exposure, engineering controls, respirator use, care, purpose and limitations, other PPE requirements, hygiene procedures, and the medical monitoring program.

m) MEDICAL MONITORING All employees exposed to lead at or above the action level for more than 30 days will be entered into the medical monitoring program at no cost to the employee. Blood sampling and monitoring will be offered every six months until two consecutive blood tests are acceptable. Any employee with elevated blood levels shall be temporarily removed from the project. Employees must be informed of elevated lead blood levels within five days in writing.


143

n) REMOVAL FROM LEAD-EXPOSED JOBS when:

The average blood levels are at or above the 50 micrograms/100 grams. Medical exam finds that lead exposure could have increased health risks

for the employee. The employee will keep his pay rate, benefits and seniority during the

transitional duty.

o) RECORDKEEPING Training records shall be maintained for one year beyond the last date of

employment Medical surveillance records shall be maintained for the duration of

employment plus 30 years when an exposure over the PEL occurred. Daily logs, monitoring results, waste disposal records and other

documentation should be retained with the job file for a period of 30 years on projects that had a recorded lead exposure.

A copy of the safe work plan should be signed by the competent person and be available at the job site during the project. Thereafter, it should be placed with the job file.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 06/02 Emergency Response Program Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual V-5 Issued: 12/09

144

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROGRAM

INTRODUCTION No company is completely protected from workplace emergencies such as fire, explosion, natural occurrences, etc. But the more you know about the possibility of such occurrences may save your life and that of your coworkers. The major focus is “Do Not Panic”, easy to say but difficult to accomplish without prior information and instruction. Being informed what to do, how to do it and where, decreases the time the brain must search for these answers and prepares you to respond.

I. FIRE AND/OR EXPLOSIONS

Fire is the most common workplace emergency and the most feared disaster. Any fire larger than a waste paper basket, should be considered an emergency and the following steps should be taken.

A. Remove yourself and others out of immediate danger area.

B. Emergency Notification Procedures:

Jobsites with Plant Emergency Numbers: Call the site-specific emergency number and give the following information:

Your name and company Your location The type of emergency Stay on the line and answer all questions until the operator tells you it’s

OK to hang up or it becomes unsafe to do so. Offices or Jobsites without Plant Emergency Numbers: Call 911 and give the following information Your name and company Your location The type of emergency Stay on the line and answer all questions until the operator tells you it’s

OK to hang up or it becomes unsafe to do so.

DO NOT ATTEMPT To put out any fire larger than a waste paper basket unless you are specifically trained to do so.

C. Emergency Evacuation:

If the emergency response team makes a determination that an evacuation is necessary, follow these steps:


145

1. Upon emergency evacuation notification, employees will gather at the designated assembly area for their location and report to their supervisor who has the responsibility to account for each employee and transport them to a safe location.

2. The supervisor will then determine if further evacuation is necessary. Exit only by the pre-approved emergency evacuation routes.

3. DO NOT LEAVE THE JOBSITE without advising your supervisor.

II. WORKPLACE FATALITY OR SERIOUS INJURIES

A. AT THE JOBSITE:

1. Notify emergency personnel, 911, or site emergency number.

2. Notify Safety Director (904) 545-4448 or (904) 219-2287. 3. Dispatch worker to meet emergency team at gate.

4. Go to injury location and secure injured as best as possible. Assess danger

before attempting any rescue operation. If danger cannot be eliminated, wait for emergency team.

5. Have injured person/persons transported to the hospital. Send a Milton J.

Wood employee with the injured to assist/maintain contact with the office and remain until relieved by management.

6. Advise office.

7. Secure area. No one allowed to roam freely (for safety and control

reasons).

8. Employees not involved as witnesses. Send them home with instructions not to discuss with the media. Refer media to the office.

9. Witnesses – Impress on them not to discuss with the media or speculate

where it can be overheard.

10. Designate Media area. Media are not allowed to roam (for safety and control reasons).


146

11. Designated Milton J. Wood Spoke persons (David Tankersley, Bruce

Nelson, Zarko Ognjenovic, Chip Bozeman or Mark Cole) will be the only persons making comments and/or conducting tours.

12. Begin accident report/investigation immediately. Take photos, secure

equipment involved, etc.

B. AT THE OFFICE:

1. Advise office personnel who to refer calls to – and not to make any comments.

2. The management team will assign the following responsibilities:

a) Who will notify family of the Injured:

b) Who will go to the hospital

c) Who will go to the jobsite, evaluate the situation, and report back.

d) Who will go to the job site and escort the media:

e) Who will contact:

Building Dept./OSHA Insurance Carrier Owner Worker’s Comp Carrier Architect / Engineer Take photos Legal Council

f) Distribute background/media kits.

III. WEATHER EMERGENCIES

Florida being a tropical state can be subjected to lightning, heavy rains, flash flooding, and hurricanes, which may be severe. Obey all directions of your supervisors in the event of any weather emergency and respond to all emergency directions, watches or warnings accordingly.

HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS: In the event of an approaching hurricane, preplanning is essential to minimizing losses. It is the supervisor’s responsibility to ensure that each of the following precautions are taken prior to leaving the site.


147

A. Secure a camera and shoot 30 – 50 photos of jobsite interior and exterior. This will aid in documenting damages after the storm and show what precautions were taken to prevent damage.

B. Prepare phone lists 1. Get home phone numbers of all Milton J. Wood Hurricane Team members

involved with the project. Give a copy of the list to owner. 2. Prepare emergency phone list of all subcontractor’s supervisors. 3. Ask subs to get home phone numbers of their employees.

C. Make arrangements for extra plywood to cover windows and doors. D. Obtain extra Visqueen for use after the storm. E. Obtain emergency plans from local Fire Department, Civil Defense or any other

agency. Review plan with Owner, team members and subs. F. Secure the trailers with ½” cable in at least three places. Use 55-gallon drums

filled with concrete. Remove all important documents and equipment. G. Locate portable generators to be readily available for use if night work is required.

Also make arrangements for a large capacity water pump. H. Computers- Move computers into the safest location in the jobsite trailer and

cover them with plastic. Make sure they are away from windows and up off the floor area.

I. File cabinets. Move important files into a secure location that is safe from water damage.

J. Check first-aid supplies. K. Shut off all electricity at the main breakers. L. Shut off main water valve for the trailer, if applicable. M. Tape or board up windows. N. Secure all loose materials at the job site. Band all loose materials with metal

straps. Secure banded materials to floors and/or columns. O. Secure all compressed gases in racks, with storage caps securely in place. P. Broom clean the entire project inside and outside the building. Q. Remove all trash from the job site prior to the storm. R. Communication – Ensure that each employee is notified when they are to report

back to work, who if anyone is on-call, and that all necessary phone numbers are distributed.

S. Make sure all equipment at the site is full of fuel. Fill all safety cans at the job site.

T. Cranes – Boom crane down if possible. If not possible, fully extend and set all outriggers. DO NOT SECURE THE CRANE WITH ANY BOOM ATTACHMENTS. USE ONLY MAIN BOOM!!!!

U. Get all heavy equipment to high ground. Lower all accessories and set the parking brake.


148

IV. CHEMICAL SPILLS OR RELEASES

In the event of a chemical spill or release in an amount that may be immediately dangerous to life or health, the following procedures are to be followed: A. Remove yourself and others out of immediate danger area.

B. Emergency Notification Procedures:

Jobsites with Plant Emergency Numbers: Call the site-specific emergency number and give the following information:

Your name and company Your location The type of emergency Stay on the line and answer all questions until the operator tells you it’s

OK to hang up or it becomes unsafe to do so. Offices or Jobsites without Plant Emergency Numbers: Call 911 and give the following information: Your name and company Your location The type of emergency Stay on the line and answer all questions until the operator tells you it’s

OK to hang up or it becomes unsafe to do so.

C. Notify Job site Superintendent

If the job site superintendent or the plant emergency team makes a determination that an evacuation is necessary, follow these steps:

Upon emergency evacuation notification, employees will gather at the designated assembly area for their location and report to their supervisor who has the responsibility to account for each employee and transport them to a safe location.

The supervisor will then determine if further evacuation is necessary. Exit only by the pre-approved emergency evacuation routes.

DO NOT LEAVE THE JOBSITE without advising your supervisor.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 4/5/00 Respiratory Protection Program Revision: 3 Corporate Safety Manual V-6 Issued: 12/09

149

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PLAN I. PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION

A. Whenever possible, operation which involves exposure to organic vapors, dusts or fumes shall be controlled by accepted engineering control measures such as enclosure or exhaust ventilation. Respiratory protective equipment is required for protection in situations where chemical exposure exceeds the recommended exposure limits, and in certain emergency situations. Where required respirators, medical examinations, training and fit testing will be provided at no cost to the employee.

B. OSHA Requirements a. Written standard operating procedures for selection and use. b. Selection criteria based on hazards. c. Instruction and training for the wearer in use and limitations. d. Use of each respirator by one person only. e. Regular cleaning and disinfecting. f. Clean, convenient, sanitary storage. g. Respirators that are used routinely should be inspected during cleaning

and worn parts replaced. Emergency use respirators need to be inspected monthly and before each use.

h. Maintain appropriate surveillance of work area conditions, employee exposure and employee stress.

i. Medical evaluation for those who use respirators. j. Re-evaluation of Respirator Program on regular basis. k. Use only approved or accepted respirators. l. Air Quality Standards m. Recordkeeping n. Fit Testing

C. Persons with Disabilities Persons with physical disabilities, including but not limited to respiratory impairments or claustrophobia when wearing a respirator, will not be assigned to tasks that require the use of a respirator unless it is determined by a qualified physician that they are physically able to use the respirator and to perform the work.

D. Voluntary Use of Respirators No respirators may be used without prior approval of the jobsite superintendent. All employees permitted voluntarily use of respirators must be medically qualified to use the respirator. The jobsite superintendent must ensure that the respirator is cleaned, stored and maintained so that its use does not present a health hazard to the user. Voluntary respirator users must be provided with the information provided in


150

Attachment I, ("Information for Employees Using Respirators When Not Required Under the Standard") EXCEPTION: Employees, whose only use of respirators involves the voluntary use of filtering face pieces (dust masks), are not required to be included in a respiratory program.

II. RESPONSIBILITY A. Supervisors B. Supervisory personnel are responsible for:

a. Insuring respirators are available as needed. b. Identifying all employees under his supervision who require respirator

protection during their work c. Investigate possible hazardous atmospheric conditions by conducting

atmosphere tests with monitoring equipment. d. Selecting appropriate respirators. e. Implementing training and instruction. f. Administering the overall program g. Inspection of respirators on a regular schedule. h. Proper use of the Job Hazard Analysis form.

C. Employees Employees are responsible for:

a. Proper use, inspection, care and storage of the respirator assigned to him in accordance with the instructions and training.

b. Reporting a respirator malfunction to his supervisor c. Keep facial hair, sideburns shaven as no to interfere with face to face

piece seal. d. Conducting a "fit check" to assure an adequate respirator-to-face fit is

achieved each time the respirator is worn e. Cleaning, disinfecting, storing and inspecting his respirator.

D. Construction Safety and Health Coordinators (CSHCs) The CSHCs are responsible for:

a. Monitoring of the overall respirator program. b. Inspection of emergency equipment. c. Enforcement of the proper selection and use of respirator equipment. d. Review of the medical status annually of respirator users. e. Be sufficiently trained on all aspects of respiratory use.

III. ACTIVITIES REQUIRING RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

A. Some typical tasks which may require respiratory protection depending on the material and exposure level encountered: (NOTE: Respiratory protection is a last resort and should only be used when engineering controls prove inadequate)

a. Spray painting b. Welding, cutting and grinding c. Asbestos removal d. Repairs on pumps and compressors


151

e. Installing isolation blinds f. Catalyst handling

B. Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere - NO Milton J. Wood employee will be permitted to work in an atmosphere of less that 19.5% without prior approval of the job superintendent.

C. Confined Spaces - An attendant equipped with SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus) will be on standby for all attendant required confined space entries.

D. Immediate Danger to Life or Health (IDLH) - A supplied airline respirator is required for all work in atmospheres which present an immediate hazard to life or produces immediate, irreversible debilitating effects on health. Examples:

a. Initial opening of all H2S, or CO equipment, vessels, lines, etc b. Inert entry work c. Breaking into flare lines

IV. RESPIRATOR SELECTION

A. There are three basic types of respiratory protective equipment. a. Air Purifying Respirators - these protect from dust and toxic chemicals by

filtering the air before it enters the lungs. They include: i. Chemical Cartridge

ii. Particle or dust respirator (including disposable mask) iii. Canister mask

b. Supplied Air Respirator (SAR) - supplies air from a remote location, mobile or stationary tank or compressor via air line.

c. Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) - protects lungs by supplying air from a clean source; a tank carried on the back.

B. Types and Uses - The types of respirators used by Milton J. Wood and the situations they might be used in areas as follows. NOTE: All respirators used must be NIOSH approved.

a. Full Face Mask - used whenever the TLV (threshold limit value) for a toxic material is exceeded and sufficient oxygen remains to support life. Can be used with cartridges and filters to protect from asbestos, radon, chlorine and radionuclide’s.

b. Dust Masks - Particulate Respirators - used to filter the air in heavy dust concentrations, when the TLV is not exceeded and sufficient oxygen remains to support life. Situations that may require these dust masks include all grinding or sawing activities where dust may become airborne. Also used when handling talc, silica, milled fibers or other finely powered materials. Dust Mask Respirators must be NIOSH approved.

c. Half Face Respirators - used when TLV for toxic material is exceeded by less than 10Xs the OSHA PEL level and sufficient oxygen remains to support life. Can be used with cartridges and filters to protect from lead, chlorine, sulfur dioxide, ammonia, chlorine dioxide and hydrogen sulfide.

d. Emergency Escape Respirators - used for escape only situations. These respirators are not for use in IDLH atmospheres containing less than 19.5% oxygen. All such respirators must be NIOSH approved.


152

e. Self Contained Breathing Apparatus - used in confined space entry and other emergency IDLH situations.

f. Airline Respirators - used in extreme conditions where there is a possibility of an IDLH situation occurring including but not limited to, an oxygen deficient atmosphere.

C. Specific Type of Respiratory Equipment Provided on Individual Jobsite Each jobsite will maintain a current Respiratory Equipment List (See Attachment II). The type of respirators will be selected by the criteria in the “Respirator Selection” portion of this program.

V. RESPIRATOR USE

A. Normal Use of Respirators The use of tight fitting respirators is prohibited by employees with facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the facepiece and the face or that interferes with valve function.

The use of tight fitting respirators is prohibited by employees with corrective glasses, goggles, or other personal protective equipment that interfere with the facepiece to face seal.

Respirator users must perform a user seal check each time the respirator is worn.

Employees may leave the respirator use area when needed to wash, detect leaks, and/or replace cartridges.

a. Emergency Use of Respirators

At least one standby employee must be located outside the IDLH atmosphere for rescue

Visual, voice or signal line communication must be maintained between employees inside and outside. Standby employees must be trained and equipped for effective emergency rescue. Jobsite superintendent or his designee must be notified before emergency rescue begins.

VI. MAINTENANCE AND CARE OF RESPIRATORS

A. Respirators used must be clean, sanitary and in good working order.

B. Use cleaning procedures according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures.


153

C. Respirators must be cleaned at the following intervals: 1. As often as necessary when issued for exclusive use. 2. Before being worn by a different individual if it is issued to more than one

employee. 3. After each use for emergency use respirators and those used for fit testing

and training. VII. BREATHING AIR QUALITY AND USE

A. Air quality must meet Grade D levels of CGA G-71-1989 Commodity Specification for Air standard. Do not use oxygen with air compressors used for breathing air.

B. Compressors supplying breathing air must:

1. Ensure carbon monoxide (CO) levels do not exceed 10 ppm. 2. Prevent entry of contaminated air into air-supply system. 3. Have suitable in-line air purifying sorbent beds and filters, maintained per

manufacturer’s instructions. VIII. MEDICAL EVALUATION

A. A medical evaluation must be provided before any fit testing or any respirator use is required of any employee. The medical evaluation must be performed by a physician or licensed health care professional (PLHCP) using the medical questionnaire in Attachment III. Additional medical evaluation may be required as needed.

B. Medical questionnaires shall be administered confidentially during the employee's

normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the employee. IX. FIT TESTING

A. All negative and positive pressure tight-fitting facepiece respirator users must be fit tested.

B. Users must pass appropriate qualitative fit test (QLFT) or quantitative fit test

(QNFT): 1. prior to initial respirator use 2. whenever a different respirator face piece is used

C. Fit testing is to be repeated annually.

D. Additional fit tests must be conducted when employee reports or employer notices

changes in employee's condition. (e.g. facial scarring, dental changes, cosmetic surgery, or obvious changes in body weight) that could affect respirator fit.


154

X. EMPLOYEE TRAINING

All employees required to use any type of respirator will be trained on the type of respirator in the following areas. Review of Respirator Program. Reason for the need of Respiratory protection. The nature, extent and effects of respiratory hazards to which the employee may

be exposed. Explanation of the selection process. Limitations of the respirator. Donning and inspection procedures (hands on training). Proper maintenance and storage.

All regular respirator users will be retrained annually. All training records are to be documented and maintained in job files. A. Disposable Type Respirators

1. Donning Instructions a. Type A - Adjustable elastic band type

(1) Thread straps through buckles (2) Place bottom strap around the head just below the ears. (3) Adjust the straps to obtain a comfortable fit. (4) Place the top strap around the crown of the head. Pull strap

to obtain a comfortable fit. (5) Form the mask around the nose. (6) Cup both hands over the mask (do not press the mask into

your face) inhale sharply, you should get a negative pressure in the mask. If a negative pressure is obtained, the respirator is properly fitted. No further fit testing is required.

b. Type B - Non-adjustable type strap a. Place straps as indicated for Type A b. Adjust around the nose c. If a fit test is not obtained, use a different respirator.

NEVER ALTER STRAPS TO ACHIEVE A FIT. 2. Limitations of the Respirator

This mask does not supply oxygen and so is not for use in an oxygen deficient atmosphere. Do not use in any atmosphere that is immediately dangerous to life or health. Do not use for protection against gases or vapors.

3. Operating Instructions

a. Inspect the mask before use to assure all parts are present and in good working order.


155

b. Do not wear mask if anything (moustache, beard, etc.) prevents a

good face seal. c. Don the mask following the above donning instructions.

4. Cleaning, Maintenance and Storage of Respirator a. Wash the face piece in soap and warm water after removing filters

and cartridges. Disinfect it using a universal disinfectant. Rinse it and hang it up or use a soft clean cloth to dry it before returning it to storage in a clean plastic bag or clean personal pouch. Do not wear a mask that has been passed on to you unless it has been cleaned and is sanitary.

b. Store the mask to protect against dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture and damaging chemicals. Do not distort facepiece.

5. Inspection Procedures a. All respirator equipment should be visually inspected by the

employee daily when respiratory equipment is required. Additional inspection requirements are as follows: (1) Disposable type/single use Respirators and Chemical

Cartridge Respirators - shall be inspected on a monthly basis.

b. All used or damaged respirators will be replaced immediately at no charge to the employee.

c. All respirators issued to visitors will be inspected on a weekly basis or upon return. A record will be kept of the inspection.

B. Chemical Cartridge Respirator

1. Donning Instructions a. Inspect the mask before each use to assure all parts are present and

in good working order. b. Adjust straps so the fit is snug, but comfortable c. Check for leaks to make sure the fit is good. This can be done by

placing the palm(s) over the cartridge(s) and inhaling just enough to pull a negative pressure into the mask and holding it for 10 seconds.

If the mask stays in a collapsed position while holding breath, it will be safe to enter a contaminated atmosphere; if not, readjust the face piece to seal and repeat.

2. Limitations of the Respirator This mask does not supply oxygen. Do not use in oxygen deficient

atmosphere. Do not use in any atmosphere that is immediately dangerous to life or health. Leave the area immediately if you detect an odor inside the mask.


156

3. Operating Instructions

a. Inspect the mask to assure all parts are present and in good condition.

b. Don the mask following the above donning instructions. c. Fit check the mask to ensure a good seal.

4. Cleaning, Maintenance and Storage of Respirator a. Wash the face piece in soap and warm water after removing filters

and cartridges. Disinfect it using a universal disinfectant. Rinse it and hang it up or use a soft clean cloth to dry it before returning it to storage in a clean plastic bag or clean personal pouch. Do not wear a mask that has been passed on to you unless it has been cleaned and is sanitary.

b. Replace the vapor cartridges as needed. If you can smell or otherwise detect vapors inside the mask, or if you experience difficulty in breathing, the cartridges should be changed immediately in a safe area away from any possible contamination. Always check the end of service life indicator and change cartridges when necessary.

c. Store the mask to protect against dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture and damaging chemicals. Do not distort face piece.

5. Inspection Procedures a. All respirator equipment should be visually inspected by the

employee daily when respiratory equipment is required. Additional inspection requirements are as follows: (1) Disposable type/single use Respirators and Chemical

Cartridge Respirators - shall be inspected on a monthly basis.

b. All used or damaged respirators will be replaced immediately at no charge to the employee.

c. All respirators issued to visitors will be inspected on a weekly basis or upon return. A record will be kept of the inspection.

d. Chemical Cartridge Respirators shall be cleaned, disinfected and inspected before it is re-issued to another employee. Each foreman will ensure that this is done.

C. Airline Respirators

1. Donning Instructions a. Inspect the mask before each use to assure all parts are present and

in good working order. b. Adjust straps so the fit is snug, but comfortable c. Check for leaks to make sure the fit is good. This can be done by

placing the palm(s) over the cartridge(s) and inhaling just enough


157

to pull a negative pressure into the mask and holding it for 10 seconds.

d. If the mask stays in a collapsed position while holding breath, it

will be safe to enter a contaminated atmosphere; if not, readjust the face piece to seal and repeat.

2. Limitations of the Respirator Not for use in IDLH (immediately dangerous to life or health) atmosphere including an oxygen deficient atmosphere unless equipped with a self-contained escape air bottle.

3. Operating Instructions a. Inspect the mask to assure all parts are present and in good

condition. b. If using an escape bottle, make sure the air supply is sufficient to

permit safe escape from the work area. c. Select the correct length of airline hose (follow manufacturer's

instructions) and connect the hose to the regulator and air supply (maximum air pressure at the point of attachment of the hose to the air supply depends upon manufacturer's instructions). If using a compressor, make sure the inlet is in an uncontaminated area. Use air purifying filters and sorbants as needed. If the compressor is oil lubricated, it shall be equipped with high temperature and carbon monoxide alarms.

d. Don the mask following the above donning instructions. e. Fit check. f. Connect the mask to the regulator. g. Adjust the air flow in the mask. h. In case of malfunction, leave the contaminated area immediately.

4. Cleaning, Maintenance and Storage of Respirator a. After use, clean the mask with soap and warm water. Disinfect

with pharmaceutical grade rubbing alcohol. Rinse and hang up or use a soft, clean cloth to dry. Inspect the unit before returning it to storage in a clean plastic container.

b. Store the mask to protect against dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture and damaging chemicals. Do not distort facepiece.

5. Inspection Procedures Airline Respirators and Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus - shall be

cleaned, disinfected and inspected after each use. The equipment shall be thoroughly inspected before it is put into use

D. Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)

1. Donning Instructions a. Open cylinder air supply valve.


158

b. Don the unit so the cylinder is on your back with the valve pointing down. Hook the harness and tighten.

c. Don the mask and adjust it for a snug but comfortable fit. Test the fit by closing off the hose and inhaling gently. Hold breath for 5-10 seconds.

d. If the mask remains collapsed to your face, the seal is good. If not, readjust the mask and test again.

e. Connect the mask hose to the regulator. 2. Limitations of the Respirator

The air supply is limited to 15 to 30 minutes (depending on the size of tank, Make sure the time limit is known before use). Heavy exertion and excitement will increase the breathing rate and deplete the air supply sooner. Leave the area when the alarm indicates low air supply.

3. Operating Instructions a. Inspect the unit before each use. Ensure the air supply is

sufficient. Do not use the unit if it is not operating properly. b. Open cylinder air supply valve. c. Don the unit following the above donning instructions. d. Fit check. e. Connect mask hose to the regulator. If there is no air flow, check

the tank valve. Use the bypass only in the event of regulator failure.

f. When the low pressure alarm sounds, evacuate the area immediately.

4. Cleaning, Maintenance and Storage of Respirator a. A competent designated person will clean, inspect, and make any

necessary repair to respirator. b. The bottle will be refilled with breathing air (not oxygen) that

meets at least the specifications for Grade D Breathing Air in ANSI/ Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification G-7.1-1989.

c. The respirator will then be returned to its original location. 5. Inspection Procedures

Airline Respirators and Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus - shall be cleaned, disinfected and inspected after each use. The equipment shall be thoroughly inspected before it is put into use.

E. Fit Checking

1. Negative Pressure Test – Close off the inlet opening of the canister or cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by replacing the seal(s). Inhale gently so that the face piece collapses slightly and hold the breath for approximately 5-10 seconds. If the face-piece remains in its slightly collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected, the fit of the respirator is considered satisfactory.


159

2. Positive Pressure Test – Close the exhalation valve and exhale gently into

the face piece. The face piece fit is considered satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the face piece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. For most respirators, this method of leak testing requires that the wearer first remove the exhalation valve cover and then carefully replace it after the test.

F. Qualitative Fit Test Protocols

1. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol a. Respirator Selection - Respirator selection will be based on the

type of hazard and on the comfort of the test subject. b. The test subject will be given a review and demonstrate how to put

on the respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set the strap tension and how to determine a "comfortable” respirator. Assessment of comfort shall include review of the following points with the test subject: (1) Positioning of mask on nose (2) Room for eye protection (3) Room to talk (4) Positioning mask on face and cheeks.

c. The test subject shall conduct the conventional negative and positive-pressure fit checks.

d. Taste Threshold Screening - An enclosure about head and shoulders shall be used for threshold screening (to determine if the individual can taste saccharin) and for fit testing. The enclosure shall be approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front clear to allow free movement of the head when a respirator is worn.

e. The test enclosure shall have a three-quarter inch hole in front of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.

f. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to conducting the screening test.

g. During the threshold screening test, the test subject shall don the test enclosure and breathe with open mouth with tongue extended.

h. Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent, the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer.

i. The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium saccharin, USP in water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the test solution in 100 cc of water.


160

j. To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so

that it collapses completely, then is released and allowed to fully expand.

k. Ten squeezes of the nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.

l. If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes of the nebulizer bulb are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.

m. If the second response is negative ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin can be tasted.

n. The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response.

o. If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes, the saccharin fit test cannot be performed on the test subject.

p. If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.

q. Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body.

r. The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and refilled at least every four hours.

G. Fit Test

1. The test subject shall don and adjust the respirator without the assistance from any person.

2. The fit test uses the same enclosure described above. 3. The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator

selected. This respirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter.

4. The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water) or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test.

5. A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer.

6. The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin to 100 cc of warm water.

7. As before the test subject shall breathe with mouth open and tongue extended.

8. The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same technique as for the taste threshold screening and the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening.


161

9. After generation of the aerosol, read the following instructions to the test

subject. The test subject shall perform the exercises for one minute each. a. Breathe normally. b. Breathe deeply. Be sure breaths are deep and regular. c. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Inhale on one

side, then on the other. Do not bump respirator against the shoulder.

d. Nod head up and down. Do not bump respirator on the chest. e. Talking. Talking aloud and slowly for several minutes. f. Recite the Rainbow Passage:

When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People look but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond his reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.

g. Jogging in place. h. Breathe normally.

10. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.

11. If the saccharin is detected the fit is deemed unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried.

12. Documentation of employee fit testing shall be documented. H. Irritant Fume Protocol

1. Respirator Selection. Respirators shall be selected as described in respirator selection procedure above except that each respirator shall be equipped with a high-efficiency cartridge.

2. Fit Test. The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the irritant smoke to familiarize the subject with the characteristic odor.

3. The test subject shall properly don the respirator selected, and wear it for at least 10 minutes before starting the fit test. The test conductor shall review this protocol with the test subject before testing. The test subject shall perform the conventional positive pressure and negative pressure fit checks. Failure of either check shall be cause to select an alternate respirator.

4. Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic oxy-chloride, such as the MSA part #5645, or equivalent.

5. Attach a short length of tubing to one end of the smoke tube to a low pressure air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per minute. Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the eyes and instruct the subject


162

to keep the eyes closed while the test is performed. The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. The person conducting the test shall begin with the tube at least 12 inches from the face piece and gradually move to within one inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.

6. The test subject shall be instructed to do the following exercises while the respirator is being challenged by the smoke. Each exercise shall be performed for one minute. a. Breathe normally. b. Breathe deeply. Be certain breaths are deep and regular. c. Turn head all the way from one side to the other. Be certain

movement is complete. Inhale on each side. Do not bump the respirator against the shoulder.

d. Nod head up-and-down. Be certain motions are complete and made every second. Inhale when head is in the full up position (looking toward ceiling). Do not bump the respirator against the chest.

e. Talking. Talk aloud and slowly for several minutes. The following paragraph is called the Rainbow Passage. Repeating it after the test conductor (keeping eyes closed) will result in a wide range of facial movements, and thus be useful to satisfy this requirement. Alternative passages which serve the same purpose may also be used.

f. Rainbow Passage: When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with its path high above , and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People look but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.

g. Jogging in place. h. Breathe normally.

7. The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if the irritant smoke is detected. If smoke is detected, the test conductor shall stop the test. In this case, the tested respirator is rejected and another respirator shall be selected.

8. Each test subject passing the smoke test (i.e., without detecting the smoke) shall be given a sensitivity check of smoke from the same tube to determine if the test subject reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test.


163

9. Steps of this fit test protocol shall be performed in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing area by the test agents.

XI. RECORDKEEPING

A. All records of medical evaluations will be retained and made available according

to 29CFR 1910.1020. B. Fit test records retained until next fit test is administered.

C. A copy of the written respiratory program will be retained on all jobsites where

respirators are used.

D. Written materials made available upon request to affected employees and OSHA. XII. PROGRAM EVALUATION

B. Evaluations shall be conducted annually and as necessary to ensure written

program is implemented and effective. C. Respirator users shall be consulted on the overall program effectiveness and any

problems they may have encountered.


164

Attachment I

Information for Employees Using Respirators When Not Required Under the Standard

Respirators are an effective method of protection against designated hazards when properly selected and worn. Respirator use is encouraged, even when exposures are below the exposure limit, to provide an additional level of comfort and protection for workers. However, if a respirator is used improperly or not kept clean, the respirator itself can become a hazard to the worker. Sometimes, workers may wear respirators to avoid exposures to hazards, even if the amount of hazardous substance does not exceed the limits set by OSHA standards. If your employer provides respirators for your voluntary use, or if you provide your own respirator, you need to take certain precautions to be sure that the respirator itself does not present a hazard. You should do the following: 1. Read and heed all instructions provided by the manufacturer on use, maintenance,

cleaning and care, and warnings regarding the respirators limitations. 2. Choose respirators certified for use to protect against the contaminant of concern.

NIOSH, the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, certifies respirators. A label or statement of certification should appear on the respirator or respirator packaging. It will tell you what the respirator is designed for and how much it will protect you.

3. Do not wear your respirator into atmospheres containing contaminants for which your respirator is not designed to protect against. For example, a respirator designed to filter dust particles will not protect you against gases, vapors, or very small solid particles of fumes or smoke.

4. Keep track of your respirator so that you do not mistakenly use someone else’s respirator.


165

Attachment II

Respiratory Equipment List The following types of respiratory equipment listed by manufacturer's name and model number are available on this project. Jobsite: Location:

2 Disposable type/single use respirators

a. b. c.

3 Air Purifying Respirators

a. b. c.

4 Powered Air-Purifying Respirators a. b. c.

5 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) a. Scott O Vista b. c.


166

Attachment III-A MEDICAL CERTIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE


167

Attachment III-B MEDICAL CERTIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE


168

Attachment III-C MEDICAL CERTIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 09/94 Fall Protection Program Revision: 11 Corporate Safety Manual, V-7 Issued: 12/09

169

FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM I. PURPOSE

This Fall Protection Plan has been prepared for the prevention of injuries associated with falls on the job sites of Milton J. Wood. It is designed according to components established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in 29 CFR 1926, Subpart M, Fall Protection.

While this plan provides the generic components and parameters for all protection, it is understood that fall protection must be project-specific, where control measures must be developed and implemented for each identified project and/or job function. A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) form should be filled out completely to help determine hazards associated with each specific job and situation.

The purpose of this plan is: (a) to supplement our standard safety policy by providing safety standards specifically designed to cover fall protection, and (b) to ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the safety provisions which are to be implemented by this plan prior to the start of each job.

II. RESPONSIBILITY

It is the responsibility of the job supervisor to implement the fall protection plan. He is responsible for continual observational safety checks of work operations, and to enforce the safety policy procedures. Management will determine fall protection systems for employees in work areas where injury from a fall to a lower level is a recognized hazard. The supervisor is also responsible to correct any unsafe acts or conditions immediately. It is the responsibility of the employee to bring to the supervisor’s attention any unsafe or hazardous conditions or acts that may cause injury to either himself/herself or any other employees. The job site supervisor is responsible to ensure a job hazard analysis is completed and fall protection hazards are addressed. It is his/her responsibility to ensure that each employee understands the type of fall protection to be used, its application, limitations and proper use. The safety director(s) are responsible for the review of all JHA’s to identify possible employee training needs, make sure all supervisors are properly trained, investigate all incidents including near misses and communicate investigation results company wide to prevent any similar incidents from occurring. Any changes or revisions to this plan must be approved by Joan Haynes, Safety Director.


170

III. WALKING/WORKING SURFACES

A. Responsibility Through the competent person, supervision will determine if the walking/working surface on which its employees are to work have the strength and structural integrity to support employees safely. Employees are allowed to work on those surfaces only when the surfaces have the requisite strength and structural integrity as determined by the competent person.

B. General Requirements

Each employee on a walking/working surface which is 6 feet (1.8 meters) or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems, safety net systems, safety monitoring systems, or personal fall arrest systems for the following exposures as determined by the competent person. unprotected sides and edges leading edges hoist areas ramps, runways and other walkways excavations holes roofing work on low-slope roofs steep roofs wall openings walking/working surfaces not otherwise addressed NOTE: Some job sites may require fall protection at 4 feet (general industry requirement).

IV. PROTECTION FROM FALLING OBJECTS

Employees potentially exposed to injury from falling objects are required to wear a hard hat, and shall be protected by one of the following measures, designed and installed as per OSHA 1926.502 (j), as determined by the competent person: A. Erect toe boards, screens, or guardrail systems to prevent objects from falling from

higher levels. B. Erect a canopy structure and keep potential fall objects far enough from the edge of

the higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced.

C. Barricade the area to which objects could fall, prohibit employees from entering the

barricaded area, and keep objects that may fall far enough away from the edge of a higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced.


171

D. Use a lanyard for tools, materials and/or equipment.

V. CRITERIA AND PRACTICES FOR FALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS

A. Guardrail Systems Guardrail Systems shall meet the following requirements: Top rail 42 inches above the walking/working level Midrail 21 inches above the walking/working level Top rail must have the ability to withstand 200 pounds of force in any

outward or downward direction, the midrail 150 lbs of force. Rails must be surfaced to prevent injury from puncture, laceration, or

snagging of clothing Rails must be designed so as not constitute a projection hazard Guardrails must be inspected at regular intervals

B. Safety Net Systems Safety nets systems shall meet the following requirements: installed as close as practicable under the walking/working surface, but in

no case more than 30 feet (9.1 meters) below such level extend outward from outermost projection of the work surface installed with sufficient clearance under them to prevent contact with the

surface due to impact on the net capable of absorbing an impact force equal to that produced by the drop

test specified in OSHA 1926.502 © (4) (ii) of the fall protection standard inspected at least weekly for wear, damage, and/or deterioration defective

components removed mesh openings not to exceed 36 square inches (230 square centimeters)

nor be longer than six inches (15 centimeters) on any side.

C. Personal Fall Arrest Systems Personal Fall Arrest Systems shall meet the following requirements: connectors, dee-rings, snaphooks, lanyards, lifelines and anchorages are

designed, constructed and installed according to specifications addressed in OSHA 1926.502 (d) (1-15)

limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 1800 pounds used with a body harness

rigged such that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet (1.8 meters) nor contact any lower level

Harnesses and related components shall be used only for employee fall protection and not to hoist materials

personal fall arrest systems and components subject to impact loading shall be removed from service.

to provide prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall


172

inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, and/or deterioration with defective components removed

not to be attached to guardrail systems

NOTE: The use of body belts for fall arrest is prohibited

D. Positioning Device Systems Positioning device systems shall meet the following requirements: rigged such that an employee cannot fall more than 2 feet (.9 meters) secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential

impact load of an employee’s fall or 3,000 pounds, whichever is greater connectors, dee-rings, snaphooks, lanyards, lifelines and anchorages are

designed, constructed and installed according to specifications addressed in OSHA 1926.502 (e) (1-8)

inspected prior to each use of wear, damage and/or deterioration with defective components removed.

E. Warning Line Systems

Warning line systems shall meet the following requirements: erected around all sides of the roof work area erected not less than 6 feet (1.8 meters) from roof edge when mechanical

equipment is not being used points of access, materials handling areas, storage areas and hoisting areas

shall be connected to the work area by an access path formed by two warning lines

consist of ropes, wires or chains and supporting stanchions erected according to OSHA 1926.502 (f) (2) (I-v)

no employee allowed in area between roof edge and warning line unless working in that area

mechanical equipment on roofs will be used or stored only in areas where employees are protected by a warning line system, guardrail system or personal fall arrest system.

The use of this fall protection plan requires a written, job specific plan approved by the safety department.

F. Controlled Access Zone

Controlled Access Zones shall meet the following requirements: defined by a control line or other means that restrict access and flagged at

6 foot intervals with highly visible material control line to have a minimum breaking strength of 200 pounds all employees working in a CAZ must comply promptly with fall hazard

warnings from safety monitors Use of this type of fall protection must have job specific fall protection

plan approved by the Safety Department.


173

G. Safety Monitoring Systems Safety Monitoring Systems shall meet the following requirements: designation of a competent person to monitor the safety of other

employees safety monitor competent to recognize fall hazards warn employees working under unsafe conditions or performing unsafe

acts located on same working surface and within visual sighting distance of

employees close enough to communicate orally shall not have other responsibilities that could draw attention away from

safety monitoring duties Use of this type of fall protection must have job specific fall protection plan approved by the Safety Department.

H. Covers

All covers shall meet the following requirements: secured when installed so as to prevent accidental displacement by wind,

equipment, or employees capable of supporting at least twice the maximum load to which it is

exposed (e.g. vehicles, equipment, workers) color coded or marked with the word “HOLE” or “COVER” to provide

warning of the hazard VI. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

This plan outlines the training required for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards. The plan enables each employee to recognize the hazards of falling and trains each employee in the procedures to be followed in order to minimize these hazards.

A. Training Curriculum

This plan assures that each employee has been trained, as necessary, by a competent person covering the following curriculum: the nature of fall hazards in the work area the correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and

inspecting the fall protection systems to be used the use and operation of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems,

safety net systems, warning line systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled access zones and other protection to be used

the role of each employee in the safety monitoring system when this system is used

the limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low-sloped roofs

the correct procedures for handling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of overhead protection

The role of employees in the Milton J. Wood Fall Protection Plan


174

The standards contained in OSHA 29 CFR 1926, subpart M, Fall Protection.

B. Certification of Training

A record of the latest training certification for each employee shall be maintained that contains:

the name, and identification number of the person being trained Signature of the person being trained the dates of the training Signature of the person conducting the training

C. Retraining

Documented refresher training shall be provided at least annually and shall be documented with an appropriate note that it is “refresher“ training.

In addition to annual refresher training, documented retraining shall be provided under the following circumstances:

Changes to the workplace which renders the initial training obsolete Changes in the type of fall protection systems or equipment to be used

which renders the previous training obsolete Inadequacies in an effected employee’s knowledge or use of fall

protection systems or equipment indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill.

D. Interim Training

Interim training is provided by the competent person in the form to short “tool box” meetings with the employees in the work area.

Topics for these training meeting are determined by the type and scope of the job itself, and the need for safety information identified by the employees or perceived by the competent person. Training needs are determined by JHA’s.

All interim training meetings are documented using the minutes of the safety meeting and/or JHA forms.

VII. GENERAL WORK AT HEIGHTS RULES

A. Work on elevated structures should be accomplished away from floor and wall openings and any fall hazard areas. When work must be accomplished near these

hazardous areas, guardrails and other protective equipment as outlined in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.23 and 1926.500 must protect personnel.


175

B. When personnel must work on the unprotected portions of elevated structures,

open sided structures, or outside of handrails, they shall be properly secured. A lanyard and full body harness (ANSI Class 3) is required. An ANSI approved body belt may only be used for “positioning work” like pole climbing.

C. Where a lanyard cannot be secured to an attachment point, a lifeline should be

used. This lifeline should be capable of sustaining a minimum dead weight of 5000 pound per worker attached.

D. Lanyards should be as short as possible, but never more than 6 feet. An adjustable

lanyard is recommended for situations with required distance variation of less than 6 feet. Never reduce the length of a lanyard with a knot. It will reduce its strength by up to 50%. Never lengthen a lanyard by attaching two or more lanyards together. Lanyards must be anchored waist high or higher and attached to a structural member capable of sustaining a minimum dead weight of 5000 pounds. Never use a handrail as an attachment point unless it has been designated and certified as an anchorage point by proper authority. This will always require a validation plate or tag.

For situations where the nearest acceptable attachment point is greater than six feet, a retracting reel type system (inertia reel) is recommended and should be capable of sustaining a minimum dead weight of 3000 pounds or as specified by the manufacturer.

E. All body harnesses safety belts, lifelines, lanyards, and retracting reel locking systems and their usage must comply with OSHA 1926.105 standards.

F. All hand tools and equipment should be tethered where the possibility of a falling

object might cause injury to personnel or damage company hardware. Tethers shall be designed and attached in such a manner as to minimize interference with task being performed.

G. Safety nets are required for personnel protection where other fall protection

devices (harnesses and lanyards) are impractical or where nets provide a better means of protection. Where safety nets are used they must comply with OSHA 1926.105 standards.

H. Any piece of fall protection equipment actually subjected to in-service loading, as

distinguished from static load testing, shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again.

I. To maintain the service life and high performance of belts, harnesses, lanyards,

and all other fall protection equipment it should be inspected frequently. Visual

inspections are required before each use and ANSI Z359.1 (1992) recommends semi annual inspection by a competent person.


176

VIII. EQUIPMENT INSPECTION CRITERIA:

A. Harness: Straps should be bent to an inverted “U” and examine from the one end to the other. Look for frays, broken, fibers, pulled stitches, mold, mildew, cuts, staining, and chemical damage. Special attention should be given to the attachments. Buckles, D-rings, grommets, rivets, and connectors should be free of all distortions, dents, corrosion, cracks, and sharp edges.

B. Lanyards: Strap lanyards should be inspected in the same manner as harness

straps and metal attachments. Rope lanyards should be twisted against the weave of the rope to inspect inside fibers. This should be done at three separate points. The rope should not have bulging fibers, cuts, broken strands, stains, uniform diameter, or any damage from chemicals, or heat burns. The splice should have at least four tucks, and the thimble should be tight and without deformity.

C. Steel cable: Wire rope can be used as a lanyard with proper shock absorption

attached. Wire rope can also be used as a lifeline. All wire rope, regardless of it’s application should be inspected for damage, including corrosion, rust, grease, oils, birdcage, uniform diameter, or any damage from chemicals.

D. Shock Absorbers: These devises will vary in design and material depending on

the manufacturer. They may even be part of your lanyard. Inspections of these or any other piece of fall protection equipment should be the same as listed in the previous sections including the impact indicator. This is usually a stitched area that would pull apart under load or a paper tag indicating the same condition. Remember that fall protection equipment subjected to an impact load as distinguished from a static load must be removed from service and not used again.

E. Practical demonstration: Inspect several pieces of fall protection equipment

demonstrating techniques and acceptability.

IX. ENFORCEMENT

Constant awareness of and respect for fall hazards, and compliance with this plan (and all company safety rules) are considered conditions of employment.

Management reserves the right to issue disciplinary warnings to employees, up to and including, termination, for failure to follow the guidelines of this plan.


177

X. ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION, REPORTING AND ANALYSIS

All incidents shall be documented using the Event Investigation Report. Each incident is subsequently investigated using this form.

Safety shall review each incident report and provide immediate feedback regarding necessary corrective action. All incidents are then reviewed by the executive safety committee who provide feedback on corrective actions and make additional recommendations for long term initiatives to prevent future incidents of this type.

All incidents fall under the parameters of this plan are analyzed at least annually to determine trends and recurring problems and the need for further control measures.

XI. FALL PROTECTION AUDIT

The Milton J. Wood’s fall protection plan will undergo an annual audit to evaluate the plan’s effectiveness and the need for revision and upgrade.

Safety Department shall use the Fall Protection Plan Audit to evaluate the input of the competent person(s) and other representatives of supervision along with feedback from the employees. This information will be used to gauge the effectiveness of the plan and incorporate necessary improvements.

XII. DEFINITIONS

Body Harness - straps which may be secured about the employee in a manner that will distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders with means for attaching it to other components of a personal fall arrest system. Competent Person - a person who is capable of recognizing and evaluating employee exposure to unsafe conditions, and is capable of specifying the necessary protection and precautions to be taken to ensure the safety of the employees. Controlled Access Zone (CAZ) - an area in which certain work may take place without the use of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems, and access to the zone is controlled. Deceleration Device - any mechanism, such as rope grab, rip-stitch lanyard, specially-woven lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyards, automatic self-retracting lifelines/lanyards, etc., which serves to dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest, or otherwise limit the energy imposed on an employee during fall arrest. Executive Safety Committee: Team of 5-8 members made up of 2-3 project managers, 2-3 supervisors, and 1-2 safety directors, chosen from each geographic area to review

incidents and make recommendations to the management team regarding long term corrective actions, policy changes and/or disciplinary action.


178

Guardrail System - a barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels. Job Site Supervisor – The job site supervisor for the construction side of Milton J. Wood Company is the job site superintendent. The job site supervisor for the Milton J. Wood Fire Protection Company is the Project Manager or his designee. Lanyard - a flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap which generally has a connector at each end for connecting the body harness to a deceleration device, lifeline or anchorage. Leading Edge - the edge of a floor, roof, or formwork for a floor or other walking/working surfaces (such as decks) which changes location as additional floor, roof, decking or formwork sections are placed, formed, or constructed. A leading edge is considered to be an “unprotected side and edge” during periods when it is not actively and continuously under construction. Management – Management for the purpose of this plan are project managers. Fall protection must be addressed at the bidding stage of the job. Management Team - consists of upper management; the president, vice presidents and chief financial officer. Personal Fall Arrest System - a system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body harness and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline or suitable combination of these. Positioning Device Systems - a body harness system rigged to allow an employee to be supported on an elevated vertical surface, such as a wall, and work with both hands free while leaning. Safety Monitoring System - a safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards. Walking/Working Surface - any surface, whether horizontal or vertical, on which an employee walks or works, including, but not limited to, floors, roofs, ramps, bridges, runways, formwork, and concrete reinforcing steel, but not including ladders, vehicles, or trailers, on which employees must be located in order to perform their job duties.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 01/97 Personal Protective Equipment Program Revision: 6 Corporate Safety Manual, V-8 Issued: 12/09

179

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT PROGRAM

I. INTRODUCTION & PURPOSE

Milton J. Wood is concerned for the safety and health of its employees. Personal protective equipment should not be used as a substitute for engineering and/or administrative controls. Personal protective equipment should be used in conjunction with these controls to provide for employee safety in the workplace. Personal protective equipment includes all clothing and other work accessories designed to create a barrier against workplace hazards.

Using personal protective equipment requires hazard awareness and training on the part of the user. Employees must be aware that the equipment does not eliminate the hazard. If the equipment fails, exposure will occur. To reduce the possibility of failure, equipment must be properly fitted and maintained in a clean and serviceable condition.

Selection of the type of personal protective equipment used is the responsibility of the safety director. Equipment is selected based on an in-depth evaluation of the equipment needed to protect against the hazards in the workplace. Selection of proper personal protective equipment for a job is very important. The Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) form can aid in this selection. Supervisors and employees must understand the equipment’s purpose and limitations. The equipment must not be removed or altered even though an employee may find it uncomfortable. (Sometimes equipment may be uncomfortable simply because it does not fit.)

II. SCOPE

All employees who work for Milton J. Wood fall under the Personal Protective Equipment Program. The type of personal protective equipment needed is determined by the nature of the work, the surrounding environmental factors, and tools and equipment used to perform the work.

III. HAZARD ASSESSMENT

The superintendent or his designee is required to assess each job for possible hazards that would require the use of personal protective equipment through a job hazard analysis (JHA). It is the responsibility of the jobsite superintendent to ensure that it’s onsite and used when the work begins. All hazard assessments shall be certified in writing. The form should consider the following items. Physical Hazards (Struck by, Struck Against, Caught By, Caught Between) Chemicals Hazards (Toxic, Asphyxiate,) Environmental (Heat, Cold) Harmful dust Light (optical) radiation


180

IV. TYPES OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Types of Personal Protective Equipment include: Head Protection (Hardhats) Eye and Face Protection Ear Protection Respiratory Protection Torso Protection Arm and Hand Protection Foot and Leg Protection

V. TRAINING

Employees shall receive annual training which covers: When PPE should be used The type of PPE needed Proper donning of PPE Limitations of PPE Maintenance of PPE Pre Use Inspection of Equipment

Training shall be documented and shall include the name of the employee, the date(s) of training and the type of PPE being trained on. Training needs must be addressed with the review of the JHA. Upon review of the JHA, each employee’s training on the type of PPE selected must be reviewed and training needs addressed before work commences.

VI. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Although each job site is different, Milton J. Wood requires the use of certain personal protective equipment on all job sites. Pre-use inspection of all PPE is required. Damaged or defective PPE shall not be used. These are minimum requirements and must be adhered to at all times. A. Head Protection

1. Hard hats are required on all Milton J. Wood job sites. Hard hats must have company logo and be uniform in color for each job site. They must be Class A or B which offers protection from falling objects and electrical shock. Do not paint, punch holes in, or alter the suspension in any way. Metal hard hats are not allowed. Reflective tape can be applied for night visibility, but never use metal tape which can conduct electricity.

2.


181

EXCEPTION: Fabrication shops that are located inside a building are exempt if no overhead hazards are present. However, any employee working outside the building is required to adhere to the hard hat policy.

3. Never carry personal belongings such as cigarettes, lighters or pens inside your hard hat.

4. Before each use, inspect the hard hat for cracks, gouges and/or dents. Also check the suspension system for frayed or broken straps. Have it repaired or replaced immediately if there are any signs of wear or damage.

5. Hard hats should be cleaned at least once a month. Follow manufacturer’s instructions or soak it in mild soap and hot water for ten minutes and let it air dry.

6. Sunlight and heat can damage the hard hat’s suspension system. Store it in a clean, dry and cool location.

B. Eye/Face Protection 1. Safety glasses with side shields must be worn at all times on Milton J.

Wood job sites. 2. Prescription safety glasses must be ANSI approved with side shields. As

an alternative, visitor spectacles, goggles or other similar protection may be worn over non-approved prescription glasses.

3. Dark glasses are not allowed inside buildings or at night. 4. Welding hood lens and welding goggles shall be tinted to the correct tint

when welding, cutting or other hot work. (See Attachment I) 5. Safety glasses are required under welding hoods. 6. Impact goggles shall be worn when performing the following operations.

Sawing Chipping Drilling Working in dusty environments (lime kiln, wood yard, etc.) Grinding Chiseling Riveting Sanding Powered fastening

7. Use chemical goggles for protection from splashing liquids, fumes, vapors, powders, dusts and mists.

8. Use face shields for full face protection from molten metal, chemical splashes or flying particles. Use safety glasses/goggles when using a face shield because a face shield alone can’t fully protect the eyes.

9. Clean eye protection regularly. Use mild soap and water or special wipes designed to clean protective eye-wear. Never use abrasive soaps or towels that can scratch lenses. Replace face/eye protection if scratched.


182

C. Hearing Protection 1. Hearing protection must be worn at all times when the noise level is

90dBA or greater, or in areas posted “High Noise Area”, or “Hearing Protection Required”.

2. Hearing Protection is also required when performing certain construction operations where noise levels are known to exceed 90 DBA. Pile Driving Operations (110-120 dBA) Jack hammer operations (102-111 dBA) Skill Saw Operation (88-102 dBA) Chain Saw (105-110 dBA) Explosive Fasteners, (105-111 dBA) Pneumatic chip hammer (103-113 dBA) Concrete joint cutter (99-102 dBA) Stud welder (101 dBA) Building Forms (92-117dBA) Stripping Forms (94-125dBA) Welding/Cutting (94-122dBA) Bulldozer/Crane (90-96 dBA) Earth tamper/Backhoe/Front End Loader (85-96 dBA)

3. Foam and PVC ear plugs are the most common types of hearing protection. They are small and lightweight, comfortable in hot work areas and can be used easily with most safety equipment. Foam earplugs offer the most protection, but employees must know how to insert them correctly. Remover gloves and wash hands. Straighten the canal. Reach around the head with your left hand, pull

the ear gently with an outward pull. (Ask for assistance if needed.) Using the opposite hand, insert the earplug. Use a sound check to ensure proper seating. Repeat process for other ear.

4. Earmuffs offer a comfortable fit if protection is needed for long periods. They can be uncomfortable in hot weather and sometimes can’t be used with other PPE.

5. Hearing protection should be stored in a clean, cool, dry place. 6. PVC earplugs can be cleaned with a mild solution of soap and water, then

rinsed and dried with a soft towel. 7. Inspect earplugs before use, if earplugs are torn, soiled, or stiff, replace

them.

D. Hand/Arm Protection 1. Employees are required to wear gloves when handling abrasive materials

or in situations where hands are exposed to hazards that could cut/lacerate, puncture, burn or bruise employee’s hands.

2. Proper chemical gloves are to be used when employees are exposed to

chemicals. Refer to the attached glove selection chart. (See Attachment II)


183

3. Di-electrical rubber gloves are to be worn if there is a potential for contact with electric current.

4. Gloves shall not be worn when performing operations in which the gloves could get caught. (i.e. saws, rotating equipment, drills, lathes, etc.,)

5. Welding gloves are required to be used when welding. 6. Make sure gloves fit properly. Replace when worn. Don’t lend or borrow

gloves. Store gloves right side out in a clean cool, dry and ventilated area. 7. Long sleeves or arm protectors must be worn when performing welding,

cutting or any spark producing operation.

E. Fall Protection 1. A full-body harness and shock absorbing lanyard shall be worn when

personal fall protection is required. Body belts are not allowed on Milton J Wood job sites for fall arrest.

2. Fall protection systems must be inspected daily. 3. Since a system is only as strong as its weakest link, a personal fall arrest

system includes the body harness, lanyard and the anchor point. 4. Body harness must be completely fastened when in use. 5. Anchor points must be able to withstand 5,000 lbs. of force. Steam lines,

process lines, electrical conduit are not acceptable anchor points. 6. Lanyards must have shock absorbers, double locking snap hooks and be

tied off in a manner to limit the free fall distance to six feet or less. 7. Body harnesses and lanyards are to be destroyed anytime they are

involved in a fall. 8. Fall Protection equipment should be stored in a clean, cool, dry, ventilated

area.

F. Foot / Leg Protection 1. Leather work shoes are required on all Milton J. Wood job sites. 2. Safety-toed shoes, safety-toed boots, along with metatarsal/instep guards

shall be worn when using jack hammers or similar equipment. 3. Rubber/Chemical boots are to be worn when working in concrete or when

working in areas involving potential exposure to hazardous chemicals. 4. After working in chemicals, rinse footwear completely before taking them

off. 5. Store footwear in a clean, cool, dry and ventilated area. 6. Foot guards are required to be worn when performing jack-hammering

operations. 7. Leg chaps shall be worn when using a chain saw.

G. Torso Protection 1. Shirts shall have sleeves at least four inches long. Shirt tails must be

tucked in when working around moving equipment.

2.


184

Appropriate chemical protective clothing shall be worn when needed as protection against chemical exposure.

H. Respiratory Protection

1. Respiratory protection is to be used only when hazards cannot be eliminated. Respirator usage requires special training, fit-testing and medical clearance. The use of any respiratory protection equipment must be approved by the job site superintendent.

2. Respirators must be inspected before each use. Look for cracks, chips or holes, worn or damaged straps or fittings, bent of corroded buckles and dirty or improperly seated valves. If anything is wrong with the respirator, repair or replace it immediately.

3. Complete a positive and/or negative pressure fit test to assure the proper fit every time the respirator is donned.

4. While working, monitor fit to assure it remains sealed. If you can smell or taste the contaminant, have difficulty breathing or become dizzy or sick, the employee must get out of the area immediately to find out why the contaminant was able to penetrate the unit.

5. Replace filters/cartridges following the manufacturer’s recommendations. Replace the respirator if it becomes damaged.

6. After use, clean and inspect the respirator. 7. Store in a sealable plastic bag and keep it out of dust, sunlight, heat,

extreme cold, moisture, and damaging chemicals. 8. See respiratory protection program for more details.

I. Employee Owned Personal Protective Equipment Some employees prefer to use their own personal protective equipment. It is the responsibility of the job site superintendent to ensure that the employee’s personal protective equipment meets or exceeds Milton J. Wood’s standards.

I. Additional Site Specific Requirements

Some jobsites may have specifics hazards that are not addressed under the minimum requirement of Milton J. Wood. Please use Attachment III to list any additional requirements for your jobsite. This attachment should be maintained in your jobsite safety box for review by the Safety Director.


185

Attachment I GUIDE FOR SHADE NUMBERS

Operation

Electrode Size 1/32 in. (mm)

Arc

Current (A)

Minimum Protective

Shade

Suggested (1) Shade No. (Comfort)

Shielded metal arc welding

Less than 3 (2.5) 3-5 (2.5-4) 5-8 (4-6.4)

More than 8 (6.4)

Less than 60 60-160 160-250 250-550

7 8 10 11

-- 10 12 14

Gas metal arc welding and flux cored arc welding

Less than 60 60-160 160-250 250-500

7 10 10 10

-- 11 12 14

Gas tungsten arc welding

Less than 50 50-150 150-500

8 8 10

10 12 14

Air carbon Arc cutting

(Light) (Heavy)

Less than 500 500-1000

10 11

12 14

Plasma arc welding Less than 20 20-100 100-400 400-800

6 8 10 11

6 to 8 10 12 14

Plasma arc cutting (Light)(2) (Medium)(2) (Heavy)(2)

Less than 300 300-400 400-800

8 9 10

9 12 14

Torch brazing -- -- 3 or 4 Torch soldering -- -- 2 Carbon arc welding -- -- 14

Plate thickness in. mm

Gas welding Light Medium Heavy

Under 1/8 1/8 to 1/2 Over ½

Under 3.2 3.2 to 12.7 Over 12.7

4 or 5 5 or 6 6 or 8

Oxygen cutting Light Medium Heavy

Under 1 1 to 6 Over 6

Under 25 25 to 150 Over 150

3 or 4 4 or 5 5 or 6

(1) As a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the weld zone. Then go to a lighter shade which gives sufficient view of the weld zone without going below the minimum. In oxyfuel gas welding or cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of the (spectrum) operation.

(2) These values apply where the actual arc is clearly seen. Experience has shown that lighter filters may be used when the arc is hidden by the work piece.

Data from ANSI/ASC Z49.1-88


186

Attachment II

GLOVE SELECTION CHART

Chemical Class Chemical Gloves Recommendation Acids Hydrofluoric Acid Neoprene Hydrochloric Acid Neoprene, Nitrile, PVC Sulfuric Acid Neoprene, Nitrile, PVC Caustics Ammonia Neoprene, Nitrile, PVC Phenol (Speed Clene) Butyl, Viton, Silver Shield Sodium Hydroxide (lye) Neoprene, Nitrile, PVC Epoxy Resins Bisphenol A Nitrile, Silver Shield Epichlorohydrin Butyl Solvents Acetone Butyl, Silver Shield Alcohols Neoprene Benzene Viton

Butanol Neoprene, Nitrile, Butyl, Nat. Rubber, Viton

Butyl acetate Silver Shield Carbon Tet. Nitrile, Viton Gasoline Silver Shield Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK)

Petroleum Distillates Silver Shield, Viton

n-Propanol Neoprene, Nitrile, Butyl, Viton Tetrachloroethylene Silver Shield, Viton Trichloroethane 1,1,1, Silver Shield, Viton Trichloroethylene Silver Shield, Viton Toluene

(Thinners, contact cements) Silver Shield, Viton

Stoddard solvent /mineral spirits

Silver Shield, Viton

Xylene Silver Shield


187

Attachment III

ADDITIONAL SITE SPECIFIC PERSONAL PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS

Jobsite Location: The Additional Site Specific Personal Protective Equipment required on this job site: Eye Protection: __________________________________________________________ Head Protection: ______________________________________________________ Hand Protection: _______________________________________________________ Foot Protection: ________________________________________________________ Body Protection: _______________________________________________________

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 04/96 Excavation & Trenching Program Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual, V-9 Issued: 09/05

188

EXCAVATION & TRENCHING PROGRAM I. PURPOSE AND RESPONSIBILITY

This Excavation and Trenching Program is designed to ensure a safe working environment when work is performed in excavation or trenching operations in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.651 and 652. An excavation plan/permit will be developed from the Job Hazard Analysis that identifies the protective measures, competent person, inspection procedures and monitoring requirements, if necessary.

The implementation of this program shall be the responsibility of the safety directory and the jobsite superintendent. This program is to be implemented for all excavation projects.

II. COMPETENT PERSON

A “competent person” shall be on-site each Milton J. Wood excavation project. This designated competent person must have and be able to demonstrate the following:

Training, experience and knowledge of: soil analysis, use of protective systems and requirements of 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P

Ability to detect: conditions that could result in cave-ins failures in protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, other hazards including those associated with confined spaces. Authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate or control the hazards stop work when required.

III. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

All surface encumbrances that are located in such a way that they create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported to safeguard employees.

The estimated location of utility or plant installations (sewer, telephone, electric, gas, water, etc.,) that may be expected to be encountered shall be determined before digging.

Use safe and acceptable means, to determine the exact location. While the excavation is open, underground installations should be protected, supported, or removed as necessary to safeguard employees.

A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) will be filled out for each excavation. This will assist the Supervisor and/or foreman to determine dangerous or hazardous aspects of the job and ensure all employees aware of potential hazards and the protective measures provided to protect them.


189

IV. SURFACE CROSSING OF TRENCHES

Surface crossing of trenches is discouraged; however, if trenches must be crossed, such crossing is permitted only under the following conditions: Vehicle crossings must be designed by and installed under the supervision of a registered professional engineer.

Walkways or bridges must be provided for foot traffic. These structures shall: have a safety factor of 4, have a minimum clear width of 20 inches be fitted with standard rails, and extend a minimum of 24” past the surface edge of the trench.

V. INGRESS AND EGRESS

Access to and exit from the trench require: Trenches 4 ft or more in depth shall be provided with a fixed means of egress. Spacing between ladders or other means of egress must be such that a worker will

not have to travel more than 25 feet laterally to the nearest means of egress. Ladders must be secured and extend a minimum of 36 in. above the landing. Metal ladders are prohibited for use in excavations.

VI. STABILITY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES

Where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls or other structures is endangered by digging operations, support systems such as shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided.

Excavation below the level of the base of footing of any foundation or retaining wall shall not be permitted unless one of the following conditions exists: A support system (such as underpinning) is provided to ensure the safety of

employees and the stability of the structure; the excavation is in stable rock, a registered professional engineer has approved the determination that such

excavation work will not pose a hazard to employees;

Sidewalks, pavements, and appurtenant structures must not be undermined, unless a support system or another method of protection for employees is provided to protect them from the possible collapse of such structures.


190

VII. EXPOSURE TO VEHICLES

Employees exposed to hazards imposed by vehicle traffic shall be protected by: providing employees with and requiring them to wear warning vests or other

suitable garments marked with or made of reflectors or high-visibility materials; requires a designated, trained flag person along with signs, signals, and barricades

when necessary. VIII. EXPOSURE TO FALLING LOADS

Employees shall be protected from loads or objects falling from lifting or digging equipment. Procedures designed to ensure their protection include: Employees are not permitted to work under raised loads Employees are required to stand away from equipment being loading or unloaded.

IX. WARNING SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT

Adequate steps should be taken to prevent vehicles from accidentally falling into the trench: Barricades must be installed where necessary Hand or mechanical signals must be used as required Stop logs must be installed if there is a danger of vehicles falling into the trench. Soil should be graded away from the excavation; this will assist in vehicle control

and channeling of run-off water. X. PROTECTION FROM LOOSE ROCK OR SOIL

In order to protect workers from loose rock or soil falling or rolling from an excavation face, one or more of the following should be done: scaling to remove loose material installation of protective barricades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop

and contain falling material. In order to prevent excavated or other materials or equipment from rolling or

falling into excavations, they shall be kept at least 2 feet from the edge of excavations,

or retaining devices shall be used that are sufficient to prevent the material or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations.


191

If necessary, both methods shall be used. XI. HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERES AND CONFINED SPACES

Employees shall not be permitted to work in hazardous and/or toxic atmospheres. Such atmospheres include those with: less than 19% or more than 23.5% oxygen a flammable gas concentration greater than 10% of the lower flammable limit. a combustible gas concentration greater than 20% of the lower flammable limit concentrations of hazardous substances that exceed those specified in the

Threshold Limit Values for airborne contaminants established by the ACGIH.

All operations involving such atmospheres must be conducted in accordance with OSHA requirements for occupational health and environmental controls (see Subpart D of 29 CPR 1926) for personal protective equipment and for lifesaving equipment (see Subpart E, 29 CFR 1926). Engineering controls (e.g. ventilation) and respiratory protection may be required.

TESTING FOR ATMOSPHERIC CONTAMINANTS

Testing shall be conducted before employees enter the trench and should be done regularly to ensure that the trench remains safe. The frequency of testing should be increased if equipment is operating in the trench or if heavy equipment is in operation near the trench.

Testing frequency should also be increased if welding, cutting, or burning is done in the trench.

Employees required to wear respiratory protection must be trained, fit-tested and enrolled in the Milton J. Wood Respiratory Protection Program.

Some trenches qualify as confined spaces. When this occurs, compliance with the Confined Space Standard is also required. Refer to Milton J. Wood’s Confined Space Program.

XII. EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT

Emergency rescue equipment is required when a hazardous atmosphere exists or can reasonably be expected to exist. Requirements are as follows: Respirators must be of the type suitable for the exposure. Employees must be

trained in their use and the respiratory protection program must be instituted. Attended (at all time) lifelines must be provided when employees enter bell-

bottom pier holes, deep confined spaces or other similar hazards.


192

XIII. STANDING WATER AND WATER ACCUMULATION

Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water or in which water is accumulating unless adequate precautions are taken to protect them. These precautions will vary with the situation, but some acceptable methods of controlling standing water and water accumulation are: Use of special support or shield systems approved by a registered professional

engineer. Water removal equipment, i.e., well pointing, used and monitored by a competent

person Safety harnesses and lifelines used in conformance with 29 CFR 1926.104 Surface water diverted away from the trench Employee removed from the trench during rain storms. Trenches carefully inspected by a competent person after each rain and before

employees are permitted to re-enter the trench. If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water, then diversion

ditches, dikes or other suitable means should be used to prevent surface water from entering the excavation and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation.

XIV. INSPECTIONS

Inspections shall be made a competent person and should be documented. The following guide specifies the frequency and conditions requiring inspections. Daily and before the start of each shift. As dictated by the work being done in the trench After other events that could increase hazards, e.g., snowstorms, windstorm, thaw,

earthquake, etc. When fissures, tension, cracks, sloughing, undercutting, water seepage, bulging at

the bottom, or other similar conditions occur. When there is a change in the size, location, or placement of the spoil pile. When there is any indication of change or movement in adjacent structures.

XV. SOIL CLASSIFICATION

All excavations shall be classified as Type C unless it is entirely in stable rock or has been upgraded to a higher level by a registered professional soil testing analyst.


193

XVI. PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS

Necessity Each employee in an excavation is to be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system designed as set forth in this section unless one of the following is true: excavations are made entirely in stable rock excavations are less than 5 feet deep and examination by a competent person

provides no indication of a potential cave-in.

Requirements The protective systems employed must have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could reasonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to the systems.

Options Protection may be provided by the design of sloping and benching systems or protection may be provided by the design of support systems, shield systems and other protective systems.

Design of Sloping and Benching Systems:

Option 1--Allowable configurations and slopes Excavations must be sloped at an angle not steeper than one and one-half horizontal to one vertical (34 degrees from the horizontal). The slopes must be excavated to form configurations that are in accordance with the slopes shown for Type C soil in Appendix B to Subpart P--Excavations of the OSHA regulations.

Option 2-- Determination of slopes and configurations using 29CFR1926.652 Appendices A&B. Maximum allowable slopes, and allowable configurations for sloping and benching systems, must be determined in accordance with the conditions and the requirements set forth in appendices A and B to Subpart P--Excavations of the OSHA regulations. Option 3--Designs using other tabulated data Designs of sloping or benching systems should be selected from written tables and charts, including all of the following: identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a sloping or benching

system drawn from the data – identification of the limits of use of the data, to include the magnitude and

configuration of slopes determined to be safe; explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct


194

selection of a protective system from the data.

At least one copy of the tabulated data, which identifies the registered professional engineer who approved the data, should be maintained at the jobsite during construction of the protective system and throughout the entire project.

Option 4--Design by a registered professional engineer Sloping and benching systems not using on of the first three options must be approved by a registered professional engineer. A written copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite throughout the project.

Design of Support Systems, Shield Systems, and other Protective Systems:

Option 1--Designs using appendices A, C, and D Designs for timber shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and C to Subpart P--Excavations of the OSHA regulations. Designs for aluminum hydraulic shoring should be in accordance with Option 2 below, unless the manufacturer’s tabulated data cannot be utilized, in which case designs should be accordance with appendix D to Subpart P. Option 2--Designs Using Manufacturer’s Tabulated Data Design for support systems, shield systems or other protective systems that are drawn from a manufacturer’s tabulated data should be in accordance with all specifications, recommendations and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer. Deviation from the manufacturer’s specifications are allowed only with the manufacturer’s written approval. The manufacturer’s specifications, recommendations and limitations and the manufacturer’s approval to deviate must be kept at the jobsite throughout the project. Option 3--Designs using other tabulated data Design for support systems, shield systems or other protective systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tabulated data such as tables and charts. These tables should be in written form and should include all the following:

identification of the parameters that affect the selection of a protective system drawn from such data.

identification of the limits of use of the data; explanatory information as may be necessary to aid the user in making a correct

selection of a protective system from the data. At least one copy of the tabulated data, which identifies the registered professional engineer who approved the data, shall be maintained at the jobsite throughout the project. Option 4--Design by a registered professional engineer Designs for support systems, shield systems or other protective systems not utilizing any of the options discussed above shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. A copy of the design shall be maintained at the jobsite throughout the project.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 01/94 Working Over/Around Water Revision: 4 Corporate Safety Manual Issued: 12/09

195

WORKING OVER OR NEAR WATER

Many jobs that M.J.Wood performs are near or over water such as dock work with conveyer systems, port facilities, or deep excavations. Work is also performed at surface mine sites where vast areas are dredged using draglines or dredges. Sheet piles are often used to isolate areas so other tasks can be performed such as concrete piles, support structures, or pump and lift stations. This section deals primarily with the water danger associated with working near or over water and does not address sheet pile operations.

I. PRECONSTRUCTION SURVEY

A preconstruction survey by a qualified or competent person must be conducted to determine the location of any underground utilities and the presence of any hazardous chemicals. A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) worksheet will be completed for each task.

II. JOBSITE PLAN

The jobsite plan must be developed and include the following elements: Type of operation to be performed. Necessary equipment. Location of underground utilities. Identification of all potential hazards. Personal protective equipment requirements. Location of medical supplies and emergency response plan.

III. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Special precautions must be taken when working over water: Employees working over or near water must be provided with US Coast Guard

approved life jackets or buoyant work vests. These devices must be inspected for defects before and after each use.

Ring buoys not more than 200 feet apart (readily available) and at least one lifesaving skiff (immediately available) must also be provided.

If employees are exposed to falls greater than six feet, fall protection must be used, unless the use of such protection would create a hazard. See the Fall Protection Program for more details.

Hard hats and safety glasses with side shields shall be worn at all times. Hearing protection is required for employees exposed high noise levels. Safety shoes shall be required.


196

IV. BARGES Access to barges – Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall be of

adequate strength, provided with side boards, well-maintained, and properly secured.

Means of Access o must be adequately illuminated for its full length. o Unless impossible because of the structure, the means of access should be

located so that the load does not pass over the employee. o Jacob’s ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall

be well maintained and properly secured. Decks and walking surfaces will be maintained in a safe condition and should be

made or coated with a non-skid type material. Obstructions cannot be laid on or across the gangway. At least one US Coast Guard Approved 30-inch life ring with not less than 90 feet

of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water will be on each barge.

Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with US Coast Guard approved work vests or buoyant vests.

Communication must be maintained between land and the barge in case of emergencies.

V. RIGGING

Gloves will be worn when connecting or disconnecting loads. Tag lines will be utilized on all suspended loads. Rigging shall be inspected before each use. Only qualified employees shall be allowed to perform rigging operations. Defective rigging equipment (chokers, slings, cables, etc.) shall be removed from

service immediately. VI. COFFERDAMS

If overtopping of high waters is possible, means must be provided for controlled flooding of the work area.

Develop and post warning signs for evacuation of employees in case of an emergency.

Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit must be provided with guardrails as specified in the Fall Protection Program.

Protect cofferdams located close to navigable shipping channels from vessels in transit, where practical.

VII. OSHA REQUIREMENTS

Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with U.S. Coast Guard-approved life jacket or buoyant work vests.


197

Prior to and after each use, the buoyant work vests or life preservers shall be inspected for defects which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used.

Ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line shall be provided and readily available for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet.

At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately available at locations where employees are working over or adjacent to water.

VIII. MSHA REQUIREMENTS

Life jackets and belts. Life jackets or belts shall be worn where there is danger from falling into water.

IX. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS

Cranes operating in close proximity to water where the possibility of the crane falling into the water exists, may be equipped with additional safety devices. Seat belt cutter 10 minute supply of emergency air.

.

.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 10/98 Hot Work / Fire Prevention Procedures Revision: 5 Corporate Safety Manual Issued: 12/09

198

HOT WORK

I PURPOSE To assure that all Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection employees use sound fire prevention principles to ensure the health and welfare of its employees, subcontractors, client employees and visitors while performing hot work operations.

II. APPLICABILITY

All Milton J Wood Company employees, all Milton J. Wood Fire Protection employees, subcontractors, and visitors.

III. INTRODUCTION This hot work plan has been prepared for the prevention of injuries and/or losses associated with fires. The plan is based on the requirements established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for the construction industry and Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA).

Although this plan provides generic components and parameters for all protection, it must be understood that all plans must be project-specific, where control measures are developed and implemented for each individual project.

The purpose of this plan is to: a Supplement our standard safety policy by providing safety standards designed

to cover fire prevention in the industrial settings in which we work, and b To ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the safety

precautions which are to be implemented by this plan prior to the start of each job.

IV. RESPONSIBILITY

a. Jobsite Supervisor: It is the responsibility of the jobsite superintendent to implement this plan. He is responsible for continual observational safety checks of work operations and for the enforcement of safety policy procedures in strict adherence of all applicable OSHA, MSHA and NFPA standards.. It is also his responsibility to correct any unsafe acts or conditions immediately. To complete a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) sheet in addition to any local Hot Work Permits that may be required The superintendent has the authority and responsibility to cancel any hot work that cannot be performed in a safe manner.

b. Employees: It is the responsibility of the employee to bring any unsafe or

hazardous conditions/acts that may cause injury to the attention of


199

management immediately. Only employees trained in safe work procedures will be allowed to perform any type of welding operations including welding, grinding, burning, or fire watching..

V. DEFINITION

a. Hot Work - Any work involving electric or gas welding, cutting, brazing,

burning, grinding or similar flame or spark producing operations. This includes acetylene torches, arc welding equipment, propane torches, etc.

b. Hot Work Permit - Permits usually issued by the Owner/Contractor representative authorizing hot work to be performed. It is the superintendent's responsibility to ensure that permits are obtained and signed by all the necessary people. The superintendent must be familiar with the facilities "hot work procedure" and shall ensure that these procedures are followed. M.J.Wood requires a JHA to be filled out in addition to these permits.

c. Firewatch - A person designated to watch for the possible outbreak of fires in

the area where hot work is being performed.

VI. GENERAL SAFE WORK PRECAUTIONS a. Prior to any hot work operation a Hot Work Permit must be obtained. This

permit must be signed by all the necessary personnel. b. Permits are normally issued for one shift only. Permits must be conspicuously

posted. c. A MJ Wood Job Hazard Analysis will also be prepared and reviewed with all

affected crew members. Each crew member will sign off on the JHA to certify that he/she has been advised of all potential hazards and the precautions provided to protect them.

d. All hot work equipment and fire protection equipment must be available for inspection prior to the issuance of a permit. Any defective equipment will be removed from service.

e. The area within 35 feet of the work area shall be clear of all appreciable combustibles. Where this is not possible, welding curtains or other non-combustible shields shall be used to adequately protect combustible materials in this area from ignition.

f. Where combustible floors or walls are present, they shall be wet down or covered with a non-combustible material

g. Where openings in walls or floors in the work area would permit hot slag or flame to penetrate, these openings shall be adequately covered.

h. Where hot work is performed near a building wall, any combustibles directly adjacent to the other side of the wall shall be moved or adequately protected from potential ignition.

i. The supervisor shall ensure that all necessary vapor tests have been conducted in areas where hydrocarbon vapors or other flammable liquids or gases man, or may have been, present near the hot work site.


200

j. Work will not proceed until it has been determined it is safe to proceed. k. Fire extinguishing equipment shall be maintained in a state of readiness for

instant use at the work site. Needs may vary, but as a minimum, a water hose shall be at least one half inch diameter, and portable extinguishers shall be at least a 10lb dry chemical, 15lb carbon dioxide or 2.5 gallon pressurized water. All portable fire extinguishers shall be fully charged with a current inspection date.

l. A fire watch, if required, shall be provided for all hot work operations during and for at least 30 minutes after the hot work is completed by someone trained in the use of fire extinguishers, fire hose and emergency notification procedures. Where fire watches are not required, a final inspection shall be made by the supervisor. NOTE: Some job sites require an inspection 60 minutes after all hot work has ceased.

m. Hot work performed at elevated locations, on grated upper floors or above open cable trays shall require the use of welding blankets or shields to prevent sparks/slag from injuring employees or damaging equipment.

n. All areas below where overhead welding is being performed must be barricaded.

o. Hoses and welding leads shall not pass through doorways. If there is no alternative, the door shall be braced open and the hoses and leads protected from damage.

p. All leads, grounds, clamps, welding machines, hoses, gauges, torches, and cylinders, shall be inspected before use.

q. Ventilation shall be adequate for the material being welded or burned. Personnel should avoid breathing fumes. An exhaust system, blower, or respirator should be used if needed.

r. Personal Protective Equipment includes: safety glasses underneath welding shields, hard hats, safety shoes, flame resistant jackets/over-shirt, welding shields and proper welding gloves.

VII. HOT WORK IN CONFINED SPACES

In addition to standard confined space entry procedures which include atmospheric testing, lock out-tag out, hole watch, life lines, the following safe work practices should be used when performing hot work operations in confined spaces: a. Provide continuous atmospheric testing. b. Ensure all gas/fuel cylinders are properly secured. c. Barricade, post a sign, or use some other type of warning to keep all

unauthorized personnel away from the area. d. Shut down electric welding machines and shut off gas supplies at the point of

supply when work is stopped even for a short period of time. e. Disconnect electric welding machines from the power source when leaving

the area for 30 minutes for longer. f. Do not leave electrodes or welding lead inside an unattended confined space. g. Shut off fuel/gas supply at the cylinder and do not leave hoses inside of the

confined space.


201

VIII. HOT WORK INVOLVING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

a. Before welding, cutting or heating any surface covered by a preservative

coating whose flammability is not known, testing shall be performed to determine the flammability. Preservative coatings may be stripped back to ensure a safe distance to ensure any temperature increase will not be appreciable.

b. Before performing any welding, cutting, grinding, or heating operations in which a harmful substance may be released either by dust, fume or mist, protective measures shall be established to ensure the safety of all personnel. Depending of the hazard, exposure monitoring may be required. Refer to Health Hazards for special requirements for Cadmium, Hex chromium, and Lead.

c. In confined spaces, all toxic preservative coatings shall be stripped back from the area of heat application a minimum of four inches and/or employees shall be protected by air line respirators.

d. In open air, employees performing hot work as well as any other workers exposed to the same atmospheric hazard such as fitters/cutters, may be protected by respiratory protection if the potential for an exposure exists.

IX. WELDING AND CUTTING (ELECTRIC, ARC)

a. Welders assigned to operate or maintain arc welding equipment must be properly trained and qualified to operate/maintain such equipment.

b. Welders assigned to operate or maintain arc welding equipment shall be

familiar with all applicable standards and regulations including 29CFR (1910.254, 1910.252(a)(b)(c), 1926.351). 30CFR (77.408, 77.701, 57.4600, 56.4000-56.4604,56.14213, 56.15007,).

c. Whenever possible, welding screens will be used to protect employees and other persons from hazards produced such as welding sparks and/or flashes.

d. Make sure that all work has a separate and adequate ground, pulled from the

machine to the work location. Attach the ground connection as close to the work as possible.

e. Remove the rod from the electrode holder when laying it down. Discard the

stub ends in a metal container.

f. Turn the machine off at the end of each workday or when not using it for extended periods.

g. Wear an approved welding hood. Use no less than a No. 10 filter with a

safety lens on both sides of the filter. Hard hat-hood combination shall be worn in hard hat areas.


202

h. Electric welding is prohibited from a metal ladder.

i. Welding leads shall be adequately insulated from the machine to the electrode holder.

j. All 480 volt welding machines must be equipped with an auxiliary

(secondary) ground.

k. Where floors have been wet down, welders or cutters using arc equipment must be protected from possible shock.

: l. All damage to equipment must be reported to the supervisor and the use of

said equipment shall be prohibited until the equipment is repaired by qualified personnel.

m. Machines which have become wet must be thoroughly dried and tested before

use.

n. Cables with damaged insulation or exposed bare conductors shall be replaced.

o. Use connecting means specifically intended for the purpose when joining lengths of work and electrode cables. The connecting means shall have insulation adequate for service conditions.

X. BURNING, WELDING, CUTTING (GAS) a. Before connecting regulators to cylinders, carefully crack open the cylinder

valve to blow out and foreign particles. Close the valve. After the regulator is connected, ensure that the second stage of the regulator is closed. Stand to one side and open the valve slowly.

b. Open valves on all fuel gases except acetylene completely to backseat valve

and prevent leaking. Acetylene valves should be opened one-quarter turn only.

c. Do not exceed 15 psi on the torch side of the gauge when using acetylene.

d. Test all hoses and connections using a leak detection solution prior to use.

e. When lighting a torch, (1) open the fuel gas valve, (2) light the torch, (3) then

open the oxygen valve. Use an approved spark lighter. Do not use matches, cigarette lighters, or cigarettes to light a torch. Reverse the order to shut down the torch.


203

f. Break down all burning rigs at the end of the shift, or when the work is completed, removing the regulators and screwing the protective caps down hand-tight.

g. Secure all compressed gas cylinders upright to an adequate support while they

are in storage, transit, or use.

h. Keep oil and grease away from oxygen regulators, hoses and fittings. Do not store wrenches, dies, cutters, or other grease-covered tools in the same compartment with oxygen equipment.

i. Do not use compressed gas to clean your clothing, or clean the work area.

j. Inspect all hoses, gauges, and torches before each use.

k. Wear approved burning goggles. Use at least a No. 3 filter with a safety lens

on both sides of the filter.

l. Never leave a torch inside a vessel, tank or other closed container, because of the potential hazard of leakage.

m. Never use oxygen as a substitute for compressed air or other gases.

n. Place cylinders and hoses where they are not exposed to sparks or slag from a

burning operation.

o. Handle cylinders with care: Do not lift cylinders to upper levels by slings or lift a cylinder by the protective cap. Do not strike an arc on cylinders, and do not use cylinders as rollers.

p. Flashback arrestors shall be an integral part of the oxy/fuel rig. At the very

minimum, arrestors must be used at the regulators. Arrestors at the torch should also be used.

q. Do not leave pressure on the regulator when not in use.

r. When regulators are positioned on oxy-acetylene cylinders, install a T-wrench

on the cut-off valve of the acetylene cylinder.

XI. OTHER HOT WORK OPERATIONS Other operations that produce sparks such as grinding, cutting, are also covered by this program and require the same precautions. Electrical Spark Producing Tools/Equipment a. Always use GFI protection when using electrical tools. b. Inspect tools and equipment before use. Do not use damaged tools.


204

c. Do not use tools if electrical cord is damaged, such as a missing ground pin, cut, shows signs of strain relief, etc.

Gasoline Powered Tools/Equipment a. Gasoline powered welding machines, generators, pumps and other small

appliances should not be used in-doors or on roofs. Electric, pneumatic or diesel powered appliances are recommended and should be used whenever possible

b. When gasoline or diesel devices are approved for short term uses, the following precautions must be taken:

Begin each operation with enough fuel to last for the anticipated operation. Refueling will be done outside at ground level whenever possible.

Any fuel spills will be eliminated immediately by wiping or using absorbent material.

Continuous adequate ventilation must be provided to prevent the accumulation of carbon monoxide fumes

c. Refueling Procedure Gasoline or diesel powered equipment must be shut down during

refueling operations. Gasoline powered equipment operating on roofs or inside buildings

must be removed to outside ground level to be refueled. When equipment is refueled from tank trucks or when using powered

pump equipment, proper grounding procedures will be followed. This includes grounding the receiving tank to the refueling vessel and grounding the receiving machine.

No smoking or hot work will be allowed within twenty-five (25) feet of the refueling operation

XII. FIRE WATCH

a. A Fire Watch is required whenever:

i. Combustible material cannot be removed 35 feet or more from the point of hot work operation or if combustibles are moved 35 feet or more they can still be easily ignited by sparks.

ii. Wall or floor openings within 35-foot radius expose combustible material in adjacent areas including concealed spaces in walls or floors,

iii. Combustible materials are adjacent to the opposite side of metal partitions, walls, ceilings, or roofs and are lightly to be ignited by conduction or radiation.

b. Requirements for a fire watch include:

i. Shall not have any other duties that interfere with his/her primary duty. ii. Shall have the authority to stop work activities until fire prevention

measures are in place.


205

iii. Shall be trained in fire hazard recognition, use of fire prevention equipment, and proper emergency notification procedures. Annual “hands on training” required.

iv. Shall inspect the area 30 minutes (and longer if necessary) after hot work has ceased to ensure no fire hazards are present.

XIII. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

a. All employees involved in hot work shall be protected by PPE that is appropriate for the hazard: respiratory, vision, and skin.

b. Personal Protective Equipment includes: safety glasses underneath welding shields, hard hats, safety shoes, flame resistant jackets/over-shirt, welding shields and proper welding gloves.

c. Flame Resistant Shirts and Pants must be worn for all hot work operations. Long sleeves are required. Flannel or polyester shirts or shirts with frayed or raveled ends must be covered and protected from sparks. Hot Work Jackets must be available for all hot work operations.

d. Respiratory Protection needs must be determined before welding operations begin. Respirator use must be in compliance with the Respiratory Protection Program.

e. Oxyfuel Gas Welding and Cutting and Submerged Arc Welding: Goggles or the combination of safety glasses with faceshield shall be worn during all oxyfuel gas welding and cutting, and submerged arc welding operations.

f. Resistance Welding and Brazing: Operators of resistance welding or brazing equipment and their helpers shall use safety glasses.

XIV. STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE/COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

All flammable and combustible liquids must be stored in approved safety cans and labeled. These materials must be labeled according to the hazard communication requirements.

XV. SMOKING

Smoking is prohibited in any area where there is a risk of fire or where smoking presents a safety hazard.

Smoking is prohibited in all confined spaces. Smoking is prohibited in all areas designated by the client as "No Smoking

Areas"

XVI. TRAINING All persons involved in hot work operations shall be trained in: Hazard Recognition Safe Work Procedures Emergency Procedures Reporting Requirements

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 4//99 Security Program Revision: 3 Corporate Safety Manual, V-12 Issued: 08/08

206

SECURITY PROGRAM I. INTRODUCTION & PURPOSE

Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection realizes in today’s industry, security is a major problem. With so many contractors and subcontractors on site, the potential for loss is great. The program has been created in order to establish procedures that coordinate and comply with the Project’s security program and/or measures.

II. RESPONSIBILITY

It is the jobsite supervisor’s responsibility to ensure that all Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection employees comply with the Projects security regulations. He or his designee will be accountable for the requisition and issue of materials. He or his designee will conduct regular security checks of all work area assigned to Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection.

III. CONTROLLED ACCESS

Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection will enter the plant facilities only through the designated gates/areas and will adhere to all sign in procedures. For this project employees will normally enter and exit through:

Plant facilities such as cafeterias, locker rooms, restrooms, maintenance shops, control rooms, and electrical switch gear rooms are normally “off limits” to contractors unless the work being performed is actually in these areas.

IV. VEHICLES

Employees will park their personal vehicles in the designated parking area only.

The project’s security program will determine which Milton J. Wood vehicles are permitted on-site. Pre-authorization (i.e. gate passes) must be obtained prior to any Milton J. Wood vehicle entering any plant.


207

Any employee driving a Milton J. Wood vehicle on-site shall adhere to the following regulations:

(Check all that apply for this project.)

Speed Limit not to exceed _______ MPH. Vehicles left unlocked with keys in the ignition. Vehicle equipped with audible backup alarm. Vehicle equipped with visible backup alarm. Employees must wear seat belt.

V. MOVEMENT OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Project rules will determine the method tools and equipment are moved on and off site. If necessary, “gate passes” will be obtained prior to moving tools and/or equipment. Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection shall offer all packages, lunch boxes, coolers, etc., to the guard when requested for inspection. This applies to both incoming and outgoing articles.

VI. DELIVERIES

Deliveries will be made in accordance with the project’s security program.


208

VII. EMPLOYEE CONDUCT

Employees are expected to remain in the vicinity of their work area unless official business requires them to be elsewhere.

Employees are responsible for locking gang boxes/tool boxes at the end of the

day. Employees are prohibited from any acts or threats of violence. Bringing or consuming intoxicants or illegal drugs on the project is prohibited. Reporting to duty under the influence of intoxicants in prohibited. Bringing firearms on the property is prohibited.

VIII. REPORTING OF INCIDENTS

Employees will report all incidents of loss, theft, or vandalism to their supervisor immediately. A written report will be prepared and copies shall be submitted to:

Project Security Department Job Site Superintendent

If Milton J.Wood owned equipment is involved, additional copies shall be submitted to:

Jack Deshisky, Equipment Manager Mark Cole, President

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 01/97 Lockout / Tagout Program Revision: 5 Corporate Safety Manual V-13 Issued: 08/05

209

LOCK OUT/TAG OUT POLICY

I. PURPOSE

It is the intent of Milton J. Wood to establish a program and utilize procedures for affixing appropriate lockout devices, and to otherwise disable machines or equipment to prevent unexpected energizing, start up or release of stored energy in order to prevent injury or death to our employees.

II. GENERAL DEFINITIONS

Affected Employee - An employee whose job requires him/her to operate or use a machine or equipment on which servicing or maintenance is being performed under lockout or tagout, or whose job requires him/her to work in an area in which such servicing or maintenance is being performed. Authorized Employee - A person who locks out or tags out machines or equipment in order to perform servicing or maintenance on that machine or equipment. An affected employee becomes an authorized employee when that employee’s duties include performing servicing or maintenance covered under this section. Crew Lock - A set of locks retained by each crew, each set is mastered for that crew. Supervisors are responsible for the use of these keys and locks. Dead Front Switch - is a switch that has a door or panel over the front of the switch that protects the operator against "live" parts of the switch. Energized - Connected to an energy source or containing residual or stored energy. Energy Isolating Device - A mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy, including but not limited to the following: A manually operated electrical circuit breaker, a disconnect switch, a manually operated switch by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from all ungrounded supply conductors and, in addition, no pole can be operated independently; a line valve; a block and any similar device used to block or isolate energy. Push buttons, selector switches and other control circuit type devices are not energy isolating devices. Energy Source - Any source of electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal, steam, tension, gravity, or other energy. Group Lockout - Multiple employees, multi-crafts or combination of Milton J. Wood and contractor personnel working on locked out systems.


210

Live Front Switch - are switches where live parts are exposed to the operator. Lockout Device -is a device that is attached to a switch or valve that will accommodate several padlocks. If the situation requires still additional padlocks, lockout devices may be used in tandem. Main Disconnect Switch -The main switch that provides the power to the piece of equipment, and by opening it, the equipment is positively isolated from the power source. While main disconnect switches can be located almost anywhere, they are usually located in a motor control center. Padlocks - are locks issued to individuals for personal protection. The individual has the only set of keys to the lock--there are no master keys that will open his lock. Pipe Blank - is a solid disc that is placed between two flanges in a pipe line to positively interrupt the flow of material inside the pipe. Qualified Person – A person with the skill and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training on the hazards involved. Start/Stop or On/Off Switch - Switches that are usually located near the equipment they operate. Often there will be two or more such switches located in a circuit such as on the equipment and in the operator's control room. Tag Out –

Danger Tag -is white with red and black lettering and are used to identify the user. Danger tags will only be used for personal protection. Each tag must be signed and show the user's and supervisor's name. These are only to be removed by the person who locked the equipment EXCEPT as stated elsewhere in this policy.

Warning Tag -Warning tags are orange with black lettering. They are used to alert others of a situation that could result in injury or equipment damage if someone attempted to move, operate or otherwise use a piece of equipment. They may be removed by either the person using them or a qualified person who has corrected the situation. All tags shall identify the user.

III. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS (must be documented)

a. Authorized Employees shall receive initial training in:

i. Recognition of energy hazards ii. Types of control of hazardous energy

iii. Isolation methods


211

b. Affected Personnel shall receive training in:

i. Purpose of energy control plan ii. Use of the energy control

c. Retraining shall be provided:

i. Change in job assignment or machines ii. A change in the lock, tag, try procedure

IV. GENERAL LOCKOUT/TAGOUT GUIDELINES

a. All energy isolating devices capable of being locked out shall be locked out. If an energy-isolating device is not capable of being locked out, the energy control program shall utilize a tagout system.

b. Lockout locks shall be individually keyed and used exclusively for Energy

Control. Lockout devices shall identify the employee, and the company. c. A lockout device must always be used with a padlock so others may also lockout

the same equipment, if necessary. d. Lockout devices shall be substantial enough to prevent removal without the use of

excessive force or unusual techniques, such as with the use of bolt cutters or other metal cutting tools.

e. No employee shall work under the protection of another employee's individual

lock.

f. No employee shall work under the lock from a different shift. The on-coming shift should place its lock on the equipment as the out-going shift removes their locks. If a time span between shifts will elapse, a properly completed WARNING TAG shall be in place of the equipment by the out-going shift.

g. All individual locks must be removed at the end of the shift.

h. No employee shall remove the lock of another individual except as indicated

below: i. The supervisor of the employee will be notified and shall attempt to

contact the employee. If the employee cannot be contacted, the job site superintendent will be contacted. He will determine that no danger to the employee is present and personally oversee the removal of the lock.


212

V. APPLICATION OF CONTROL

a. Prepare for Shutdown: Ensure authorized employees have knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy, the hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the method or means to control the energy. A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) can help in this by sighting the hazards and corrective measures in place.

b. Machine or Equipment Shutdown: Ensure established procedures are followed to

turn off or shut down the equipment.

c. Isolate the equipment/machine: All energy isolating devices that are needed to control the energy to the machine/equipment shall be physically located and operated in such a manner as to isolate the machine/equipment from the energy source(s). Conductors and parts of electrical equipment that have been deenergized but have not been locked out shall be treated as live parts.

d. Apply Lockout or Tagout device: Lockout and/or tagout devices shall be affixed

to each energy-isolating device by authorized employees. This will include but not be limited to: electrical process, steam, lube oil, relief system hydraulic, and pneumatic. Small valves (gated or ¼ turn) that cannot be locked out with a lock and chain shall be locked with “lockable covers”.

e. Group Lockboxes--The supervisor or his designee locks out the power source for

the entire crew with a lock issued by the plant representative or a Milton J. Wood lock with the supervisor having the only key to the lock. He places this key inside a group lock box and then locks it with his own individual lock. Any employees working on that machine will also place their individual lock on the lock box. When the employees finish their work, they remove their individual locks, until only the supervisor's lock is left. The supervisor or his designee then removes his individual lock, retrieves the key to the plant's lock and then removes the crew's lock from the plant lockout device.

f. Electrically Operated Equipment--When working on electrically operated

equipment, The Main Disconnect Switch must be opened and locked. Start/Stop or On/Off switches must never be locked out and relied on as protection. If Live Front switches are present, an electrician is the only person authorized to operate them. After the equipment is locked out, one of the Start/Stop switches must be tested to see if the equipment operates. This ensures that the main disconnect switch was opened and while being open that it did open the disconnect inside the switch.

g. Valves--Where possible, chains are to be used with locks and lockout devices to

positively secure the valve. If a valve CANNOT be positively locked out, a blank must be inserted in the line to protect against material flowing through the line. Specifically, pneumatically and hydraulically operated valves must be


213

disconnected by a method that prevents any unexpected change in the valve setting. Blanks must be used where possible. If blanks cannot be used, the supervisor will be notified to ensure the job is performed in the safest manner possible. A DANGER TAG will also be attached to the valve for identification.

h. Subcontractors--All subcontractors of Milton J. Wood will follow these

procedures. The lock color will vary from that which is used by Milton J. Wood’s employees.

VI. STORED ENERGY

a. Following the application of lockout or tagout devices to energy isolating devices, all potentially hazardous stored or residual energy shall be relieved, disconnected, restrained, depressurized or otherwise rendered safe.

b. If there is a possibility of re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous level,

verification of isolation shall be continued until the servicing or maintenance is completed, or until the possibility of such accumulation no longer exists.

c. Braces, chain falls, block pens, or other blocking devices must be locked in place

by chains and locks or other means to isolate mechanical systems that might bleed down or move. Examples include: Air, Fluid, or other stored pressure. All pressure must be bled off to prevent unexpected movement, but even when systems are bled down, blocking devices must be used.

VII. VERIFICATION OF ISOLATION

Prior to starting work on the machine or equipment that have been locked out or tagged out, the authorized employee shall verify that isolation and de-energizing of the machine/equipment have been accomplished.

VIII. START UP

a. The work area shall be inspected to ensure that all tools and other nonessential items are removed and to ensure that machine or equipment components are intact.

b. The work area shall be checked to ensure all employees have been safely

positioned or removed.

c. Notify all affected employees before lockout/tagout devices are removed and

again after the devices have been removed.


214

IX. ANNUAL AUDIT

M. J. Wood’s Lock, Tag, Try Procedure shall be audited at least once annually to ensure all procedures are being followed. This inspection shall be documented.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2000 Barricading Procedure Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual V-14 Issued: 09/05

215

BARRICADING PROCEDURE

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide the requirements for proper barricading of potentially hazardous conditions.

II. SCOPE

This policy applies to all contractors that may be required to barricade a hazardous condition.

III. DEFINITIONS

Barricade Tag – A yellow tag attached to barricade tape (red or yellow) to communicate information concerning type of work, personnel involved, and hazards in barricaded area. These tags must be posted on all four sides in such a manner that they can be seen by everyone entering the area from any direction. Barricade Tape – Used to rope-off/isolate a hazardous area. The tape may either be RED or YELLOW with RED denoting strict entry control and YELLOW denoting a cautionary warning. Watchman/Flagman – Person assigned to attend the barricade perimeter and control access through the area.

IV. APPLICATION

The following procedures shall be followed in roping-off, barricading or safeguarding hazardous areas, operations, or pieces of equipment such as: A. Working Overhead:

Where working overhead creates a hazard to passers-by due to the possibility of falling material or tools.

B. Overhead Material Handling:

When using cranes to handle material while over doorways, roads, etc.


216

C. Hazardous Areas or Equipment:

Such as: Acid cleaning, chemical leaks, paper machine boilouts, longwood tractor operations, etc. Equipment with the guards removed must be guarded with substantial barriers according to the guarding policy.

D. Hazardous Conditions:

Such as: Open U-drains, sewers, excavations, suspected high concentrations of hazardous air contaminants, etc. (If barricading is not provided in these areas, then sampling must be conducted to prove that the contaminants do not exceed the OSHA Short Term Exposure Limit.)

E. Radiographic Work

V. PROCEDURES

Contractors shall limit barricaded areas as much as is safely possible so as to minimize the impact to plant operations. There are three situations used for roping-off, barricading or safeguarding areas depending upon the degree of hazard. A. Situation I

1. These are extremely dangerous situations where absolutely no one, under any circumstances, shall enter the secured area. (This does not apply to those persons who are directly involved in correcting the hazardous situation, also see NOTE 1.)

2. In these situations, the area shall be secured with Barricade Tags on all

four sides attached to red barricade tape. These Barricade Tags must be filled out completely and explain the hazard present in the secured area. Red barricade fencing or chain may be used for more substantial protection.

NOTE 1: In certain circumstances, access through a RED barricaded area

may be necessary (i.e. vehicle traffic). In these cases only the flagman/watchman or job supervisor will allow access through only after they verify no hazards exist.


217

B. Situation II

1. These are situations where workers, other than those directly involved in correcting the hazardous situation, must enter the secured area to perform authorized work. These authorized workers must be assured they are aware of both the location and the nature of the hazard before entering into the secured area. In addition, these authorized workers must perform the necessary work and vacate the secured area as soon as possible. These types of secured areas shall not be used as a passageway and shall only be entered by authorized persons.

2. In these situations, the area shall be secured with Barricade Tags on all

four sides attached to yellow barricade tape. The Barricade Tags must be filled out completely and explain the hazard present in the secured area.

C. Situation III

These are situations in which the access through an area must be maintained (vehicular routes, pedestrian aisles, etc.) and therefore, it may not be possible to barricade the area. When this condition exists, as a minimum, visibly displayed signs depicting the hazard must be stationed at each entry point to inform persons of the hazard. In some cases, such as when cranes and hoists are being used, watchmen may have to be stationed at the entry point(s) to notify and control passage through the area. Each watchman must wear a reflective vest to signify their duty at that time.

D. General Rules

1. Barricade tags must always be used in conjunction with a barricade

red/yellow tape chains or fences without exception; tape alone is not acceptable. Barricade tags must be filled out in their entirety, including the completion date. The foreman’s name and description of the hazard shall be written on all barricade tags.

2. Barricades can only be removed by the individual who constructed them,

that individual’s immediate supervisor or the person who corrects the hazard.

3. Barricades shall be removed immediately following the completion of the

job or the elimination of the potential hazard for which they were constructed.

4. If red barricades must be left up overnight or through the weekend it must

have prior approval.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 07/97 Hearing Conservation Program Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual, V-15 Issued: 12/09

218

HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM

I. INTRODUCTION & PURPOSE

Milton J. Wood is concerned for the safety and health of its employees. The purpose of our Hearing Conservation Program is to protect its employees against the effects of occupational noise exposures and to assure that proper training is provided for all employees who are exposed to noise levels exceed Federal & State standards.

Noise hazards shall be controlled through administrative and engineering controls whenever possible. If the hazard cannot be eliminated through these measures, then the use of personal protective equipment shall be provided to reduce the noise levels.

II. SCOPE

Any employee exposed to 85dBA or greater during an 8-hour time period shall be covered under the Hearing Conservation Program. A noise assessment was performed for common construction tasks. Based on the assessment, the following operations will require hearing protection:

. Pile Driving Operations (110-120 dBA) Jack hammer operations (102-111 dBA) Skill Saw Operation (88-102 dBA) Chain Saw (105-110 dBA) Explosive Fasteners, (105-111 dBA) Pneumatic chip hammer (103-113 dBA) Concrete joint cutter (99-102 dBA) Stud welder (101 dBA) Building Forms (92-117dBA) Stripping Forms (94-125dBA) Welding/Cutting (94-122dBA) Bulldozer/Crane (90-96 dBA) Earth tamper/Backhoe/Front End Loader (85-96 dBA) . All employees involved in or working around any noise that exceeds 85dBA. Employees working at any customer site where noise levels exceed 85dBA or is

required by the customer.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 07/97 Hearing Conservation Program Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual, V-15 Issued: 12/09

219

III. TESTING

Milton J. Wood shall adhere to all Federal & State regulations pertaining to Hearing Conservation. Employees under the Hearing Conservation Program who are exposed to 85dBA or greater over an 8-hour period may receive audiometric exams by a qualified person. These exams shall be at no cost to the employee and each employee shall have the opportunity to review the results of the exam. Any employee whose exposure equals or exceeds an 8-hour, time weighted average of 85bBA may receive a baseline audiogram within six months of the first reported exposure. At least fourteen hours of no workplace noise must proceed the baseline testing. This may be accomplished with the use of hearing protection. Any employee who receives the baseline audiogram and who remains employed with M. J. Wood for the entire year, will be eligible for an annual audiogram. The employee will be notified within 21 days if the annual audiogram showed a threshold shift change when compared to the baseline audiogram. Should a threshold shift occur, the type of hearing protection shall be re-evaluated and/or re-fitted. If necessary, a medical evaluation will be scheduled..

IV. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

At least two types of hearing protection shall be available for use by employees at no cost to the employee. This protection is required to be used at all times whenever noise levels reach 85dBA or greater over an 8-hour period. The types of hearing protection selected are based on an evaluation of hearing protection attenuation when used in the common construction activities covered under the scope of this program.

V. TRAINING

All employees covered under the hearing conservation program shall receive annual training which shall include: The effects of noise on hearing. The purpose of hearing protection, limitations of types of hearing protection

provided. Proper use, fitting and care of protection devices and attenuation characteristics. Purpose and procedure of audiometric testing. Right to access records and training information.

VI. RECORD KEEPING

Milton J. Wood shall maintain records of audiometric tests and training material on all current employees. Noise exposure records shall be kept for 2 years.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2000 Safety Policy for Forklift Operators Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual, V-16 Issued: 08/05

220

SAFETY POLICY FOR FORKLIFT OPERATORS

I. PURPOSE

To assure safe operation procedures for all employees engaged in operation or maintaining forklifts.

II. SCOPE

This policy is applicable to all operators of forklifts employed by Milton J Wood Company.

III. TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION

A. All employees employed by Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood Fire Protection, Inc. shall successfully complete a Forklift Certification Program before allowed to operate any forklift. This training may include:

a. Written classroom training program. b. Hands on driver training program. c. Operator evaluation in the workplace

B. Training will be given by a competent person with the knowledge, skill and experience

and is capable of evaluating trainee’s competency.

C. All employees, upon completion of this training, will receive a certification card signed by the instructor with the date of training. All employees with certification cards shall be required to be evaluated at least every 3 years.

D. Refresher training will be required for any operator involved in a forklift accident, near

miss, forklift safety infraction, unsafe operations, change in type of forklift, change in worksite conditions, or anytime deemed appropriate by M J. Wood Company.

IV. SAFE OPERATION

A. The following rules shall be observed by Milton J. Wood Company/Milton J. Wood

Fire Protection, Inc. employees while operating forklift: B. The operator must make daily maintenance checks at the start of each shift. Test

brakes, steering, gear, lights, horns, warning devices, clutches, etc., before operating.


221

Turn in daily maintenance checklist. Any defect that could make vehicle unsafe shall require the vehicle to be removed from service.

C. Always check condition of fire extinguisher on the truck. A fire extinguisher should

normally be a B or C type. Dry chemical and CO2 are most popular for standard atmospheres. Know how to use the extinguisher.

D. Operators must wear seat belts and/or other manufacturer’s restraining devices.

E. Operators must drive carefully, observe traffic rules and be in full control of the truck

at all times. Be completely familiar with operating procedures in the operator’s guide furnished with the truck. Always operate the forklift from the driver’s seat or platform. Do not drive truck with wet or greasy hands.

F. Never overload. Know your truck capacity. It should be posted to be readily seen.

Remember, many forklift trucks are rated with the CG* at the 24” station from the heel of the forks. Trucks vary – know yours!

G. Always space the forks to fit the load. Never carry loads off center. H. Do not lift unstable loads. If material is not banded or correctly piles and the load

obviously is wobbly, the operator should not attempt to lift it. I. Make sure the pallets you use are in good condition. J. Do not travel with load raised. Forks should be raised just high enough to clear all

floor and yard obstructions. Driving with forks raised high endangers goods, property, and personnel. Tilt the load back for traveling.

K. Always slow down and sound horn on approaching blind corners or other places

where clearance or vision is restricted. Travel slowly around corners. L. Always slow down for wet and slippery floors. M. Do not follow other vehicles too closely. About three (3) truck lengths is minimum

distance. N. Normally face in the direction you are traveling. Drive backward when load is too

high or too wide to see around. Don’t let guards obstruct your vision. O. When going up or down ramps, always keep the load upgrade. Do not turn sideways

on an incline.


222

P. Watch clearances, especially forks, overhead guard and tail swing. Check clearance for overhead obstructions, such as lights, pipes, and sprinkler systems. Damage to overhead doors, vertical beams, wall, and other building damage, is indicative of a poorly trained and improperly motivated driver.

Q. Never stack pallets or materials closer than three (3) feet from a sprinkler head.

R. Always check chocks and dock plates prior to loading/unloading operations. Make

sure trailers are chocked and secured. V. RECHARGING/REFUELING

A. Trucks shall not be refueled with the engine running. Truck brakes must be set

before refueling, changing or charging batteries. NO SMOKING while refueling, changing or charging batteries.

B. Sources of ignition shall not be allowed in the battery changing area.

C. Required personal protective equipment must be worn when servicing batteries.

D. Battery charging areas must be designated, well ventilated and equipped with:

Personal Protective equipment No smoking/open flame signs Fire extinguishing equipment. Posted charging instructions and first aid procedures. Close proximity to an eyewash station.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2000 Safe Rigging Procedures Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual, V-17 Issued: 12/09

223

SAFE RIGGING PROCEDURES I. PURPOSE

To provide the guidelines necessary to assist field personnel in making proper rigging techniques for use with overhead cranes and mobile cranes.

II. SCOPE

This procedure applies to all lifts made by Milton J. Wood Company / Milton J. Wood Fire Protection, Inc. or their subcontractors.

III. RESPONSIBILITIES

The Site Superintendent has overall responsibility to see that the requirements of this procedure are met.

IV. GENERAL

A. Ensure a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is completed for each non-routine lift. B. Ensure the proper lifting devices such as chain fall, come-a-longs, chokers,

shackles, or clamps are selected for the job to be performed. Must be inspected and have a load capacity tag.

C. All lifting devices shall be accordance with their intended use and in a safe manner.

D. Ensure areas are properly barricaded (following MJW Barricade Procedure) before lifting loads in a congested area. Never lift loads over buildings or equipment unless these areas are evacuated or properly barricaded.

E. When roads must be barricaded or blocked, coordinate with Client representative. F. Tag lines, to control loads, are mandatory. G. Determine the weight of loads to be lifted and ensure the weight of the load does

not exceed the capacity of the rigging equipment. A safety factor of 5 shall be used when determining the lifting capacity of rigging equipment.

H. All lifting hooks must have a properly sized safety latch. I. Do not leave unsecured or unattended loads suspended on a hoist or a chain fall

without barricading the area. J. When making an eye on a wire cable using clips, ensure the clips are installed so

that the U-bolt bears against the short end of the wire cable. K. All rigging will undergo a pre-use inspection at the beginning of each shift. L. Job-made slings, including rope, are not permitted. M. All rigging equipment not is use shall be stored in a dry, protected area.


224

V. RIGGING A LOAD

A. The rigging shall be secure and the load properly balanced before it is moved. B. Christmas tree loading is prohibited. C. The load rope or chain shall not be used to encircle the load for lifting. D. Slings shall not be shortened with knots, bolts, or other makeshift devices. E. Ladders shall be used when it is necessary to climb on a load to attach rigging. F. Padding shall be used on loads that could cut or damage slings or chokers. G. Shackles shall be used where more than one sling eye is placed on a non-locking

hook. H. When using shackles, the “running” section of the rope or sling shall be on the

curve of the shackle and not over the shackle pin. I. Wire rope clips shall be attached to wire rope so that the curve of the U-bolt is

always over the dead end of the rope (NEVER SADDLE A DEAD HORSE). J. The safety latch will be closed or the hook “moused” after attaching the hook to

the load. K. Wire rope shall be kept lubricated according to manufacturer’s recommendations L. Shock loading is prohibited. M. Nylon slings shall not be used in chemical environments that may cause

deteriation of the slings N. Knots shall not be used in lieu of splices in slings. O. Hooks shall not be repainted, welded, or otherwise modified. P. Cast iron rigging shall not be used.

VI. LIFTING DEVICES

A. Lifting devices are defined as any structural member used between the hook and the load to be lifted, excluding wire rope, slings, shackles, etc.

B. Lifting devices shall be designed with a five-to-one safety factor. C. Existing lifting devices shall be inspected by a qualified person for cracked welds

and structural damage. D. The lifting capacity, the weight of the lifting device, and the date it was last

inspected shall be marked on the device. E. Inspections of lifting devices shall be performed annually by a qualified person

and documented. VII. SLING INSPECTION

A. All slings shall have the manufacturer’s certification tag in place when received. B. Slings shall be inspected prior to each use. C. Wire rope slings shall be destroyed if any of the following conditions exist:


225

Ten randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in one strand in one rope lay.

Wear or scraping of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.

Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the wire rope structure.

Evidence of heat damage. Cracked, deformed or worn end attachments. Hooks that have been opened more than 15 percent of the normal throat

opening measured at the narrowest point or twisted more than 10 degrees from the place of the unbent hook.

Corrosion of the rope or end attachments. D. Synthetic rope slings shall be destroyed in any of the following conditions exist:

Abnormal wear Powdered fiber between strands Broken or cut fibers Variations in the size of roundness of strands Discoloration or rotting Distortion of hardware in the sling Melting or charring of any part of the rope surface.

E. Synthetic web slings shall be destroyed if any of the following conditions exist: Acid or caustic burns Melting or charring of any part of the sling surface. Snags, punctures, tears or cuts. Broken or worn stitches. Distortion of fittings.

VIII. LIFTING PRACTICES

A. Loads shall not be lifted by the tip of the hook. B. A sling shall not be pulled from under a load when the load is resting on the sling. C. Do not attempt to place blocks under a load that is in motion. D. Hands shall be kept free of pinch points while the slack is being taken up in the

load. E. Personnel shall not be allowed under a suspended load at any time. F. All rigging on lifts requiring the use of a crane shall be under the direction of a

competent person.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2002 Equipment Inspection Program Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual, V-18 Issued: 12/09

226

EQUIPMENT INSPECTION PROGRAM I. PURPOSE It is the intent of Milton J. Wood to establish guidelines for an effective Equipment

Inspection Program. The program encompasses all cord sets, electrical equipment, tools, rigging chokers and slings; ladders; and all personal fall protection equipment. This plan is to be used as a guideline and provides several options to ensure compliance. Each job site varies and the goal of this plan is to establish and effective equipment inspection program without creating unnecessary paperwork for the supervisors. Larger jobsites may prefer to use the color coding system, while a small crew working out of their truck may elect to utilize the Quarterly Inspection Forms.

Whichever plan is chosen, it is imperative that the paperwork is completed. Attachment III provides inspection criteria for each covered item, however, if job restraints make it difficult to accomplish, contact your safety representative to assist you.

II. EQUIPMENT INSPECTION LOG All items covered in this program used by Milton J. Wood will be tested/inspected and logged in on the Equipment Inspection Log (Attachment I) upon introduction to the jobsite. (See Attachment III for Inspection Criteria). All repaired items must be re-inspected and the date recorded on the Inspection Log prior to being used on the jobsite. (See Attachment III for Inspection Criteria). A documented inspection of all covered items must be done during the first week of each quarter. (See Attachment III for Inspection Criteria).

All equipment, cords, ladders, electrical tools, harnesses, lanyards, chokers, and slings shall be inspected before the initial use on site. All electrical cords, tools and equipment shall be tested, for grounding and for continuity of circuit, before the initial use on site. Inspections will be recorded on the Equipment Inspection Log. (See Attachment III for Inspection Criteria).

All equipment shall be visually inspected before each day’s use by the user for

any external defects. Equipment found with defects will be tagged “Out of Service”, “Do Not Use” and sent to an authorized repair center for repairs.

Equipment inspections should be done on a monthly basis, but must be done at least quarterly. Inspection/Testing of all covered items shall be done during the first week of a new quarter. Items tested will be recorded on the Equipment Inspection Log. (See Attachment III for Inspection Criteria). Items not in compliance will be marked “Do Not Use”, “Out of Service” and either sent to an


227

authorized repair service or removed from the job site. The item will be listed on the inspection log as either RFS (Removed From Service). Prior to being used on the jobsite the item must be re-inspected and entered on the inspection log. It is strongly recommended that inspections be done a monthly basis.

III. COLOR CODING PROCEDURES All items covered in this program used by Milton J. Wood will be tested/inspected and

coded upon introduction to the jobsite, after repairs and during the first week of each quarter in accordance with the inspection criteria listed in Attachment III. Items may be marked using colored weatherproof tape (electrical) or colored electrical ties.

All equipment, cords, ladders, electrical tools, harnesses, lanyards, chokers, and slings shall be inspected before the initial use on site. All electrical cords, tools and equipment shall be tested, for grounding and for continuity of circuit, before the initial use on site. Items will be colored coded in accordance with the current quarter’s color code.

All equipment shall be visually inspected before each day’s use by the user for

any external defects. Equipment found with defects will be tagged “Out of Service”, “Do Not Use” and sent to an authorized repair center for repairs.

Equipment inspections should be done on a monthly basis, but must be done at least quarterly. Inspection/Testing of all covered items shall be done during the first week of a new quarter. Items tested will be recorded on the Equipment Inspection Log. (See Attachment III for Inspection Criteria). Items not in compliance will be marked “Do Not Use”, “Out of Service” and either sent to an authorized repair service or removed from the job site. The item will be listed on the inspection log as either RFS (Removed From Service). Prior to being used on the jobsite the item must be re-inspected and entered on the inspection log. It is strongly recommended that inspections be done a monthly basis.

IV. NUMERIC CODING PROCEDURES

Numeric labels or tags may be used in lieu of the color tape or tags. Use the guidelines in Section III along with the coding selection in Attachment II.


228

Attachment I

EQUIPMENT INSPECTION LOG For Year ____________

Company: Name or Location of Jobsite: Supervisor: Passed Inspection: Insert Date and the Initials of the inspector. Failed Inspection: Put Date and RFS under appropriate quarter. First Use/Repaired Items: Enter Date Returned to Service and Initials of the Inspector

ITEM & I.D. CODE

FIRST-USE & REPAIR

1ST QTR & Date/By

2ND QTR & Date/By

3RD QTR & Date/By

4TH QTR & Date/By


229

ITEM & I.D. CODE

FIRST-USE & REPAIR

1ST QTR & Date/By

2ND QTR & Date/By

3RD QTR & Date/By

4TH QTR & Date/By


230

Attachment II

CODING SCHEMES FOR ASSURED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING Conductor Test Record

Color Coding Scheme

Month or Quarter

Quarterly

Monthly Numeric Coding

Scheme

January

February

March

White

White

White & Yellow

White & Blue

1 2 3

April

May

June

Green

Green

Green & Yellow

Green & Blue

4 5 6

July

August

September

Red

Red

Red & Yellow

Red & Blue

7 8 9

October

November

December

Orange

Orange

Orange & Yellow

Orange & Blue

10

11

12

Repair or Incident Brown Brown 0


231

ATTACHMENT III Inspection Criteria

ELECTRICAL CORDS AND CORDS ON ELECTRICAL TOOLS. Remove from Service When:

Ground Pin is Missing Cord is Cut or Damaged and the Insulation is Showing Cord has excessive kinks or flat areas as if it has been ran over by heavy equipment. Cord has strain relief. (The end is stretched and the inside wires are visible. Improper size for construction use. Cords must be 120V, 3 wire type. 12 or 14 guage. Cord is stretched and inside wires are visible at the equipment connection.

HAND TOOLS Remove from Service If:

Handles are broken, split or cracked Heads are “mushroomed” on Hammers, Chisels, etc. Knifes/Cutters/Saw Blades are Dull Wrenches are bent, distorted, damaged

POWER TOOLS

All Tools must have proper Safety Shield, Guard, or attachment recommended by the manufacturer..

Tools with defective parts, loose fittings, and frayed or cut electrical cords, etc. must be removed from service

Portable, power driven circular saws must be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe.

Stationary grinders must be equipped with safety guards. The gap between the tool rest and the wheel cannot exceed 1/8 inch. The tongue guard must be adjusted to within ¼ inch of the wheel.

All portions of band saw blades will be enclosed or guarded, except for the working portion of blades between bottom of guide rolls and table

Radical saws will have a guard which permanently encloses the upper half of the blade Any pneumatic hose exceeding 1/2” ID shall have a safety device at the source of the

branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure. Safety clips or retainers must be used on pneumatic tools at all Chicago fittings to prevent

attachments from being accidentally expelled FALL PROTECTION INSPECTION CRITERIA:

A. Harness: Straps should be bent to an inverted “U” and examine from the one end to the other. Look for frays, broken, fibers, pulled stitches, mold, mildew, cuts,


232

staining, and chemical damage. Special attention should be given to the attachments. Buckles, D-rings, grommets, rivets, and connectors should be free of all distortions, dents, corrosion, cracks, and sharp edges.

B. Lanyards: Strap lanyards should be inspected in the same manner as harness

straps and metal attachments. Rope lanyards should be twisted against the weave of the rope to inspect inside fibers. This should be done at three separate points. The rope should not have bulging fibers, cuts, broken strands, stains, uniform diameter, or any damage from chemicals, or heat burns. The splice should have at least four tucks, and the thimble should be tight and without deformity.

C. Steel cable: Wire rope can be used as a lanyard with proper shock absorption

attached. Wire rope can also be used as a lifeline. All wire rope, regardless of it’s application should be inspected for damage, including corrosion, rust, grease, oils, birdcage, uniform diameter, or any damage from chemicals.

D. Shock Absorbers: These devises will vary in design and material depending on

the manufacturer. They may even be part of your lanyard. Inspections of these or any other piece of fall protection equipment should be the same as listed in the previous sections including the impact indicator. This is usually a stitched area that would pull apart under load or a paper tag indicating the same condition. Remember that fall protection equipment subjected to an impact load as distinguished from a static load must be removed from service and not used again.

E. Practical demonstration: Inspect several pieces of fall protection equipment

demonstrating techniques and acceptability.

RIGGING INSPECTION CRITERIA:

A. Wire rope slings shall be destroyed if any of the following conditions exist: Ten randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in

one strand in one rope lay. Wear or scraping of one-third the original diameter of outside individual

wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of

the wire rope structure. Evidence of heat damage. Cracked, deformed or worn end attachments. Hooks that have been opened more than 15 percent of the normal throat

opening measured at the narrowest point or twisted more than 10 degrees from the place of the unbent hook.

Corrosion of the rope or end attachments. B. Synthetic rope slings shall be destroyed in any of the following conditions exist:

Abnormal wear Powdered fiber between strands


233

Broken or cut fibers Variations in the size of roundness of strands Discoloration or rotting Distortion of hardware in the sling Melting or charring of any part of the rope surface.

C. Synthetic web slings shall be destroyed if any of the following conditions exist: Acid or caustic burns Melting or charring of any part of the sling surface. Snags, punctures, tears or cuts. Broken or worn stitches. Distortion of fittings.

LADDERS Remove From Service If Any of

Broken, bent, split, cracked or missing rungs Broken, bent, split, cracked or missing steps Broken, bent cracked or split rails Excessive corrosion of any metal ladder components Bent, broken, corroded, cracked braces Locks and Spreaders do not function properly Broken or damaged safety feet Guides do not function properly Hinges, top irons, etc. do not function properly Rivets heads or crimp are not intact Loose nuts or stripped threads Loose cracked crimps/swages Rope or pulley is damaged Ladder cannot be leveled. Defective hooks/grips or lashes.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2002 Line Breaking Procedure & Pressurized Vessel Entry Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual Issued: 12/09

234

LINE BREAKING PROCEDURE & PRESSURIZED VESSEL ENTRY I. PURPOSE This Line Breaking Procedure has been prepared for the prevention of injuries associated

with chemical exposures and/or burns on the jobsites of Milton J. Wood Company / Milton J. Wood Fire Protection, Inc. It is designed according to components established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in 29 CFR 1926.

While this plan provides the generic components and parameters for most protection, it is

understood that protection must be project-specific, where control measures must be developed and implemented for each identified project and/or job function. A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) will be completed when non-routine tasks are encountered. These JHAs will help in the safe planning of project specific jobs.

The purpose of this plan is: (a) to supplement our standard safety policy by providing

safety standards specifically designed to cover line breaking protection, and (b) to ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the safety provisions which are to be implemented by this plan prior to the start of each job.

II. RESPONSIBILITY It is the responsibility of the job supervisor to implement the line breaking procedure. He

is responsible for continual observational safety checks of work operations, and to enforce the safety policy procedures. Personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provide for employees in work areas where injury is a recognized hazard. The supervisor is also responsible for correcting any unsafe acts or conditions immediately. It is the responsibility of the employee to bring to the supervisor’s attention any unsafe or hazardous conditions or acts that may cause injury to either himself/herself or any other employees.

Any changes or revisions to this plan must be approved by Joan Haynes, Corporate

Safety Director. III. PRE-STARTUP SAFETY PROCEDURES

A. Arrange for a standby person to be present when line breaks or vessel openings are conducted. This person must wear the same personal protective equipment (PPE) as those breaking the line or opening the vessel. The standby provides assistance or gets help in case of an emergency.


235

B. Wear an aluminized Nomex suit with hood, boots, and gloves during the initial break where temperatures may exceed 140 degrees F / 50 degrees C.

C. Wear a protective chemical suit with hood, boots, and gloves during the initial

line break or vessel opening where hazardous chemicals are involved.

D. If there are no hazardous chemicals involved, wear the minimum PPE of hard hat, long sleeves, gloves, and safety glasses after any pressure has been released. (NOTE: This does not apply to hazardous lines that have been locked out, blanked or bled. Employees should always treat these lines as if they are fully pressurized and use full protective equipment.)

E. Locate the nearest safety shower, fire extinguisher, and telephone for emergency

notification.

F. Isolate the area with barricades if necessary. IV. GENERAL PROCEDURES

A. Prepare the area. (1) Identify specific hazards. These may include high temperatures, trapped

pressure, chemicals, and compressed gases and toxic vapors. (2) Select the required safety equipment. (3) Review emergency response plan and escape routes. (4) Barricade the area. (5) Complete the Line Breaking Checklist and the JHA. The Checklist does

not replace the JHA.

B. Obtain the proper permits and specifications. Review the JHA and Checklist with crew members.

C. Put on the required PPE. D. Relieve the system pressure and drain the system.

(1) Tag, lock, clear, and try the process valves that isolate the line to be opened.

(2) Monitor the pressure with pressure gauges. (3) Install a line from the drain valve to a collection point away from the valve

operator, but inside the isolation or roped off area. (4) Open the drain valve slowly to relieve the pressure and to drain the

system. Stand clear and stay alert for sudden discharges. E. Break into the pipelines.


236

(1) Select a flange or connection on the opposite side of the pipe and loosen the bolts.

(2) Pry the flange faces open, using two flange spreaders, before removing all of the nuts from the bolts.

(3) Remove the PPE that is no longer required per chemical handling procedures.

F. Install and remove blanks.

(1) Install the blank specified for the line and line pressure. Use a new gasket to seal the blank.

(2) Follow the steps for breaking into a pipeline when removing the blank.

G. Repair the pipeline.

H. Reassemble the pipeline.

I. Vessel Opening (1) Remove four (4) bolts on manway flange, one on each quarter. Replace

with bolts approximately 2” longer. (2) Loosen bolts on manway starting at bottom; working to top; alternating

sides until all bolts are loosened. Continue loosening bolts until all bolts are removed except for the four longer bolts. (NOTE: If leakage develops, stop until leakage has stopped.)

(3) If no leakage from manway flange, remove four (4) long bolts after attaching come-a-long to manway cover for safe handling of manway cover.

J. Reassemble manway cover.

K. Unlock the cover.

L. Remove barricades, clean area, and return all tools and equipment to storage.

M. Dispose of materials per plant procedures.

V. RECORDKEEPING The Line Breaking Checklist (copy attached) should be completed throughout the line

breaking procedure and become a part of the job file. The Line Breaking Checklist should always be available for inspection. The JHA’s Post Job section must be completed and a copy submitted to the Jacksonville Safety Office.

Line Breaking Checklist Team Pipe/Tank Opening To Be Worked On: Contents Of Pipe/Tank: Work To Be Performed: Hazardous Materials Job Site Requirements Protective Clothing Required Corrosive Liquids Barricades Hard Hat Corrosive Gas Barricade Tape Chemical Goggles or Face Shield Hot Liquids (120F) Standby Person Chemical Rain Suite Cold Liquids (<10F) Warning Signs Rubber Boots Toxic Liquids Adjacent Areas Chemical Gloves Toxic Gases Safety Showers Respiratory Protection Flammable Gases Eye Wash Explosive Gases Wash Down Hose Hot Stock Ensure Caustics Hot Fly Ash Acids Not Mixed System Under Pressure Asbestos Hot Gases/Vapors Burning Permit

Supervisor Startup Procedures (Initials) Initiated Lockout Procedure. System isolated per procedures. Verified all pumps and other powered equipment connected to system are immobilized and locked out. Reviewed line breaking permit provisions with the project coordinator and/or employees performing work to ensure that they are aware of hazards and necessary precautions. Reviewed location of nearest safety shower, fire extinguisher, and telephone for emergency notification. Ensured atmosphere testing completed, if applicable. Posted a signed copy of permit in operation control room and work area. Replaced lockouts after all work has been completed and line verified ready for startup.

Supervisor’s Signature Time Date Completion Procedures (Initials) Reinstall all flange guards. Test line for leaks. Replace insulation materials. Ensure all locks have been removed. Clean area. Replace pipe markers. Observe startup, when practical. Remarks: Supervisor’s Signature Time Date

***File completed checklist in the job file.***

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2002 237Line Breaking Procedure & Pressurized Vessel Entry Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual Issued: 12/09

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 09/07 Job Hazard Analysis Procedure Revision: 2 Corporate Safety Manual, V-19 Issued: 12/09

238

JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

1. PURPOSE

The Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) procedure is a systematic method of examining a work task and developing methods and means of accomplishing the job in a safe and productive manner. Proper use of a JHA will prevent accidents, incidents, schedule delays, and rework, and will enhance schedule milestones.

2. SCOPE

A JHA is required on all jobs. The requirement to develop JHA’s extends to all projects.

3. DEFINITIONS

Critical Task: A specific task that has the potential to produce significant losses relating to safety cost or schedule if it is not properly planned. A critical task requires a JHA to be done daily. Elements of Control: Specific procedures to identify, evaluate, control and manage risk associated with the work. Sequence of Job Steps: This step of the JHA process describes the job activities associated with the work task to be conducted. The activities will be sequenced in the order in which the employees will conduct the work. Potential Risks: This step of the JHA process describes the potential safety and risks involved in conducting the job within the sequence of job activities to be conducted to complete the task. Procedure/Protection: This step of the JHA focuses on the specific work procedure and type of protection to be used in order to safely conduct the sequenced step of the job activity. Subcontractor: The entity with which the Contractor has entered into an agreement to execute elements of the project scope of work, or portion thereof. Task: A segment of work that requires a set of specific and distinct actions for its completion. Some projects make take several days for a task to be completed.


239

4. RESPONSIBILITIES

The project manager for both Milton J. Wood Company and Milton J. Wood Fire Protection is responsible for the prebid phase elements of control which include a prebid site risk analysis and prebid safety review meeting. Once the Job is awarded and a supervisor chosen; The following Duties are assigned to: Milton J. Wood Company: Jobsite Superintendent or his designee Milton J. Wood Fire Protection: Project Manager or his designee: Duties Include: A. Preconstruction Safety Review Meeting B. OSHA-designated “Competent Person” documentation C. Subcontractor site-specific safety program review D. Job Hazard Analysis E. Site safety inspections F. Incident/accident reporting G. Monthly safety reports H. Quarterly safety audits

5. PROCEDURES

A. When the work is awarded, the superintendent/project manager will identify all critical tasks.

B. . C. The superintendent shall use this procedure to identify the following elements:

1. Specific steps of a defined task. 2. Potential hazards and exposure associated with each task step. 3. Specific control measures identified and associated with each specific task

step. D. Critical tasks include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Heavy lifts or lifts over operating equipment. 2. Abatement of hazardous materials. 3. Work on or in any area covered by Process Safety Management. 4. Work on or near energized electrical equipment. 5. Work involving potential environmental impacts. 6. Work that could negatively impact an operating facility 7. Trenching and excavation 8. Scaffolding 9. Work at elevated heights 10. Work in confined space 11. Work requirement lockout/tagout procedures 12. Traffic controls and general public/security exposures

E. The superintendent /project manager or designee will complete the JHA breaking the job into several tasks. He will identify all hazards and the measures to be taken to eliminate or control those hazards.


240

F. The superintendent/project manager or designee will then review the JHA with all crew members. The hazards and protective measures will be discussed with the crew members. Crew members will then sign off on the JHA to confirm they understand the hazards and protective measures and agree to adhere to them.

G. The same JHA may be used up to seven days providing the tasks, hazards, and protective measures to not change. If anything changes, a new JHA must be completed. The JHA will be discussed daily to ensure the crew agrees everything is the same and no new protective measures need to be addressed.

H. Once the job is completed, the post job section of the JHA is to be completed by the project manager, superintendent, or designee.

I. Upon completion of the job or the end of the seven days, a copy of the JHA must be submitted to the Jacksonville safety office for review.

J. All JHA’s will be reviewed and tracked by the safety department. JHA’s will be used to identity possible training needs, tract supervision’s participation in this program and to assist in incident investigations.

RECORDKEEPING JHA’s will be maintained at the Jacksonville office for a period of six months.


241

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2007 Hexavalent Chromium Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual., V-22 Issued: 12/09

242

HEXAVALENT CHROMIUM CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS

I. SCOPE

Determination of requirements for compliance with the OSHA Standards on Hexavalent Chromium in construction (29CFR 1926. 1126).

II. DETERMINATION

Some initial sampling was conducted at the Lakeland Fab shop. The majority of our stainless work is GMAW and the sampling revealed an exposure below the action level of 2.5 ug/m3. Our work sites and our chromium operations are very diversified, so we may have to continue air sampling when unique situations arise. Whether or not sampling will be required will be determined in the job hazard analysis. The following applications will require normal protective procedures.

Welding:

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or “Tig welding”) o Any base material (including stainless steel) or any filler material

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or “Stick welding”) o Base metals (other than stainless steel) and electrodes with less then 0.1%

chromium content Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or “Mig welding”)

o Any base material (including stainless steel) and a filler material with less than 0.1% chromium content

Cutting:

Any material by hand or with a porta-band or saws-all.

Grinding/Polishing: Bare metal of any kind

Painting:

Any application of non-chromium containing material Brush or roller application of chromium containing material

The following activities will require compliance with the OSHA standards as outlined below. Welding:

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or “Stick welding”) o On base metals (including, but not limited to all stainless steel) or with

welding electrodes with a chromium content equal to or greater than 0.1% Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or “Mig welding”)


243

o On base metals (including, but not limited to all stainless steel) or with welding electrodes with a chromium content equal to or greater than 0.1%

Cutting:

Any flame or arc cutting, including plasma arc cutting on any material with a chromium content equal to or greater than 0.1% (including, but not limited to all stainless steel).

Any bare base metal containing chromium (including, but not limited to all stainless steel) or any painted base metal with chromium containing coating with a cutoff grinder.

Grinding, Chipping, or Burning on Painted Materials:

Any grinding, chipping, mechanical removal or burning of paint from a surface coated with a chromium containing material. Note: Treat all painted material as lead or chromium until proven otherwise. Follow procedures in the Lead Abatement Program.

Painting:

Any spray application of chromium containing material III. EXECUTION

For any worker performing any of the listed activities that require compliance with the OSHA Hexavalent Chromium standards, employees and Subcontractors shall comply with the following:

Engineering Controls The following portable local exhaust ventilation units are acceptable, but they are not the only units available and any unit must be used per the manufacturer’s instructions. Unit 1: Lincoln Mobiflex 220- M Unit 2: Nederman FilterCart Original (Pt# 12624245), with HEPA Filter (Pt#

12374016) NOTE: Fans are not considered Local Exhaust Ventilation

Personal Protective Equipment When engineering controls are not practical or ineffective, all affected workers shall be required, at a minimum, to wear a half face respirator with a minimum of an N-95 cartridge. The Competent Person may choose other more protective respirators or filters. All respiratory use must be in compliance with the Milton J. Wood Respiratory Protection Program.

While grinding, polishing or wheel cutting may not produce airborne exposures above the action level, the metal may produce fines that can contaminate skin, mouth and eyes. Use appropriate PPE (gloves, glasses, sleeves) when performing any of these operations on any metal including stainless. All PPE, including respirators, shall be provided at no cost


244

to the employee. All fit testing and clearance procedures shall be at no cost to the employee. Restricting Access A regulated area shall be established where the work is being performed. The regulated area shall encompass a 10 foot radius around the work area if ventilation is being used or a 20 foot radius if no ventilation is being used. The 10 or 20 foot radius also applies to areas above and below the work. The regulated area may be established using welding screens, stanchions and caution tape or chain or any other method accepted by the client representative.

Signage The regulated area shall also include the appropriate signage as included below.

Housekeeping All regulated areas shall be kept as clean as possible by cleaning up discernable dust and debris resulting from CrVI work. Use wet clean up methods and/or a vacuum equipped with a HEPA filter. Use of compressed air or non-HEPA filtered vacuums is not allowed. Dispose of any contaminated debris and PPE in sealed, impermeable containers.

Medical Surveillance Medical Surveillance shall be available at no cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place for: Any employee(s) exposed to CrVI above the action level (2.5 ug/m3) more than 30

days a year, will be placed in a medical surveillance plan. Employees experiencing signs or symptoms for the adverse health effects associated

with chromium exposure or Any employee exposed in an emergency. (See Medical Surveillance Program)

Training All employees involved in welding operations and all supervision must receive training on the content of the hexavalent chromium standard, the purpose and content of the


245

medical surveillance program, the health hazards of CrVI, how exposure can occur, and methods used to eliminate or mitigate the hazards associated with Chromium VI. Training must be documented. Recordkeeping Air Monitoring Data: All air monitoring records must be accurate and contain all the following: Date sample was taken; Operation being monitored; Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; Number duration, and results of each sample; Type of personal protective equipment used, such as respirators, and Name, SSN, and job classification of all employees represented by the monitoring, indicating which employees were actually monitored.

Medical Surveillance Program General Medical Surveillance shall be available at no cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place for: Any employee(s) exposed to CrVI above the action level (2.5 ug/m3) more than 30

days a year, will be placed in a medical surveillance plan. Employees experiencing signs or symptoms for the adverse health effects associated

with chromium exposure, or Any employee exposed in an emergency. All medical examinations and procedures required by this section will be performed under the supervision of a PLHCP. Frequency A medical examination will be provided: Within 30 days after a PLHCP’s written medical opinion recommends an additional

examination. Annually, if applicable. Whenever employee shows signs or symptoms of the adverse health effects

associated with chromium exposure or Within 30 days after exposure during an emergency which results in an uncontrolled

release of CrVI. Contents of Examination A medical examination consists of: Medical and work history with emphasis on: past, present, and anticipated future

exposure to CrVI; any history of respiratory system dysfunction; any history of asthma, dermatitis, skin ulceration, or nasal septum perforation, and smoking status and history.

Physical examination of the skins and respiratory tract; and Any additional tests deemed appropriate by the PLHCP.


246

Information provided to the PLHCP A copy of the standard shall be given to the PLHCP as well as the following: A description of the affected employee’s former, current, and anticipated duties as

they relate to the employee’s occupational exposure. The employee’s former, current, and anticipated levels of occupational exposure. A description of all personal protective equipment used or to be used by the

employee, including when and for how long the employee has used the equipment. Information from records of employment-related medical examinations previously

provided to the affected employee as available.

PLHCP’s Written Medical Opinion A written medical opinion form the PLHCP must be obtained within 30 days for each medical exam performed which contains: PLHCP’s opinion if the employee has any medical conditions that would place the

employee at increased risk to health from further exposure to CrVI. Recommended limitations upon the employee’s exposure to CrVI or the use of

personal protective equipment such as respirators. Statement that the PLHCH has explained to the employee the results of the medical

exam, including any medical conditions related to the CrVI exposure that require further evaluation or treatment and any special provisions for use of protective clothing or equipment.

The PLHCP shall not reveal to the employer specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to the occupational exposure to chromium (VI). The Employee shall be given a copy of the PLHCP’s medical opinion within two weeks after receiving it.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 06/08 Asbestos Control Program Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual Issued: 09/08

247

ASBESTOS AWARENESS & CONTROL PROGRAM I. INTRODUCTION

Asbestos is the name of a class of minerals that occur in a fibrous form. It is found in a variety of manufactured materials. It has been used in over 3000 different products in the industry. It can be found on some of the job sites where we work. Common sources of exposure include automotive brake and clutch linings, fume hoods, mastics, paint, building materials, roofing products, floor tiles, pipe and/or boiler insulation and in sprayed applied materials located on beams, crawlspaces and between walls. Hazardous asbestos should be expected whenever you see torn, damaged, or deteriorated “friable” materials on walls, ceilings, pipe and tank insulation, and fire doors. If you are not sure, ASK. Asbestos is not just another “dust in the lung” disease. It is a unique hazard with very sharp fibers much smaller than dust particles. These fibers can cause disabling and life shortening health problems. There is a long latency between damages and illness. The degrees each individual is affected varies. OSHA has set the Permissible exposure limit for Asbestos so that no employee can be exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA). The short term limit or Excursion Limit, limits employee exposure to an airborne concentration of asbestos to 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes, The route of entry into the body is inhalation.

Health Effects of exposure include: Inhalation of asbestos fibers may increase the risk of developing lung cancer or mesothelioma, a cancer of the lining of the lungs and abdominal area. Inhalation of Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) may also cause asbestosis, a scarring of the lungs. Concurrent exposure to asbestos and cigarette smoke may greatly increase the risk of lung cancer because the two substances act synergistically.

The goals of M J Wood Consolidated Asbestos Control Program are to:

Prevent of minimize exposure of workers and visitors to airborne asbestos dust. Comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, Department of

Energy (DOE), and internal client policies. Provide all employees who handle or disturb asbestos with appropriate training,

equipment, and personal protective equipment. Ensure subcontractor employees who handle or disturb asbestos have the proper

licensing, training and a written safety program that meets or exceeds the M J Wood Asbestos Control Policy.

Provide proper industrial hygiene monitoring and referral for medical surveillance, if necessary.


248

Treat untested building material that could contain asbestos (i.e. presumed asbestos-containing materials (PACM) as if the materials contain asbestos until proven otherwise.

Ensure that subcontractor work is properly planned, reviewed and conducted.

II. APPLICABILITY

The requirements in this program apply to all M. J. Wood Consolidated employees and subcontractors who perform work involving ACM or PACM. The operations covered by this document include: Activities including, but not limited to:

o Incidental contact with asbestos when performing other work. o Demolition or salvage of structures in which asbestos is present o Removal, enclosure, encapsulation of materials containing asbestos. o Construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or renovation of structures,

substrates, or parts thereof that contain asbestos o Asbestos spill or emergency cleanup o Transportation, disposal, storage, and containment of asbestos or products

containing asbestos at sites where construction activities are performed. o Housekeeping activities involving asbestos or products containing asbestos.

Sampling of construction or building material to determine the presence of asbestos. Working with ACM in equipment yard.

III. TERMINOLOGY

Aggressive method means removal or disturbance of building material by sanding, abrading, grinding or other method that breaks, crumbles, or disintegrates intact ACM. Amended water means water to which surfactant (wetting agent) has been added to increase the ability of the liquid to penetrate ACM. Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these minerals that has been chemically treated and/or altered. For purposes of this standard, "asbestos" includes PACM, as defined below. Asbestos-containing material (ACM), means any material containing more than one percent asbestos. Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and required by work duties to be present in regulated areas. Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, which exercises control


249

over management and record keeping functions relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by this standard take place. Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) means one certified in the practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene. Class I asbestos work means activities involving the removal of TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM. Class II asbestos work means activities involving the removal of ACM which is not thermal system insulation or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics. Class III asbestos work means repair and maintenance operations, where "ACM", including TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM, is likely to be disturbed. Class IV asbestos work means maintenance and custodial activities during which employees contact but do not disturb ACM or PACM and activities to clean up dust, waste and debris resulting from Class I, II, and III activities. Clean room means an uncontaminated room having facilities for the storage of employees' street clothing and uncontaminated materials and equipment. Closely resemble means that the major workplace conditions which have contributed to the levels of historic asbestos exposure, are no more protective than conditions of the current workplace. Competent person means, in addition to the definition in 29 CFR 1926.32 (f), one who is capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards in the workplace and selecting the appropriate control strategy for asbestos exposure, who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.32(f): in addition, for Class I and Class II work who is specially trained in a training course which meets the criteria of EPA's Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR 763) for supervisor, or its equivalent and, for Class III and Class IV work, who is trained in a manner consistent with EPA requirements for training of local education agency maintenance and custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR 763.92 (a)(2). Critical barrier means one or more layers of plastic sealed over all openings into a work area or any other similarly placed physical barrier sufficient to prevent airborne asbestos in a work area from migrating to an adjacent area. Decontamination area means an enclosed area adjacent and connected to the regulated area and consisting of an equipment room, shower area, and clean room, which is used for the decontamination of workers, materials, and equipment that are contaminated with asbestos. Demolition means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structural member and any related razing, removing, or stripping of asbestos products. Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.


250

Disturbance means activities that disrupt the matrix of ACM or PACM, crumble or pulverize ACM or PACM, or generate visible debris from ACM or PACM. Disturbance includes cutting away small amounts of ACM and PACM, no greater than the amount which can be contained in one standard sized glove bag or waste bag in order to access a building component. In no event shall the amount of ACM or PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be contained in one glove bag or waste bag which shall not exceed 60 inches in length and width. Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment. Equipment room (change room) means a contaminated room located within the decontamination area that is supplied with impermeable bags or containers for the disposal of contaminated protective clothing and equipment. Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or longer, with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1. Glovebag means not more than a 60 x 60 inch impervious plastic bag-like enclosure affixed around an asbestos-containing material, with glove-like appendages through which material and tools may be handled. High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of all mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter. Homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material or thermal system insulation that is uniform in color and texture. Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop controls for occupational health hazards. Intact means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that the asbestos is no longer likely to be bound with its matrix. Modification for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii), means a changed or altered procedure, material or component of a control system, which replaces a procedure, material or component of a required system. Omitting a procedure or component, or reducing or diminishing the stringency or strength of a material or component of the control system is not a "modification" for purposes of paragraph (g)(6) of this section. Negative Initial Exposure Assessment means a demonstration by the employer, which complies with the criteria in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, that employee exposure during an operation is expected to be consistently below the PELs. PACM means "presumed asbestos containing material". Presumed Asbestos Containing Material means thermal system insulation and surfacing material found in buildings constructed no later than 1980. The designation of a material as "PACM" may be rebutted pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this section.


251

Project Designer means a person who has successfully completed the training requirements for an abatement project designer established by 40 U.S.C. Sec. 763.90(g). Regulated area means: an area established by the employer to demarcate areas where Class I, II, and III asbestos work is conducted, and any adjoining area where debris and waste from such asbestos work accumulate; and a work area within which airborne concentrations of asbestos, exceed or there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed the permissible exposure limit. Removal means all operations where ACM and/or PACM is taken out or stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demolition operations. Renovation means the modifying of any existing structure, or portion thereof. Repair means overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or reconditioning of structures or substrates, including encapsulation or other repair of ACM or PACM attached to structures or substrates. Surfacing material means material that is sprayed, troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes). Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% asbestos. Thermal system insulation (TSI) means ACM applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural components to prevent heat loss or gain. Thermal system insulation ACM is thermal system insulation which contains more than 1% asbestos.

IV. SUBCONTRACTORS

Many states require special licensing for asbestos abatement. EPA has very strict guideline regarding training for the various classes of asbestos work. M J.Wood Consolidated will use only licensed contractors when subbing out asbestos work. All asbestos subcontracts will be required to submit proof of general liability insurance training documentation, documentation of work experience and a safe work plan before work startup. The subcontractor’s superintendent must be on the job full time during the entire project.

V. ASBESTOS CONTROL PROCEDURES

All types of asbestos containing material can be dangerous if handled improperly; however, all types can be properly contained. Exposure can be prevented by containment, regular inspections, and safe work practices when working around or with the material. Some of the control methods include:

Ventilation Wet Method Binding method


252

Respiratory Protection Protective Clothing Good Hygiene Practices HEPA Vacuum Cleaners Good Housekeeping Practices Critical Barriers Dust Control Systems, Glove Bags, Glove Boxes Training Safe Work Practices

VI. OSHA CATEGORIES OSHA divides asbestos-related construction work into four categories with certain general controls for all categories and specific engineering, administrative, and personal protection controls for each category. Class I asbestos work refers to activities involving the removal of thermal system

insulation (TSI ) and surfacing ACM, other than removal required for maintenance activities. Surfacing ACM includes paints and texturing and joint compounds that contain more than 1% asbestos.

Class II asbestos work refers to activities involving the removal of ACM that is not TSI or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, asbestos containing wallboard, floor tile, sheeting, roofing and side shingles, and construction mastics.

Class III asbestos work refers to repair and maintenance operations in which ACM, including TSI and surfacing material, is likely to be disturbed..

Class IV asbestos work involves maintenance and custodial activities in which worker come in contact with ACM, as well as activities to clean up waste and debris having ACM.

VII. PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES The following work practices and engineering controls shall not be used for work related to asbestos or for work which disturbs ACM or PACM, regardless of measured levels of asbestos exposure or the results of initial exposure assessments:

High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point of cut ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air.

Compressed air used to remove asbestos, or materials containing asbestos, unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with an enclosed ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.

Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up of dust and debris containing ACM and PACM.

Employee rotation as a means of reducing employee exposure to asbestos. Employees may not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum or apply cosmetics in the

regulated area.


253

VIII. GENERAL CONTROLS ALL ASBESTOS WORK The following engineering controls, devices and work practices shall apply to all classes of asbestos work, regardless of the level of exposure. In the event the TWA or the excursion limit is exceeded, this program will be implemented and the competent person shall determine which controls will be used to reduce employee exposure to acceptable limits.

Vacuum cleaners with high efficiency HEPA filters for dust control and cleanup Wet Methods (except when not feasible or creates a greater hazard) Housekeeping—Frequent clean up with debris promptly disposed of in air-tight

containers. Work Procedures that minimize breakage or damage to PACM/ACM. Fabrics or plastic films used to create enclosures intended for occupancy shall

conform with NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films.

IX. CONTROLS FOR CLASS I ASBESTOS WORK Regulated Area –Requirements as follows.

Demarcation. The regulated area shall be demarcated in any manner that minimizes

the number of persons within the area and protects persons outside the area from exposure to airborne asbestos. Where critical barriers or negative pressure enclosures are used, they may demarcate the regulated area. Proper signs shall be provided and displayed

Access. Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons and to persons authorized by the Act or regulations issued pursuant thereto.

Respirators. All persons entering a regulated area where employees are required to wear respirators shall be supplied with a respirator selected in accordance with M J Wood Respiratory Protection Plan.

Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area.

Competent Persons. The employer shall ensure that all asbestos work performed within regulated areas is supervised by a competent person.

Signage: Warning signs that demarcate the regulated area shall be displayed at each location where a regulated area is required to be established. These signs shall be posted at such a distance from such a location that an employee may read the signs and take the necessary protective measures before entering the area marked by the signs. Where an NEA has been made, the required warning signs shall bear the following information:

DANGER ASBESTOS

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY


254

Contamination Control

All objects within a regulated area shall be covered with an impermeable cloth or plastic sheeting and secured with duct tape or equivalent material. All HVAC systems in regulated areas shall be isolated by sealing with the equivalent of a double layer of 6-mil thick plastic.

Decontamination Areas Large Scale Either a three-chambered decontamination area adjacent and connected to the regulated work area or another barrier or isolation method that prevents the migration of asbestos from the regulated area (alternate plan must be certified in writing by an IH).

Ventilation: When feasible, local exhaust ventilation shall be used. Instead of or in addition to local exhaust ventilation, a HEPA-filtered, negative pressure, air filtration exhaust unit may be used to ventilate the area inside of a critical barrier.

Dust Control Systems: Negative Pressure Enclosures (NPEs) Glove Bags Negative Pressure Glove Boxes Negative Pressure Glove Bags Water Spray Systems(must be detailed in safety plan).

X. CONTROLS FOR CLASS II ASBESTOS WORK

Class II asbestos work may be performed using one of the control systems allowed for Class I asbestos work. Only glove bags and glove boxes that fully enclose the material are allowed. The general requirements listed for all types of asbestos work along with the following are applicable for Class II asbestos work.

Regulated area is the same as for Class I asbestos work except that if the work is covered by an NEA and is not generally accessible to unprotected people, then the regulated area may not be required.

Competent Person shall supervise all Class II activities Critical barriers and ventilation are required for all indoor Class II asbestos

work if one of the following apply: o There is no NEA o Conditions change and indicate a possible asbestos exposure above the

PELs. o PACM/ACM is likely to become friable during the work activity.

Contamination Control (See Class I) Decontamination Areas (See Class I) Alternate Controls for Class II


255

Alternate Procedures may be used if all of the following provisions are met: o The data representing employee exposure (NEA) shows that during the

use of such method, worker exposure will not exceed the PELs under any anticipated circumstances.

o A competent person evaluates the work area, the projected work practices and the engineering controls and certifies in writing that the alternate method is sufficient to prevent (1) Direct and indirect worker exposure exceeding the PEL under worst-case conditions and (2) Asbestos contamination from exceeding the clearance level outside the regulated area.

XI. CONTROLS FOR CLASS III ASBESTOS WORK

The general requirements listed for all types of asbestos work along with the following are applicable for Class III work:

A regulated area is only required if there is no NEA or if monitoring results for the NEA show that the PEL has been exceeded. If either of these applies then refer to Class I regulated areas. If a regulated area is not warranted, then access to the area where Class III asbestos work is being performed must be restricted to only trained personnel.

Work for Class II activities shall be performed using wet methods and if feasible local exhaust ventilation.

Competent Person for Class III operations requires that the competent person have at least a 16-hour operations and maintenance course that meets the EPA requirements 40 CFR Subpart E, Appendix C

XII. CONTROLS FOR CLASS IV ASBESTOS WORK

Along with the general requirement for all types of asbestos work, the following is required: A regulated area is only required if an exposure greater than the PEL is

anticipated.

XIII. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Employees who may have incidental exposure to asbestos, shall receive hazard

awareness training that covers the health effects of asbestos exposure, the link between smoking and asbestos exposure, reporting requirements, and prohibited activities. The purpose, use, care and limitations of any personal protective equipment, including respirators.

29 CFR 1926.1101 requires a two hour annual awareness training for all employees who perform Class IV asbestos work. Training is to be provided within 30 days of initial assignment. Training shall include the purpose, use, care and limitations of any personal protective equipment, including respirators.9


256

40 CFR 763, Subpart E, appendix C requires a 16-hour operations and maintenance course for all Class III asbestos workers. Training shall include the purpose, use, care and limitations of any personal protective equipment, including respirators.

Class I and II workers shall be trained in accordance with the EPA Model Accreditation Plan asbestos worker training or equivalent. (Four 8-hour days with 14 hours of hands on training. Training shall include the purpose, use, care and limitations of any personal protective equipment, including respirators.

Supervisors shall have completed 5 8-hour days with 15 hours of hands on training.

XIV. AIR MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

Initial Exposure Assessment: A "competent person" shall conduct an exposure assessment immediately before or at the initiation of the operation to ascertain expected exposures during that operation or workplace. The assessment must be completed in time to comply with requirements which are triggered by exposure data or the lack of a "negative exposure assessment," and to provide information necessary to assure that all control systems planned are appropriate for that operation and will work properly Class I and II operations. Daily monitoring that is representative of the exposure of each employee who is assigned to work within a regulated area who is performing Class I or II work, shall be conducted unless a negative exposure assessment for the entire operation has been performed. All operations other than Class I or Class II operations. The employer shall conduct periodic monitoring of all work where exposures are expected to exceed a PEL, at intervals sufficient to document the validity of the exposure prediction. Discontinuation of Monitoring: If the periodic monitoring reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by statistically reliable measurements, are below the permissible exposure limit and excursion limit the employer may discontinue monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.

Additional monitoring. whenever there has been a change in process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or additional exposures above the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit or when the employer has any reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional exposures above the permissible exposure limit and/or excursion limit. Such additional monitoring is required regardless of whether a "negative exposure assessment" was previously produced for a specific job. Employee notification of monitoring results.

The employer must, as soon as possible but no later than 5 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this section, notify each affected employee of these results either individually in writing or


257

by posting the results in an appropriate location that is accessible to employees.

The employer shall notify affected employees of the monitoring results that represent that employee's exposure as soon as possible following receipt of monitoring results.

The employer shall notify affected employees of the results of monitoring representing the employee's exposure in writing either individually or by posting at a centrally located place that is accessible to affected employees.

XV. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

OSHA requires that employers (at their expense) institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who for a combined total of 30 or more days per year are engaged in Class II removal work or where the PELs are exceeded or where Class I work is performed. Medical surveillance includes an examination by a physician within ten working days following the 30th day of exposure and a medical examination at least annually thereafter. The employer shall furnish a copy of the physician’s written opinion to the affected employee within 30 days from its receipt. The employee will be give an initial medical questionnaire and periodic medical questionnaire to give to the doctor. The physician shall be instructed by Medical Surveillance coordinator not to reveal in the written opinion given to M J Wood Consolidated specific findings or diagnosis unrelated to occupational exposure to asbestos. Medical surveillance records for each affected employee shall include at the least the following information:

Name and social security number of employee Copy of employee’s medical examination results, including medical history,

questionnaire, responses, results of any tests, and physician’s recommendations. Physician’s written opinion Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to asbestos Copy of the information provided to the physician if required by the standard.

Medical records required by the standard shall be available for the examination and copying to the subject employee, anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee and the Assistant Secretary of Labor

XVI. RECORDKEEPNG

Training records shall be maintained for one year beyond the last date of employment

Medical surveillance records shall be maintained for the duration of employment plus 30 years.

Daily logs, monitoring results, waste disposal records and other documentation should be retained with the job file for a period of 30 years.


258

A copy of the safe work plan should be signed by the competent person and be available at the job site during the project. Thereafter, it should be placed with the job file and retained for 30 years.

XVII. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

Respirators must be used during Class I asbestos work Class II asbestos work when ACM is not removed in a substantially intact

state. Class II and III asbestos work that is not performed using wet methods,

expect for removal of ACM from sloped roofs when a negative-exposure assessment has been conducted and ACM is removed in an intact state.

Class II and III asbestos work for which a negative-exposure assessment as not been conducted.

Class III asbestos work when TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is being disturbed.

Class IV asbestos work performed within regulated areas where employees who are performing other work are required to use respirators.

Work operations for which employees are exposed above the TWA or excursion limit.

All respirator use must be in compliance with M J Wood Consolidated Respiratory Protection Program.(See Section 5, Program 6) .All respirator users must be medically qualified, fit tested and trained on the use, care, purpose and limitations of the assigned respirator.

XVIII. OTHER PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

When workers will be exposed to asbestos at or above the PEL additional PPE shall required.

--Protective Clothing, such as disposable coveralls with hoods, disposable shoe covers, --Face shields --Vented goggles

Workers shall be trained on the use, care, limitations and purpose of all issued personal protective equipment.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2007 Process Safety Management Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual Issued: 12/09

259

PROCESS SAFETY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM PURPOSE The process safety management standard targets highly hazardous chemicals (HHCs) that have the potential to cause a catastrophic incident through the releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive chemicals. The goal of process safety management (PSM) is to prevent or mitigate the consequences of unwanted releases of highly hazardous chemicals (HHCs) through a comprehensive program which integrates technologies, procedures, employee involvement and management practices. Process Safety Management is a systematic approach to evaluating the entire covered chemical process using process design, process technology, process changes, operational and maintenance activities and procedures, emergency preparedness plans and procedures, non-routine activities and procedures, training programs and other elements that affect the process. A process includes all activities or combination of activities involving storage, use, manufacturing, handling or on-site movement of HHCs. SCOPE Over 140 chemicals listed in 29 CFR 1910.119 Appendix A are regulated by the PSM standard. Each toxic or reactive HHC has a threshold that when reached or exceeded activates the standard. The PSM standard is also applicable if 10,000 lbs or greater amounts of flammable liquids and gases are contained in the process and if the process manufactures explosives or pyrotechnics. PROGRAM ELEMENTS There are 14 elements to the PSM Standard, they are

PSM information,: written process information including hazard, technology, and equipment information

Employee Involvement: written plan for employee input on all elements of the PSM program.

Process Safety Analysis: must be conducted for all applicable processes every 5 years.

Operating Procedures: Written procedures for all covered processes. Training: Initial training for all employees, annual refresher Contractors: responsibilities of on-site contractors Pre-startup Safety Review: Mandated safety review to ensure all procedures are

in place and all required elements of PSM are met. Mechanical Integrity: Written procedures for ongoing integrity of process

equipment. Hot Work: Permits required for all hot work near or on a covered process. Management of Change: Written procedures to manage changes and

communicate changes .


260

Incident Investigation: Investigation procedures for all releases and/or near misses.

Emergency Planning and Response. Emergency action plans required. Compliance Audits: Certification of compliance every three years. Trade Secrets: Information made be made available to employee if required by

standard via confidentiality agreements. APPLICABILITY OF M J WOOD PROJECTS M J Wood Consolidated and its employees involved in maintenance, repair, turnaround, major renovation or specialty work, on or near a covered process have the following responsibilities: All training must be documented with verification of understanding.

Ensure all employees are trained in safe work procedures Know about covered process hazards Know the emergency action plan Follow site safety rules Report hazards associated with our work to the plant. Report any hazards found during our work to the plant Report all incidents, injuries, near misses to the plant immediately. Participate in Process Hazard Analysis if requested by plant. Participate in Incident Investigation if requested by Plant. Follow all permit requirements.

COVERED PROCESSES The following is a list of common Highly Hazards Chemicals that you may encounter on a M J Wood Consolidate jobsite. This program does not take the place of your site-specific hazard training, but may be used to supplement it. Ammonia Physical Colorless liquid or gas with strong, pungent and irritating odor. Characteristics Symptoms of eye, nose and throat irritation, difficulty in breathing, bronco Exposure spasm. First Aid Remove from exposure and call the EMTs


261

Chlorine Physical Greenish yellow gas or liquid, Moderately toxic to humans by. Characteristics inhalation. Very irritating by inhalation. Strong bleach odor That becomes stronger as concentration increases. Symptoms of eye, nose and throat irritation, difficulty in breathing, burning Exposure skin. First Aid Remove from exposure. Drench with safety shower and eye wash: and call the EMTs Chlorine Dioxide Physical Greenish yellow gas or amber liquid Odor is suffocating, pungent Characteristics irritating. Explosive. . Symptoms of eye, nose and throat irritation, difficulty in breathing, burning Exposure skin. First Aid Remove from exposure. Drench with safety shower and eye wash: If breathing has stopped start artificial respiration and call EMTs Methanol Physical Clear, alcohol smell, burns orange, reacts violently with Characteristics organics and is incompatible with oxidizers. Highly flammable Symptoms of eye, nose, and skin irritation. Attacks CNS, GI tract, lungs Exposure and respiratory tract. First Aid Skin or eyes; rinse immediately for a minimum of 15 minutes, If ingested; drink large amounts of water, induce vomiting, call physican. If inhaled: remove to fresh air, if breathing stops, give artificial respiration. Call EMTs Sodium Sulfate Physical Straw to gold solution, irritant, corrosive. Characteristics . . Symptoms of eye, nose and throat irritation, Exposure


262

First Aid . Eyes or Skin: Drench with water, call EMT Inhaled: Remove from exposure If breathing has stopped start artificial respiration and call EMTs, In ingested: give water or milk, induce vomiting using ipecac syrup. Call EMT’s. Sulfer Dioxide Physical Greenish yellow gas or amber liquid Odor is suffocating, pungent Characteristics irritating. . Symptoms of eye, nose and throat irritation, difficulty in breathing, burning Exposure skin. First Aid Remove from exposure. Drench with safety shower and eye wash: If breathing has stopped start artificial respiration and call EMTs Sulfuric Acid Physical Clear liquid , odorless, strong oxidizer in dry conditions. highly Characteristics flammable, serious health hazard and burns . Symptoms of Skin or eyes: serious chemical burns. First Aid Drench with safety shower and eye wash for at least 15 minutes.: Get medical attention. If ingested, give victim plenty of water or Milk, Do Not induce vomiting. Other Known In case of fire Sulfuric Acid produces sulfuric dioxide which Hazards “locks up” the lungs. MINUMUM SAFE WORK PRACTICES These safe work practices are to be used for work on or near covered processes. More stringent rules may be needed.

A job hazard analysis will be performed and all hazards identified and all controls measures put into place.

Employees will use safe work practices for the control of hazards such as lock, tag, try, confined space entry, line breaking and the opening of process equipment.

Permits will be obtained before any hot work (welding, cutting, grinding or any operation that produces sparks)..

GFCI’s are required for all electrical tools and cords and will be placed outside of a confined space when applicable.


263

Employees shall inform his supervisor of any hazards found, (i.e. spills, leaks, equipment damage, etc). The supervisor shall report the hazard to the plant representative.

Employees shall follow all sign-in, sign-out requirements for PSM areas if applicable.

Before beginning work, employees shall know the location of showers, eyewash stations, full-face masks and self-contained breathing respirators in the area.

No parts will be substituted (valves, flanges, gaskets, etc.) without written authorization of the plant representative.

All employees shall be familiar with emergency plans. MINIMUM EMERGENCY PLANS In the event of a major release, the following action plan is to be followed:

Shut down equipment Notify supervisor and alert plant personnel. Evacuate the area (DO NOT USE ELEVATORS) Go to predetermined evacuation point and wait for your supervisor.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2007 Basic First Aid Revision: Corporate Safety Manual, V-26 Issued: 12/09

264

BASIC FIRST AID Personnel with a valid card in Basic First Aid and CPR (American Red Cross, American Heart, or equivalent) need to be on each shift and an orientation should be conducted to establish notification procedures of these personnel, if needed. First aid is important! It can save lives and reduce suffering. Every employee should be familiar with the fundamentals of first aid in order to protect himself and to aid his fellow employee if an injury occurs. It must be remembered that “First Aid” is exactly what the term implies -- the emergency medical treatment that is given immediately following an injury. First aid does not replace the medical treatment that might be needed by other medical personnel. First aid should not be initiated unless the employee is sure what action to take.

I. FIRST AID SUPPLIES

This company provides first aid supplies where needed. However, if not replenished as they are used or accidentally damaged, they are of no value when needed. It is every person’s responsibility to see that adequate replacements are obtained when supplies are used. Should your first aid supplies be missing, advise your supervisor so he can make arrangements for replacing these items. A weather-proof first aid supply kit must be easily accessible at each jobsite. Contents will vary depending on the job size. Purchase only OSHA approved first aid kits for the appropriate job size. First aid Kits will be sent to the jobsite new, unopened and certified by a reputable safety supplier or inspected and checked for contents by the safety department before being sent to the jobsite. Weekly inspections are required. Items should be individually packed. May sure all employees know where the emergency eyewash stations and showers are. These are required within the work area when employees are exposed to certain chemical hazards like corrosives. Make sure they work properly, and that the area around them is clear.

II. WHEN AN ACCIDENT OCCURS

A. Render proper first aid, if trained to do so. B. Report the accident immediately to your supervisor. C. In the event a Milton J. Wood employee is injured and ambulance transportation

is not required, but further treatment is needed, then the employee should be transported by the best available means to the nearest company approved medical facility. (See authorized medical list posted at jobsite)

D. If the person in charge (normally a supervisor) feels an ambulance is needed, one should be called without hesitation.

E. When an injury occurs, the employee may be allowed to sit down for 30 minutes and see if any pain or discomfort goes away. This will prevent needless trips to the doctor.


265

III. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS Good Samaritan laws were enacted to encourage people to help others in emergency situations. These laws vary from state to state. In most states they require that the “Good Samaritan” use common sense and a reasonable level of skill, not to exceed the scope of the individual’s training in emergency situations. The following precautions are recommended when rendering first aid. A. Before giving care to a conscious victim, get consent. B. Use protective equipment, such as disposable gloves and breathing barriers. Each site

should have a bloodborne pathogen kit available. C. Thoroughly wash your hands with soap and water immediately after giving care. D. Some pathogens can survive on environmental surfaces dried and at room

temperature for at least one week. Make sure after an accident that the area is thoroughly cleaned and disinfected in accordance with the Milton J. Wood Bloodborne Pathogen Policy.

IV. HOW TO STOP BLEEDING

Severe bleeding can be fatal. Stop the bleeding immediately by applying direct pressure on the wound. Most bleeding can be stopped this way. Direct Pressure: Place a sterile pad, clean handkerchief, cloth, or bandage over the wound and press

firmly with your hand until a cover bandage is applied. Elevate the injured area. (Don’t do this step if you suspect a broken bone.) Apply a bandage snugly over the dressing. Severe bleeding, which cannot be stopped by direct pressure to the wound, can be

stopped by pressing directly on pressure points. The main blood vessel should be pressed against the bone. Pressure points are located in the following places:

Arm - place your fingers on the inside of the arm, halfway between the shoulder

and the elbow. Leg - place the heel or side of your hand at the mid-way point in the crease

between the thigh and the body.

Remember: Use pressures point technique only if direct pressure method and/or elevation does not control the bleeding.

V. HOW TO RESTORE BREATHING Mouth to mouth resuscitation method: A. Remove any foreign matter from the mouth. B. Tilt the head back so chin points up. C. Place your mouth tightly over the victim’s and close his nostrils with your fingers. D. Blow into victim’s mouth until his chest rises. E. Remove your mouth and let the air come out. F. Repeat every 5 seconds for adults and every 3 seconds for infants.


266

G. Keep at it until the victim breathes. H. Send someone to call an ambulance.

Note: if you are unable to get air in, roll the unconscious victim over onto his side and slap sharply on the back between the shoulder blades to dislodge any foreign matter and try again.

VI. HOW TO CARE FOR BURNS

WATER, WATER, WATER!!!!!!!! The first priority is to cool the skin. For burns to large parts of the body, if you can immerse the victim in cool water, do so, but be sure their head stays above the water level. Remove all clothing which is not burned to the skin. You can continue pouring water on the victim until help arrives. Send another person to call an ambulance. For smaller burns such as a hand, put the hand in cool running water such as a sink. It doesn’t matter if the water is clean or dirty, your first job is to cool the skin. The more the skin is cooled in the first minutes, the less the chances are for severe damage.

VII. HOW TO CARE FOR CHEMICAL BURNS

WATER AND MORE WATER. The key is to remove all clothing around the affected areas and continually rinse the skin for at least 20 minutes. If the chemical gets in their eyes, hold the eyelids open and flush the eyes with water for a minimum of 20 minutes. Call an ambulance if needed.

VIII. CARING FOR BROKEN BONES

A. If there is bleeding, apply direct pressure. It is best not to move someone with a broken bone which has come through the skin, call an ambulance. With a simple or not bleeding fracture, the victim should have the limb splinted and not forced to move it or put weight on it. Seek medical attention if you suspect a break and the pain does not subside.

B. If you suspect someone has a fractured spine or neck, DO NOT MOVE THEM!!!!!! If they are in a vehicle, only remove them if you see flames. Less than .05% of all vehicles involved in a crash ever catch on fire.

IX. CARING FOR CUTS, SCRATCHES, ABRASIONS

Clean the wound with soap and water, apply an antibiotic ointment and apply a sterile dressing. The sterile dressing should be changed the next day.

X. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR HEAT STRESS

A. HEAT CRAMPS - Muscle cramps due to imbalance of water and sodium. Signs and symptoms: Painful muscle spasms, usually in the legs and abdomen. Usually associated with strenuous activity and warm environments where large amounts of sweat are lost.


267

Treatment: 1. Have the victim lightly stretch the muscle and gently massage the area. 2. Rest in a cool place. 3. Drink cool water to help balance sodium.

B. HEAT EXHAUSTION - Shock due to overload in circular system.

Signs and symptoms: 1. Nausea, dizziness and headache. 2. Pale, ashen, flushed, cool, moist or clammy skin. 3. Weakness, exhaustion.

Treatment: 1. Move the victim to cooler environment. 2. Loosen or remove clothing, fan the victim. 3. Get the victim into circulating air while applying water with a cloth or sponge. 4. Small amount of water may be given if the patient is conscious. 5. If the worker does not feel better after rest and fluids or if you suspect heat

stroke, call the workplace emergency number immediately.

C. HEAT STROKE - Over heating of the body to a dangerous level. Signs and symptoms: 1. The skin is hot/red, but can be either dry or wet. 2. Change is the level of consciousness, disoriented and confused. 3. High body temperature. 4. Rapid or weak pulse. 5. Change in the level of consciousness. Treatment: 1. Call the workplace emergency number immediately. 2. Loosen or remove clothing, fan the victim. 3. Get the victim into circulating air while applying water with a cloth or sponge. 4. Continue to cool the patient until emergency medical personnel arrive.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 1996 Education & Training Revision: 1 Corporate Safety Manual , VI Issued: 12/09

268

SECTION VI EDUCATION & TRAINING

PURPOSE Milton J. Wood management has the responsibility for the prevention of accidents and will strive to meet this responsibility by providing extensive safety training for each employee dependent upon his individual needs. Milton J. Wood shall insure that our training programs satisfy all OSHA requirements for annual training and stays abreast of all current regulatory changes. RESPONSIBILITY The Safety Director has the responsibility to:

Offer in-house training for each area. Keep supervisors informed of possible outside classes. Monitor and implement the training program. Keep training records on file of all supervisory personnel.

All employees have the responsibility to:

Attend the safety related courses and obtain a passing score (when applicable). Turn all certificates of training for outside training in to the Jacksonville office.

RECORDKEEPING A copy of the documentation for all training with the exception of Toolbox Talks shall be forwarded to the Jacksonville office. Records are kept in a company-wide data base for a period of five (5) years. Copies of all data base training records shall be made available to employees, jobsites and clients upon request. REQUIREMENTS All Employees

Each new hire is given an orientation that covers the basic safety requirements of Milton J. Wood and the site specifics for that location. All employees are encouraged to participate in various other safety courses offered by Milton J. Wood such as OSHA 10-hour courses, MSHA courses, First Aid/CPR courses, Forklift, Highreach Courses, etc. Field Personnel Milton J. Wood uses labor provided by the unions. These employees have to complete a 5-year program in order to be classified as journeymen. This program provides specific tasks training, as well as, extensive safety training. Any apprentice sent out will be allowed to work only under the supervision of a trained journeyman. A Toolbox Talk safety meeting is held weekly, normally on Monday morning to discuss safety issues relative to the jobsite. Additional training is provided as needed for respirator use, confined space entry, firewatch duties, forklift and highreach and/or specific hazards such as lead, silica, etc.


269

Foremen

Additional training will be provided for newly promoted Foremen. Topics shall include: Field Paperwork Milton J. Wood’s Safety Policy and Procedures Behavior Based Safety Process (P.O.W.E.R.) Conducting Weekly Toolbox Talks Conducting Daily Site Inspections Responsibility for Enforcing Safety Compliance Job Hazard Analysis Incident / Accident Reporting & Investigation Basic First Aid Orientation of New Employees

Superintendents Each Superintendent shall be expected to receive a minimum one-hour refresher training on at least 12 various safety topics annually. This training may be done through the in-house training offered through Milton J. Wood. Credit may also be given for various safety training courses offered through the union locals, Florida Safety Council and other resources with prior approval by the Safety Director. Topics include: Incident / Accident Reporting & Investigation Job Site Setup Hazard Communication Behavior Based Safety Process (P.O.W.E.R.) Conducting Weekly Toolbox Talks Conducting Site Safety Audits Responsibility for Enforcing Safety Compliance Job Hazard Analysis Process Safety Management Basic First Aid/CPR Excavations/Trenching Competent Person Scaffolding Competent Person Fire Safety Personal Protective Equipment Assessment Electrical Orientation of New Employees Structural Steel Fall Protection Systems Crane Safety Welding Concrete Total Quality Management


270

Specialized Training Milton J. Wood will ensure that all its personnel are trained and qualified for each situation they encounter. Specialized training will be offered as needed. These classes include but are not limited to: HAZWOPER Lead Abatement Asbestos Abatement Respiratory Protection Total Quality Management

METHOD OF TRAINING Training will be accomplished through the process(s) listed below:

Lecture Video/Slides/PowerPoint Presentation Lecture with Handouts Demonstration

METHOD OF UNDERSTANDING

Written Test Oral Test Discussion Demonstration


271

SAFETY CLASS ATTENDANCE SHEET DURATION DATE: ____________ OF TRAINING: __________ LOCATION: ___________________ JOB #: ____________ CLASS CONDUCTED BY: NUMBER IN ATTENDANCE: TOPICS COVERED: 1.

2.

3. COMMENTS:

METHOD OF TRAINING: METHOD OF VERIFYING UNDERSTANDING:

ATTENDEES (Please Print) SIGNATURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2000 Site Inspections Revision: 3 Corporate Safety Manual, VII Issued: 12/09

272

SECTION VII SITE INSPECTIONS

INTRODUCTION The best time to prevent an accident or injury is before the job starts. By conducting regular job site inspections, hazards can be detected and eliminated before an employee has an opportunity to be injured. This program has been established as a minimum guideline for job site inspections. DAILY INSPECTIONS (See Attachment I) The foreman’s daily inspection report should be completed at the beginning of each shift. All unsatisfactory conditions should be corrected immediately and the actions taken to correct the hazards noted in the “comment” section of the form. Each foreman will turn his completed report in to the job site superintendent for review daily. MONTHLY INSPECTIONS (Attachment II) The safety director will conduct monthly inspections of each site. In the event the safety director cannot get to a jobsite within 30 days, the job site superintendent will conduct this inspection. All unsatisfactory conditions will be noted in the comment section along with the date the condition is expected to be corrected. If the inspection is conducted by the superintendent, he will forward a copy of the report to the safety director. The safety director will follow up with each job site to ensure the unsatisfactory condition has been corrected. RECORDKEEPING Daily inspection reports will be kept at the jobsite until they are reviewed by the superintendent and/or safety director and it has been confirmed that all unsafe conditions have been corrected. Copies of the completed Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) forms will be maintained at the job site until the completion of the covered task at which time the white copy of these forms will be turned in to Safety so they may be reviewed and corrections can be made to training or safety procedures. A copy of the monthly inspection reports will be kept at the jobsite until they have been reviewed by the Safety Director and it has been confirmed that all unsatisfactory conditions have been eliminated. TRAINING Any unsafe conditions found during an inspection will be discussed at the next Toolbox Talk meeting. Corrective measures to prevent a reoccurrence will be discussed.


273

Attachment I

DAILY JOBSITE INSPECTION

All questions must be answered each shift and all conditions marked as unsatisfactory shall be corrected and the action taken to correct the unsafe condition will be noted in the comments section. Date: ___________ Completed By: __________________________ Job #: 1. Are all employees wearing safety glasses and hard hats? Yes No

2. Is other personal protective equipment worn as required? Yes No (i.e.: welding hoods, face shields for grinding, goggles)

3. Weekly safety talk and jobsite orientation completed? Yes No

4. Signs/barricades where needed, free of old debris? Yes No

5. Equipment in good condition, including electrical? Yes No

6. Is the lighting sufficient in work areas? Yes No

7. Is hearing protection required and in use? Yes No

8. If painting, are respirators needed and in use? Yes No

9. Are firewatches in place and hose or fire extinguishers? Yes No

10. Are GFI’s in use/all tools and cords have ground prongs? Yes No

11. Is material and compressed storage satisfactory? Yes No

12. All employees working over 6 feet – harness / lanyard / tied-off? Yes No

13. Scaffolding – handrails / guardrails / toeboards / solid footing and overall in compliance with safety policy? Yes No

14. Any other condition noted as unsafe or out of compliance with our company safety policy or OSHA regulations? Yes No COMMENTS / CORRECTIONS:

To be completed and turned into the Superintendent by the third working hour of the shift and filed by the Superintendent.


274

Attachment II

M. J. Wood Consolidated Origin: 2004 Fleet Policy Revision: 4 Corporate Safety Manual, VIII Issued: 12/09

275

FLEET UTILIZATION POLICY and

FLEET SAFETY PROGRAM As our company grows in number as well as our construction disciplines and geographic work area, we have more and more company vehicles on the road. A company vehicle will be assigned to employees in the company whose work requires this in the course of their work. A company vehicle is a necessary tool to carry out company business, not a fringe benefit. Purchase and assignment of company vehicles is done by management. As with all company matters, do not gripe or voice negative opinions with your co-workers. Bring your problems to a company officer or area manager for resolution. They are: Mark Wood, Mark Cole, Barry Nettles, David Tankersley, Dan Mount, Bruce Nelsen and Annmarie Nemeth. This company policy is developed as a guideline for both old and new employees. All company drivers should review this policy and sign the Company Vehicle Agreement (see attached). 1. EMPLOYEE-OWNED VEHICLES

When an employee uses his or her personal vehicle for travel on authorized company business, the employee will be reimbursed. The schedule of reimbursement rates and insurance coverage will be handled on an individual basis with the company president.

2. USE OF COMPANY VEHICLES Whether you are on or off the job, when you are in a company vehicle, you are representing the company. People will remember the company, not the driver, thus you project an image. Bad driving habits (speeding through neighborhoods, being discourteous to other drivers, parking in handicap parking spaces, etc.) reflect on Milton J. Wood. Keep this in mind. a. Use of Company Vehicles for Company Business

Ultimately, the employee to whom the vehicle is assigned is responsible for the appearance and maintenance of the vehicle. It is understood that it will be used on the job and to service the job. Do not subject the vehicle to hazardous conditions or use it beyond its design capability. KEEP VEHICLE CLEAN AT ALL TIMES!

b. Use of Company Vehicles for Personal Business

For security purposes and to facilitate response to emergency after-hour calls, the assigned vehicle is to be kept at the employee’s residence. It is understood that the purpose of a company vehicle is to facilitate the business of Milton J. Wood. It is not the intent of the company to provide a vehicle for any purpose other than company business. Therefore, a company vehicle may not be used for personal recreational activities or “outside projects”. Personal use of a company owned vehicle is permitted for emergencies or incidental errands only.

c. Use of Company Vehicles for Company Business

No passengers, other than employees of this company or those persons contracting with this company, are allowed in any company vehicle.


276

d. Use of Company Pool Vehicles for Company Business

1. The Company will maintain a small pool of vehicles which may be used by employees on the Approved Drivers List for company business. Pool vehicles are meant to be used in place of a personal vehicle for business purposes.

2. Pool vehicles should be reserved and are available on a first-come, first-served basis. In case of conflicting requests, priority will be given to out-of-town trips. The sign-in /sign-out sheet, kept at the front desk must always be utilized.

3. Pool vehicles are to be used for company business only. When pool vehicles are not in use, they are to be left at our company offices. Pool vehicles are not to be taken home at night unless authorized by a Management Team member.

4. Pool vehicles are to be kept clean. Trash should not be left in pool vehicles. 5. Pool vehicles are to be left with no less than ½ tank of gas for the next user. 6. No passengers, other than employees of this company or those persons

contracting with this company, are allowed in any company vehicle. 7. So that vehicles are kept in good operating condition, maintenance or service

needs are to be reported immediately to the equipment office promptly. 3. MOTOR VEHICLE CELL PHONE USAGE

It is the policy of Milton J. Wood to provide communication technology capabilities to employees to help them remain productive and safe. When employees are entrusted with any technology, it is their responsibility to utilize it in a safe, prudent manner that in no way jeopardizes their safety or that of other employees and the motoring public. This includes employee safety, protection of equipment, facilities, and other materials. It is essential that when a conflict exists between safety and the utilization of an in-vehicle cell phone, safety must receive top priority. All employees who are authorized to operate Milton J. Wood vehicles must receive, read, and comply with this policy.

Drivers must be aware of the hazards related to the use of cell phones and/or other hand-held electronic devices while driving (distraction, limited control of vehicle, slowed emergency response, etc.) and realize that they are responsible for the control of their vehicle at all times. This mandates that drivers operate their vehicles at the lowest risk possible (an example might be using voice mail to answer calls while driving and stopping at a safe location to return calls) and avoid distractions that take their attention away from the task at hand – driving safety.

4. TAX TREATMENT OF VEHICLES

The IRS considers personal use of a company-owned vehicle (excluding work trucks and vans) as a taxable fringe benefit. In order to meet the requirements of the law, the company charges the employee for such use; this amount will be shown on the employee’s W-2 form. Permitted personal use is defined as: a. Commuting to and from work (between employee’s residence and the office or job site).


277

5. INSURANCE In general, all company vehicles have full coverage (liability and collision) for the first three years. After three years, collision insurance is dropped on some of the vehicles, depending upon the condition (replacement value). As long as a vehicle is considered a “road vehicle”, it is insured on the company’s auto insurance policy. When the vehicle is taken off the road and classed as a “mill truck”, it cannot be placed on public roads and is insured the same as company-owned equipment (backhoe, cherrypicker, etc.). a. Company owned vehicles can be operated only by employees who are approved in

writing by this company and who have good driving records as demonstrated by a recent MVR record, have passed a company drug-screening test, and continually demonstrate a safe driving record.

b. DO NOT DRINK AND DRIVE. Anyone driving under the influence of alcohol or

drugs will place the entire company at risk. 1) The company will take the vehicle away from any employee who uses poor judgment

by violating the above. 2) The violation can also result in termination.

6. VEHICLE DRIVERS

a. Driving a Milton J. Wood vehicle is not only a privilege but also a big responsibility. You are often a client’s first impression of our company. It is, therefore, very important that drivers maintain a professional attitude and appearance when operating a company vehicle. Personal appearance—A neat clean appearance is essential. Personality—Your personality should be courteous and friendly. Temperament—You must always maintain control of your temper. Training—You must keep current of all training requirements of your job.

b. UNACCEPTABLE DRIVING RECORDS Guidelines that have been established

include:

1) More than 3 moving violations and/or accidents in the most recent 3 years. 2) More than 2 moving violations and/or accidents in the most recent year. 3) Drivers with a “major conviction” which includes:

Driving while intoxicated or “under the influence” (DWI or DUI) Leaving the scene of an accident Careless or reckless driving violations Homicide or assault through use of motor vehicle Drivers who currently have a suspended or revoked license Attempting to elude a police officer

Please note this includes off the job and on the job violations.


278

Any employee who has an “unacceptable driver’s record” is subject to disciplinary action up to: Loss of driving privilege of company vehicle Mandatory enrollment in defensive driver’s class Termination

7. VEHICLE PURCHASE

Historically, the company has purchased trucks for superintendents that are then passed to assistant superintendents, etc., and eventually they become “mill trucks”.

With the amount of accessories needed to “rig out” a truck, it is sometimes not cost effective to “swap out” trucks. Likewise, the demand for trucks for assistants, foreman, and field engineers is greater than the original policy can supply. Therefore, purchases are made on an individual basis. It is up to management, the Yard and the individual employee to assess the kind of truck to be purchased. a. Once a decision is made and the vehicle is purchased, it should not be accepted until all

approved accessories are installed. b. A Company vehicle shall not be modified without justification, and only after approved

by the company president. c. Accessories added to the vehicle after acceptance must be approved by the company

president. Accessories chosen by personal preference of the driver shall be at the driver’s expense.

8. MAINTENANCE

Maintenance is very important. A maintenance record shall be kept on all company vehicles. These records are used to determine the need for collision insurance as well as timing replacement of the vehicle.

a. Service and Maintenance – All maintenance is the responsibility of the driver. Vehicles

may be serviced at the jobsite, the MJW Yard (if it is convenient for the employee and the Yard), at a quickie oil change shop, or you may prefer to service it yourself. The company will pay for any expenses incurred.

b. Service Schedule – The schedule is defined in the vehicle operator’s manual.

c. Repairs and Major Maintenance – The MJW Yard Office has established working relations with a number of specialty repair services and can refer you to the best place for tires, mufflers, brakes, transmission, AC repair, etc. For any non-emergency repair estimate exceeding $100.00, contact the Yard Foreman for approval and referral before proceeding with repairs.


279

d. Repair Invoicing – All repairs must be approved by the Yard. Upon approval, a Yard Office purchase order shall be issued for this repair only. No other purchase order may be used.

e. Maintenance Record – The Yard Office uses a service report sent out with payroll at least

quarterly to update the maintenance records. This report must be filled out completely and returned to the Payroll Department.

f. Negligence- Misuse of vehicles or lack of maintenance is subject to disciplinary action.

g. Washing – It is the responsibility of the assigned driver of the vehicle to keep the vehicle neat and clean at all times. The expense incurred to maintain the vehicle appearance shall be borne by the assigned driver.

9. COST SHARING

Milton J. Wood Company and Milton J. Wood Fire Protection invest heavily in the vehicle fleet and company equipment and tools. It is your responsibility as a driver of a company vehicle to take all precautions to ensure that company vehicles and what is in and on the vehicles is not stolen or otherwise put at risk for theft, fire or vandalism. Drivers shall ensure that: 1) Unattended vehicles are locked and windows are closed. 2) Keys are not left in unattended vehicles. 3) While fueling the vehicle, the engine is off as per state and federal laws. 4) While fueling the vehicle will not be left unattended as per state and federal laws. If

fuel is flowing someone must be there to observe and be ready to shut the pump down if overflow occurs.

5) All tool boxes and storage compartments in or on the vehicle shall remain locked unless you are present with the vehicle.

6) Tools and equipment in the bed of the truck shall be chained and locked to prevent theft (including gas cans).

7) Seatbelts are to be worn at all times while operating a company vehicle.

Note: Some jobsites require that ignition keys be left in unattended vehicles. These site rules will override Items 1 and 2 above.

Anyone found not in compliance with the above rules may lose driving privileges. Any loss of tools, equipment or vehicle to theft, fire vandalism, etc., due to violation of the above rules will be handled the same as an “at fault” accident as described below.

In the event a driver is cited and found “at fault” for an accident, the cost of repair will be the driver’s responsibility to the extent of the lesser of one half cost of the repair to the vehicle or one half the cost of the insurance deductible. Currently the deductible is $1000 per claim.


280

10. MONITORING Top management reserves the right to monitor the location of company owned vehicles using

GPS Global Satellite Navigation Systems for business purposes only. Business purposes include strict compliance with the company’s Fleet Utilization Policy, and vehicle use consistent with the safety, security and productivity concerns associated with the organization’s missions and objectives. The information technology manager may store and secure location monitoring data for up to three years. Only individuals authorized by top management may access the data. Top management may annually review location monitoring policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the organization’s policies and objectives. The review process may include the analysis of the data collected, employee and supervisor opinions or other relevant means.

FLEET SAFETY PROGRAM

PURPOSE

While senior management has the ultimate responsibility for safety, each manager/ supervisor/employee must also assume accountability for the safe performance of their job duties.

1. RESPONSIBILITY

a. Senior Management Demonstrates interest and actively supports safety efforts. Establishes safety goals/objectives for the organization. Communicates safety goals/objectives to Safety Director Provides adequate resources (time, money, personnel) to accomplish safety

objectives. Participates in safety functions/activities on a regular basis. Assumes the responsibility for meeting safety goals. Maintains safe working conditions, vehicles, equipment and procedures.

b. Safety Director

Participates and supports safety efforts of organization. Coordinates all safety activities involving fleet operations and training. Understands the specific loss causes, accident types and major exposures

associated with operation. Remains informed on current DOT, DMV and motor vehicle regulations. Communicates new regulations and safety goals/objectives to supervisors. Analyzes accidents, identifies trends and submits recommended corrective

measures to senior management. Verifies adequacy of vehicle maintenance procedures. Audits results of safety efforts and provides regular reports to management.


281

c. Supervisor Participates and supports safety efforts of organization. Translates management’s safety policies into action and promotes safety activities

directly among employees. Acts as role model for fellow employees by setting good example. Enforces safety rules/policies. Evaluates safety performance of employees regularly. Reports and investigates all accidents. Provides training for new and current employees.

d. Employees

Adheres to all safety rules and regulations. Protects company assets and reputation. Demonstrates safe defensive driving skills. Reports all unsafe conditions promptly. Reports all accidents immediately. Provides suggestions for accident prevention.

Any employee who has an “unacceptable driver’s record” is subject to disciplinary action

up to: Loss of driving privileges of company vehicle. Mandatory enrollment in defensive driver’s class. Termination.

2. DRIVER TRAINING

Effective driver training is critical in developing a proper driver attitude. The type and frequency of training varies directly with job complexity, as well as the knowledge and experience of the employee. Training activities include: Initial Training – introduces the new driver to the company, rules and regulations and the

company safety philosophy. Refresher Training – utilized to update drivers on operational changes, new routes,

equipment, government regulations and reinforcement of defensive driving techniques. Primary forum is usually at supervisor meetings for key personnel and area offices for field personnel.

Special Training – useful when there is problem of substandard performance. Can be required of drivers on “Probationary and Non-Driver Status”. May be conducted “in-house” or at outside training facilities. (If outside training facility is used, it is the employee’s responsibility to submit training certificate to the safety director.)

3. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION PROCEDURE

A pre-trip inspection should be conducted by the driver and any unsafe conditions reported immediately. All safety devices must be operational and in use on all company vehicles.


282

Maintenance must be performed in accordance with Milton J. Wood policy and accurate records maintained.

4. WORK HOUR LIMITATIONS

a. Limiting Work Hours for Drivers of Company Vehicles A scheduled workday shall not exceed 14 hours working and two hours drive time.

(Total work and drive time not to exceed 16 hours.) An emergency shift shall not exceed 16 hours working and two hours driving time.

(Total work and drive time not to exceed 18 hours.) No more than two emergency shifts will be completed in a seven day work week

without prior authorization from a company officer. If at any time, the employee feels fatigued while driving, he shall stop and get

adequate rest before resuming his travel.

b. Limiting Work Hours for Drivers of Non-Company Vehicles A scheduled work shift shall not exceed 14 hours. An emergency shift shall not exceed 16 hours. No more than two 16 hour shifts will

be permitted within a seven day work week. 5. WHAT TO DO IN CASE OF ACCIDENT

Stop at once and investigate Protect the scene. Use warning devices. Get help from bystanders. Turn off all engines.

No smoking. Guard against fire. Assist injured persons. Don’t move them unless absolutely necessary. Summon

ambulance if needed. Get help. Use nearby phone or send reliable passerby. Notify police as instructed. Give

location and nature of accident accurately. Identify yourself and company. Show license and registration on request. BE COURTEOUS. Make no statement about accident except to police or Milton J.

Wood representative. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHOULD THE DRIVER ADMIT FAULT.

Complete an Event/Incident Report BEFORE YOU LEAVE THE SCENE (See Attachment I).

In case of serious injury, report the incident immediately to your supervisor, safety director, or company president.

Take pictures of the accident scene, if possible. The Safety Director must be notified in writing within 24 hours of all accidents.

6. ACCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

Report all accidents to your supervisor immediately. The supervisor is to submit a report to the Safety Director within 24 hours. The supervisor or safety director will conduct an initial investigation immediately. A meeting will be scheduled with the driver to review the facts of the investigation. All accident investigations will be reviewed by the executive safety committee to

determine the cause of the accident and to prevent recurrence.


283

The safety director shall report all accidents to the supervisor, project manager, area manager and the president in a loss report quarterly.

If driver is found “at fault” for accident and cited, the cost of repair will be the driver’s responsibility to the extent of the lesser of one half cost to repair vehicle or one half cost of the insurance deductible (currently $1000).

7. DRIVER MOTIVATION

Milton J. Wood recognizes that our employees are required to operate vehicles for a significant number of hours in changing weather and traffic conditions. This contributes to the potential for personal injury, as well as expensive equipment and property damage. To reduce the potential for an accident, safe and defensive driving habits must be utilized at all times. Proper maintenance and protection of our equipment must be ensured.

8. DRIVER SELECTION CRITERIA

It is a privilege, not a right, to drive a vehicle for Milton J. Wood. Before anyone is allowed to drive a company vehicle or their personal vehicle for company business, a current three-year motor vehicle record (MVR) must be obtained. Driving records (MVRs) will be reviewed at least annually on all designated drivers. It is the responsibility of the immediate supervisor to ensure that only authorized employees are allowed to operate a company vehicle. a. General criteria

Minimum age of 18 years old for non-CDL drivers and 21 years old for CDL drivers. Valid driver’s license. An MVR that meets company MVR criteria. Must pass company drug-screening requirements. CDL drivers must meet commercial driver qualification requirements. CDL drivers required to transport placarded hazardous materials must have a valid

hazardous material endorsement with their license. CDL drivers must pass a road test as a condition of employment.

b. MVR evaluation guidelines (minimum requirements) No major violations in the past three years. Maximum of two moving violations in the past three years in combination with one

at-fault accident. Maximum of three moving violations in the past three years with no at-fault

accidents. Maximum of two at-fault accidents in the past three years with no moving violations.

A major violation is defined as: Leaving the scene of an accident. Reckless driving. Speeding over 25 mph of posted limit. Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Driving under suspension or revocation. Fleeing a police officer. Vehicle theft.


284

Use of vehicle in drug trafficking, reckless homicide, unlawful use of weapons, or any other criminal-type conviction.

Conspiracy/misrepresentation of identity in the last three years.

In addition, CDL drivers and driver applicants will be disqualified to drive a commercial vehicle per DOT standards: Until mandatory driver qualification requirements are achieved. Driver committed a violation of an “Out of Service” order. Driver refused to be tested (for alcohol or drugs) by state or jurisdiction.


285

Attachment I-A

EVENT / INCIDENT REPORT (Front)


286

Attachment I-B EVENT / INCIDENT REPORT (Back)


287

Company Vehicle Agreement I have read and agree to comply with the terms of the Fleet Utilization Policy and Fleet Safety Program governing use of MILTON J. WOOD COMPANY and MILTON J. WOOD FIRE PROTECTION vehicle resources. I understand that this Policy and this Program supersede all previous Fleet Utilization Policies and Fleet Safety Programs. I understand that a violation of either may result in disciplinary action, up to and including possible termination. Date: ________________________ ____________________________________ Signature ____________________________________ Printed Name

2010 Safety Manual

Documents

advanced polymer

armstrong

chief executive

dustfumes

tight fitting

chevron usa

oleum corp

bloodborne